]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
(latin1-display): Don't use
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18335 54541))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (18335 54506))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (18335 54506))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (18369 28761))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
168 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
169 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
170 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18335
171 ;;;;;; 54506))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
195
196 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252
253 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
254 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
255 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
256 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
257 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
258 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
259 \\{change-log-mode-map}
260
261 \(fn)" t nil)
262
263 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
264 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
265
266 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
267 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
268
269 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
270 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
271
272 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
273 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
274
275 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
276 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
277
278 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
279 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
280 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
281 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
282 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
283
284 Has a preference of looking backwards.
285
286 \(fn)" nil nil)
287
288 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
289 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
290 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
291 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
292 or a buffer.
293
294 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
295 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
296
297 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
298
299 ;;;***
300 \f
301 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
302 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
303 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18335 54521))
304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
305
306 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
307 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
308 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
309 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
310 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
311 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
312 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
313 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
314 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
315 interpreted as `error'.")
316
317 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
318
319 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
320 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
321 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
322 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
323 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
324 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
325 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
326 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
327
328 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
329
330 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
331 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
332
333 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
334
335 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
336 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
337
338 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
339
340 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
341 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
342 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
343 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
344 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
345 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
346 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
347 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
348 will be overwritten with the new one.
349 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
350 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
351 will clear the cache.
352
353 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
354
355 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
356 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
357 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
358 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
359 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
360 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
361 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
362 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
363 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
364 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
365 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
366 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
367 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
368 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
369 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
370 definition will always be cached for later usage.
371
372 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
373
374 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
375 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
376 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
377
378 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
379 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
380 BODY...)
381
382 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
383 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
384 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
385 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
386 see also `ad-add-advice'.
387 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
388 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
389 before/around/after-advices will be used.
390 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
391 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
392 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
393 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
394 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
395 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
396
397 Semantics of the various flags:
398 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
399 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
400 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
401
402 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
403 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
404
405 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
406 advised function should be compiled.
407
408 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
409 during activation until somebody enables it.
410
411 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
412 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
413 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
414 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
415
416 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
417 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
418 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
419 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
420 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
421 during preloading.
422
423 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
424
425 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
426
427 ;;;***
428 \f
429 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
430 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
431 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18335 54506))
432 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
433
434 (autoload 'align "align" "\
435 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
436 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
437 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
438 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
439 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
440 rule's `separate' attribute).
441
442 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
443 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
444 `separate' attribute set.
445
446 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
447 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
448 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
449 on the format of these lists.
450
451 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
452
453 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
454 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
455 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
456 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
457 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
458 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
459 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
460 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
461 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
462 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
463 options.
464
465 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
466 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
467
468 Fred (123) 456-7890
469 Alice (123) 456-7890
470 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
471 Joe (123) 456-7890
472
473 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
474 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
475 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
476
477 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
478
479 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
480 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
481 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
482 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
483 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
484 align that section.
485
486 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
487
488 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
489 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
490 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
491 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
492 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
493 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
494 been used to align that section.
495
496 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
497
498 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
499 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
500 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
501 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
502 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
503 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
504 to be colored.
505
506 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
507
508 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
509 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
510
511 \(fn)" t nil)
512
513 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
514 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
515
516 \(fn)" t nil)
517
518 ;;;***
519 \f
520 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
521 ;;;;;; (18375 34228))
522 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
523
524 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525
526 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527
528 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529
530 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531
532 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533
534 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535
536 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537
538 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539
540 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541
542 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543
544 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545
546 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547
548 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549
550 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551
552 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553
554 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555
556 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
557 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
558 \\<allout-mode-map>
559
560 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
561 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
562 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
563
564 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
565 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
566 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
567 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
568 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
569 outline.)
570
571 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
572
573 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
574 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
575 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
576 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
577 - easy topic encryption and decryption
578 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
579 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
580 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
581
582 and many other features.
583
584 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
585 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
586 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
587 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
588 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
589
590 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
591 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
592 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
593 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
594 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
595 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
596 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
597 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
598
599 Exposure Control:
600 ----------------
601 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
602 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
603 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
604 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
605 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
606
607 Navigation:
608 ----------
609 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
610 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
611 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
612 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
613 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
614 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
615 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
616 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
617 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
618 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
619
620
621 Topic Header Production:
622 -----------------------
623 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
624 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
625 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
626
627 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
628 ---------------------------------
629 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
630 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
631 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
632 current topic
633 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
634 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
635 are alternated according to nesting depth.
636 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
637 the offspring are not affected.
638 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
639
640 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
641 ----------------------------------
642 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
643 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
644 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
645 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
646 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
647 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
648 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
649 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
650
651 Topic-oriented Encryption:
652 -------------------------
653 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
654 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
655
656 Misc commands:
657 -------------
658 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
659 and establish a default file-var setting
660 for `allout-layout'.
661 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
662 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
663 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
664 buffer with name derived from derived from that
665 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
666 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
667 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
668 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
669 format.
670 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
671 auto-activation.
672
673 Topic Encryption
674
675 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
676 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
677 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
678 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
679
680 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
681 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
682 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
683 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
684
685 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
686 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
687 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
688 pitfalls.
689
690 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
691 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
692 for details.
693
694 HOT-SPOT Operation
695
696 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
697 navigation and exposure control.
698
699 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
700 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
701 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
702 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
703 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
704
705 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
706 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
707 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
708 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
709 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
710
711 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
712 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
713 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
714 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
715 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
716 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
717 at the beginning of the current entry.
718
719 Extending Allout
720
721 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
722 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
723 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
724
725 `allout-mode-hook'
726 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
727 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
728 `allout-structure-added-hook'
729 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
730 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
731
732 Terminology
733
734 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
735
736 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
737 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
738 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
739 CURRENT ITEM:
740 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
741 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
742 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
743 called the:
744 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
745
746 ANCESTORS:
747 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
748 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
749 of the ITEM.
750 OFFSPRING:
751 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
752 SUBTOPIC:
753 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
754 CHILD:
755 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
756 SIBLINGS:
757 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
758
759 Topic text constituents:
760
761 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
762 text.
763 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
764 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
765 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
766 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
767 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
768 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
769 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
770 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
771 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
772 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
773 the PREFIX.
774
775 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
776 of the ITEM.
777 PREFIX-LEAD:
778 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
779 It can be customized by changing the setting of
780 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
781
782 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
783 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
784 program code without interfering with processing of the text
785 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
786 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
787 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
788 docstring for more detail.
789 PREFIX-PADDING:
790 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
791 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
792 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
793 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
794 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
795 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
796 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
797 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
798 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
799 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
800 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
801 more details.
802 EXPOSURE:
803 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
804 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
805 CONCEALED:
806 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
807 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
808
809 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
810 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
811 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
812
813 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
814
815 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
816
817 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
818 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
819
820 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
821 setup for auto-startup.
822
823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
824
825 ;;;***
826 \f
827 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
828 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18369 28760))
829 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
830
831 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
832
833 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
834 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
835 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
836 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
837 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
838 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
839
840 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
841
842 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
843 Not documented
844
845 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
846
847 ;;;***
848 \f
849 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
850 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18335 54541))
851 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
852
853 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
854 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
855 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
856 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
857 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
858 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
859 in the current window.
860
861 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
862
863 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
864 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
865 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
866
867 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
868
869 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
870 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
871 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
872
873 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
874
875 ;;;***
876 \f
877 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
878 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18335 54506))
879 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
880
881 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
882 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
883
884 \(fn)" t nil)
885
886 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
887 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
888
889 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
890 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
891 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
892 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
893
894 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
895 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
896
897 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
898
899 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
900
901 ;;;***
902 \f
903 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
904 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18335 54541))
905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
906
907 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
908 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
909 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
910 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
911 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
912 \\[yank].
913
914 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
915 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
916 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
917 the rules.
918
919 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
920 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
921 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
922 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
923
924 \(fn)" t nil)
925
926 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
927 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
928 \\{antlr-mode-map}
929
930 \(fn)" t nil)
931
932 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
933 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
934 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
935
936 \(fn)" nil nil)
937
938 ;;;***
939 \f
940 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
941 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18384 51335))
942 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
943
944 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
945 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
946 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
947
948 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
949
950 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
951 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
952
953 \(fn)" t nil)
954
955 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
956 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
957 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
958 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
959 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
960 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
961 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
962
963 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
964 function.
965
966 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
967 appointment package (if it is not already active).
968
969 \(fn)" nil nil)
970
971 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
972 Toggle checking of appointments.
973 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
974 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
975
976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
977
978 ;;;***
979 \f
980 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
981 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
982 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18335 54506))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
984
985 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
986 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
987 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
988 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
989
990 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
991 kind of objects to search.
992
993 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
994
995 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
996 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
997 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
998 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
999 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1000 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1001
1002 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1003 normal variables.
1004
1005 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1006
1007 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1008
1009 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1010 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1011 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1012 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1013 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1014 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1015
1016 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1017 noninteractive functions.
1018
1019 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1020 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1021
1022 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1023 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1024
1025 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1026
1027 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1028 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1029
1030 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1031
1032 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1033 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1034 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1035 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1036
1037 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1038 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1039 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1040 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1041
1042 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1043 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1044
1045 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1046
1047 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1048
1049 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1050 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1051 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1052 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1053 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1054 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1055
1056 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1057 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1058 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1059
1060 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1061
1062 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1063 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1064 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1065 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1066 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1067 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1068
1069 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1070 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1071 bindings.
1072 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1073
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1075
1076 ;;;***
1077 \f
1078 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18384
1079 ;;;;;; 44809))
1080 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1081
1082 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1083 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1084 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1085 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1086 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1087 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1088
1089 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1090 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1091 archive.
1092
1093 \\{archive-mode-map}
1094
1095 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1096
1097 ;;;***
1098 \f
1099 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18335 54506))
1100 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1101
1102 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1103 Major mode for editing arrays.
1104
1105 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1106 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1107 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1108
1109 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1110
1111 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1112 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1113 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1114
1115 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1116 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1117 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1118 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1119 The variables are:
1120
1121 Variables you assign:
1122 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1123 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1124 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1125 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1126 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1127 row numbers in the buffer.
1128
1129 Variables which are calculated:
1130 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1131 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1132
1133 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1134 take a numeric prefix argument):
1135
1136 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1137 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1138 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1139 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1140
1141 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1142 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1143 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1144 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1145
1146 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1147 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1148 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1149 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1150
1151 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1152 between that of point and mark.
1153
1154 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1155 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1156
1157 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1158 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1159 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1160 newlines inside rows)
1161
1162 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1163
1164 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1165
1166 \(fn)" t nil)
1167
1168 ;;;***
1169 \f
1170 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18335
1171 ;;;;;; 54543))
1172 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1173
1174 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1175 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1176 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1177 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1178
1179 How to quit artist mode
1180
1181 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1182
1183
1184 How to submit a bug report
1185
1186 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1187
1188
1189 Drawing with the mouse:
1190
1191 mouse-2
1192 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1193 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1194 below).
1195
1196 mouse-1
1197 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1198 or pastes:
1199
1200 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1201 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1203 to new point
1204 --------------------------------------------------------------
1205 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1206 --------------------------------------------------------------
1207 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1216 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1218 --------------------------------------------------------------
1219 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1220 lines
1221 --------------------------------------------------------------
1222 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1223 --------------------------------------------------------------
1224 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1225 --------------------------------------------------------------
1226 Paste Paste Paste
1227 --------------------------------------------------------------
1228 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1229 --------------------------------------------------------------
1230
1231 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1232 or diagonally.
1233
1234 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1235 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1236 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1237 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1238 poly-lines.
1239
1240 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1241 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1242 overwrite means the opposite.
1243
1244 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1245 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1246 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1247
1248 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1249
1250 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1251 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1252
1253 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1254 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1255 are currently drawing something.
1256
1257 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1258 some time to fill.
1259
1260
1261 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1262 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1263
1264
1265 Settings
1266
1267 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1268
1269 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1270
1271 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1272
1273 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1274
1275 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1276 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1277
1278 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1279
1280
1281 Drawing with keys
1282
1283 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1284 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1285 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1286 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1287 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1288 When pasting: Pastes
1289
1290 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1291
1292 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1293
1294 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1295 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1296 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1297 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1298 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1299 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1300
1301
1302 Arrows
1303
1304 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1305 of the line/poly-line
1306
1307 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1308 of the line/poly-line
1309
1310
1311 Selecting operation
1312
1313 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1314
1315 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1316 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1317 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1318 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1319 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1320 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1321 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1322 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1323 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1324 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1325 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1326 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1327 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1328 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1329 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1330 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1331 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1332 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1333 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1334 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1335
1336
1337 Variables
1338
1339 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1340 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1341
1342 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1343 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1344 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1345 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1346 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1347 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1348 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1349 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1350 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1351 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1352 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1353 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1354 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1355 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1356 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1357 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1358 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1359 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1360 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1361
1362 Hooks
1363
1364 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1365 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1366
1367
1368 Keymap summary
1369
1370 \\{artist-mode-map}
1371
1372 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1373
1374 ;;;***
1375 \f
1376 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18335
1377 ;;;;;; 54541))
1378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1379
1380 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1381 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1382 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1383
1384 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1385 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1386 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1387 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1388
1389 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1390 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1391
1392 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1393 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1394
1395 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1396
1397 Special commands:
1398 \\{asm-mode-map}
1399
1400 \(fn)" t nil)
1401
1402 ;;;***
1403 \f
1404 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1405 ;;;;;; (18335 54507))
1406 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1407
1408 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1409 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1410 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1411
1412 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1413
1414 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1415 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1416 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1417 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1418 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1419 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1420 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1421 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1422 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1423 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1424
1425 For example:
1426 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1427 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1428 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1429 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1430 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1431
1432 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1433
1434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1435
1436 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1437 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1438 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1439 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1440 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1441 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1442
1443 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1444
1445 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1446 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1447 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1448 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1449 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1450 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1451
1452 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1453
1454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1455
1456 ;;;***
1457 \f
1458 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1459 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1461
1462 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1463 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1464
1465 \(fn)" t nil)
1466
1467 ;;;***
1468 \f
1469 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1470 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18374 12122))
1471 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1472
1473 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1474 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1475 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1476
1477 \(fn)" t nil)
1478
1479 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1480 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1481 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1482 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1483
1484 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1485
1486 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1487 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1488 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1489 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1490 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1491 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1492
1493 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1494
1495 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1496 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1497 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1498 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1499
1500 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1501 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1502
1503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1504
1505 ;;;***
1506 \f
1507 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1508 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1509 ;;;;;; (18341 12907))
1510 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1511
1512 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1513
1514 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1515 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1516 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1517 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1518 save the buffer too.
1519
1520 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1521
1522 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1523
1524 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1525 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1526 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1527 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1528 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1529 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1530
1531 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1532 directory or directories specified.
1533
1534 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1535
1536 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1537 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1538 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1539
1540 \(fn)" nil nil)
1541
1542 ;;;***
1543 \f
1544 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1545 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1546 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18335 54507))
1547 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1548
1549 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1550 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1551
1552 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1553 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1554 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1555 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1556 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1557
1558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1559
1560 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1561 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1562
1563 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1564 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1565
1566 \(fn)" nil nil)
1567
1568 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1569 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1570 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1571
1572 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1573 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1574 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1575 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1576 reflected in the current buffer.
1577
1578 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1579 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1580 writing before you save the file!
1581
1582 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1583
1584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1585
1586 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1587 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1588
1589 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1590 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1591
1592 \(fn)" nil nil)
1593
1594 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1595 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1596 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1597 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1598 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1599 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1600
1601 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1602
1603 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1604 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1605
1606 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1607 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1608 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1609
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1611
1612 ;;;***
1613 \f
1614 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1615 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18335 54507))
1616 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1617
1618 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1619 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1620 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1621 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1622 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1623
1624 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1625
1626 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1627 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1628 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1629 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1630
1631 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1632 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1633 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1634
1635 Effects of the different modes:
1636 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1637 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1638 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1639 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1640 a random distance & direction.
1641 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1642 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1643 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1644
1645 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1646
1647 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1648 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1649 definition of \"random distance\".)
1650
1651 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1652
1653 ;;;***
1654 \f
1655 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1656 ;;;;;; (18335 54521))
1657 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1658
1659 (autoload 'backquote "backquote" "\
1660 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1661
1662 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1663 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1664
1665 For example:
1666
1667 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1668 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1669 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1670 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1671
1672 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1673
1674 \(fn STRUCTURE)" nil (quote macro))
1675
1676 (defalias '\` (symbol-function 'backquote))
1677
1678 ;;;***
1679 \f
1680 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1681 ;;;;;; (18335 54507))
1682 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1683 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1684
1685 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1686 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1687 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1688 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1689
1690 \(fn)" t nil)
1691
1692 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1693 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1694 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1695 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1696 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1697 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1698
1699 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1700
1701 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1702 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1703 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1704 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1705 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1706 seconds.
1707
1708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1709
1710 ;;;***
1711 \f
1712 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1713 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18335 54521))
1714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1715
1716 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1717 Time execution of FORMS.
1718 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1719 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1720 FORMS once.
1721 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1722 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1723 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1724
1725 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1726
1727 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1728 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1729 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1730 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1731 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1732
1733 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1734
1735 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1736 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1737 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1738 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1739 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1740
1741 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1742
1743 ;;;***
1744 \f
1745 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1746 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18371 10401))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1748
1749 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1750 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1751 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1752 of corresponding buffers.
1753 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1754 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1755 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1756 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1757 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1758 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1759
1760 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1761
1762 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1763 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1764
1765 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1766
1767 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1768 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1769 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1770 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1771
1772 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1773 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1774 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1775 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1776 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1777
1778 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1779 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1780
1781
1782 Special information:
1783
1784 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1785
1786 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1787 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1788 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1789 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1790 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1791 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1792 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1793 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1794 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1795 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1796 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1797
1798 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1799 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1800 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1801 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1802 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1803 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1804 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1805 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1806
1807 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1808
1809 ----------------------------------------------------------
1810 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1811 if that value is non-nil.
1812
1813 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1814
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1816
1817 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1818 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1819 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1820 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1821 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1822 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1823 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1824 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1825 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1826 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1827
1828 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1829
1830 ;;;***
1831 \f
1832 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1833 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
1834 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1835 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1836
1837 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1838 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1839
1840 \(fn)" t nil)
1841
1842 ;;;***
1843 \f
1844 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1845 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1846 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
1847 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1848
1849 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1850
1851 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1852 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1853 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1854
1855 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1856
1857 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1858 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1859
1860 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1861
1862 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1863 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1864
1865 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1866
1867 ;;;***
1868 \f
1869 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18335
1870 ;;;;;; 54541))
1871 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1872
1873 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1874 Play blackbox.
1875 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1876
1877 What is blackbox?
1878
1879 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1880 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1881 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1882 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1883 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1884 your score.
1885
1886 Overview of play:
1887
1888 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1889 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1890 four.
1891
1892 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1893 movement keys.
1894
1895 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1896 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1897
1898 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1899 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1900
1901 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1902 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1903 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1904 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1905 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1906 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1907
1908 Details:
1909
1910 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1911
1912 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1913 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1914 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1915 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1916
1917 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1918 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1919 denoted by the letter `R'.
1920
1921 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1922 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1923 denoted by the letter `H'.
1924
1925 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1926 example.
1927
1928 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1929 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1930 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1931 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1932 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1933 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1934 ray.
1935
1936 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1937 degree deflection it causes.
1938
1939 1
1940 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1941 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1942 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1943 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1944 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1945 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1946 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1947 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1948 2 3
1949
1950 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1951 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1952
1953
1954 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1955 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1956 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1957 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1959 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1960 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1961 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1962
1963 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1964 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1965 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1966 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1967 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1968 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1969 emerging from the box.
1970
1971 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1972
1973 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1974 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1975 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1976 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1977 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1978 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1979 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1980 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1981
1982 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1983 a reflection.
1984
1985 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1986
1987 ;;;***
1988 \f
1989 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1990 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1991 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1992 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18384
1993 ;;;;;; 53311))
1994 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1995 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1996 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1997 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1998
1999 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2000 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2001 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2002 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2003 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2004 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2005 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2006
2007 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2008 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2009 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2010 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2011 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2012 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2013 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2014 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2015 recent one.
2016
2017 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2018 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2019 yank successive words.
2020
2021 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2022 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2023 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2024 name of the file being visited.
2025
2026 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2027 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2028 the list of bookmarks.)
2029
2030 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2031
2032 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2033 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2034 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2035 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2036 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2037 this.
2038
2039 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2040 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2041 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2042 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2043
2044 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2045
2046 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2047 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2048 See `bookmark-jump'.
2049
2050 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2051
2052 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2053 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2054 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2055 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2056 after a bookmark was set in it.
2057
2058 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2059
2060 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2061 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2062 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2063 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2064
2065 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2066
2067 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2068
2069 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2070 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2071 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2072 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2073
2074 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2075 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2076 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2077
2078 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2079 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2080 name.
2081
2082 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2083
2084 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2085 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2086 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2087 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2088 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2089 this.
2090
2091 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2092
2093 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2094 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2095 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2096 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2097 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2098 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2099 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2100 probably because we were called from there.
2101
2102 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2103
2104 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2105 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2106 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2107
2108 \(fn)" t nil)
2109
2110 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2111 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2112 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2113 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2114 \(second argument).
2115
2116 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2117 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2118 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2119 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2120 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2121
2122 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2123 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2124 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2125 `bookmark-default-file'.
2126
2127 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2128
2129 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2130 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2131 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2132 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2133 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2134 while loading.
2135
2136 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2137 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2138 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2139 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2140 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2141 explicitly.
2142
2143 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2144 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2145 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2146 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2147
2148 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2149
2150 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2151 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2152 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2153 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2154 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2155
2156 \(fn)" t nil)
2157
2158 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2159
2160 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2161
2162 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2163
2164 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2165
2166 ;;;***
2167 \f
2168 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2169 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2170 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2171 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2172 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2173 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2174 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2175 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2176 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2177 ;;;;;; (18335 54538))
2178 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2179
2180 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2181 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2182 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2183 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2184
2185 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2186 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2187 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2188 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2189 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2190
2191 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2192
2193 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2194 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2195
2196 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2197
2198 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2199 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2200
2201 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2202
2203 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2204 Not documented
2205
2206 \(fn)" nil nil)
2207
2208 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2209 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2210 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2211 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2212 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2213 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2214
2215 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2216
2217 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2218 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2219 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2220 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2221 narrowed.
2222
2223 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2224
2225 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2226 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2227
2228 \(fn)" t nil)
2229
2230 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2231 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2232
2233 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2234
2235 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2236 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2237 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2238 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2239
2240 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2241
2242 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2243 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2244 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2245 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2246
2247 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2248
2249 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2250 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2251 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2252 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2253 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2254 to use.
2255
2256 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2257
2258 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2259 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2260 Default to the URL around or before point.
2261
2262 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2263 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2264 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2265 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2266
2267 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2268 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2269
2270 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2271 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2272
2273 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2274
2275 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2276 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2277 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2278 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2279
2280 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2281 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2282 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2283 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2284
2285 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2286 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2287 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2288
2289 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2290 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2291
2292 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2293
2294 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2295 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2296 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2297 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2298
2299 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2300 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2301 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2302 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2303
2304 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2305 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2306 new tab in an existing window instead.
2307
2308 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2309 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2310
2311 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2312
2313 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2314 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2315 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2316 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2317 Firefox.
2318
2319 When called interactively, if variable
2320 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2321 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2322 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2323 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2324
2325 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2326 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2327 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2328
2329 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2330 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2331
2332 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2333 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2334 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2335 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2336 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2337 URL in a new window.
2338
2339 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2340
2341 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2342 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2343 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2344 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2345
2346 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2347 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2348 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2349 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2350
2351 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2352 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2353 new tab in an existing window instead.
2354
2355 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2356 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357
2358 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2359
2360 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2361 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2362
2363 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2364
2365 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2366 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2367 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2368 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2369
2370 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2371 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2372 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2373 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2374
2375 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2376 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2377
2378 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2379
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2382
2383 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2384 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2385 program is invoked according to the variable
2386 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2387
2388 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2389 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2390 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2391 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2392
2393 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2394 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2395
2396 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2397
2398 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2399 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2400 Default to the URL around or before point.
2401
2402 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2403 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2404 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2405
2406 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2407 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2408 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2409 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410
2411 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2412 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2413
2414 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2415
2416 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2417 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2418 Default to the URL around or before point.
2419
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2422 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423
2424 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2425 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426
2427 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2428
2429 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2430 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2431 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2432 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2433
2434 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2435
2436 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2437 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2438 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2439 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2440 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2441 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2442
2443 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2444
2445 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2446 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2447 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2448 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2449 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2450
2451 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2452 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2453 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2454 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455
2456 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2457 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2458
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2460
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2462 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2463 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2464 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2465 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2466 current one.
2467
2468 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2469 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2470 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2471 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2472
2473 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2474 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2475
2476 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2477
2478 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2479 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2480 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2481 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2482 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2483 don't offer a form of remote control.
2484
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2486
2487 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2489 Default to the URL around or before point.
2490
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492
2493 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2494 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2495 Default to the URL around the point.
2496
2497 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2498 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2499
2500 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2501 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2502
2503 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2504
2505 ;;;***
2506 \f
2507 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18335
2508 ;;;;;; 54541))
2509 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2510
2511 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2512 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2513
2514 \(fn)" t nil)
2515
2516 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2517 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2518
2519 \(fn)" nil nil)
2520
2521 ;;;***
2522 \f
2523 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2524 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18335 54507))
2525 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2526
2527 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2528 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2529 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2530 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2531
2532 \(fn)" t nil)
2533
2534 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2535 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2536 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2537 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2538
2539 \(fn)" t nil)
2540
2541 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2542 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2543
2544 \(fn)" t nil)
2545
2546 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2547 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2548 \\<bs-mode-map>
2549 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2550 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2551 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2552 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2553
2554 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2555 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2556 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2557 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2558 name of buffer configuration.
2559
2560 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2561
2562 ;;;***
2563 \f
2564 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18335 54541))
2565 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2566
2567 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2568 Play Bubbles game.
2569
2570 \(fn)" t nil)
2571
2572 ;;;***
2573 \f
2574 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2575 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (18351
2576 ;;;;;; 56654))
2577 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2578
2579 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'push-button) (define-key map [mouse-2] 'push-button) map) "\
2580 Keymap used by buttons.")
2581
2582 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] 'forward-button) (define-key map "\e " 'backward-button) (define-key map [backtab] 'backward-button) map) "\
2583 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2584 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2585
2586 (autoload 'define-button-type "button" "\
2587 Define a `button type' called NAME (a symbol).
2588 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2589 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2590 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2591 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2592
2593 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2594 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2595 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2596 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2597
2598 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2599
2600 (autoload 'make-button "button" "\
2601 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2602 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2603 specifying properties to add to the button.
2604 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2605 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2606 `define-button-type'.
2607
2608 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2609
2610 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2611
2612 (autoload 'insert-button "button" "\
2613 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2614 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2615 specifying properties to add to the button.
2616 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2617 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2618 `define-button-type'.
2619
2620 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2621
2622 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2623
2624 (autoload 'make-text-button "button" "\
2625 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2626 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2627 specifying properties to add to the button.
2628 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2629 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2630 `define-button-type'.
2631
2632 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2633 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2634 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2635 `make-text-button'.
2636
2637 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2638
2639 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2640
2641 (autoload 'insert-text-button "button" "\
2642 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2643 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2644 specifying properties to add to the button.
2645 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2646 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2647 `define-button-type'.
2648
2649 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2650 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2651 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2652 `insert-text-button'.
2653
2654 Also see `make-text-button'.
2655
2656 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2657
2658 ;;;***
2659 \f
2660 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2661 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2662 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2663 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2664 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2665 ;;;;;; (18379 56161))
2666 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2667 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2668 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2669 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2670 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2671
2672 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2673 Not documented
2674
2675 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2676
2677 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2678 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2679 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2680 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2681 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2682 else the global value will be modified.
2683
2684 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2685
2686 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2687 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2688 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2689 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2690 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2691 else the global value will be modified.
2692
2693 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2694
2695 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2696 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2697 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2698
2699 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2700
2701 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2702 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2703 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2704 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2705
2706 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2707 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2708 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2709 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2710 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2711 before scanning it.
2712
2713 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2714 that already has a `.elc' file.
2715
2716 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2717 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2718
2719 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2720 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2721 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2722 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2723 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2724 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2725
2726 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2727
2728 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2729 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2730 Print the result in the echo area.
2731 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2732
2733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2734
2735 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2736 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2737 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2738
2739 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2740
2741 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2742 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2743 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2744 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2745 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2746 all functions called by those functions.
2747
2748 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2749 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2750 cons, etc.).
2751
2752 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2753 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2754 invoked interactively.
2755
2756 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2757
2758 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2759 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2760 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2761 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2762
2763 \(fn)" nil nil)
2764
2765 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2766 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2767 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2768 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2769 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2770 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2771 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2772 already up-to-date.
2773
2774 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2775
2776 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2777 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2778 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2779 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2780
2781 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2782 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2783 and corresponding effects.
2784
2785 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2786
2787 ;;;***
2788 \f
2789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18384 53346))
2790 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2791
2792 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2793
2794 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2795
2796 ;;;***
2797 \f
2798 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2799 ;;;;;; (18335 54521))
2800 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2801
2802 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "cal-hebrew" "\
2803 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2804 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2805 from the cursor position.
2806
2807 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2808
2809 ;;;***
2810 \f
2811 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2812 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2813 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2814 ;;;;;; (18335 54520))
2815 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2816
2817 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2818 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2819
2820 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2821 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2822
2823 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2824 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2825
2826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2827
2828 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2829 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2830
2831 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2832
2833 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2834 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2835
2836 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2837
2838 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2839 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2840
2841 \(fn)" t nil)
2842
2843 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2844 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2845 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2846 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2847
2848 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2849
2850 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2851 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2852 This is most useful in the X window system.
2853 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2854 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2855
2856 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2857
2858 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2859 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2860 See calc-keypad for details.
2861
2862 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2863
2864 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2865 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2866
2867 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2868
2869 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2870 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2871
2872 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2873
2874 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2875 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2876
2877 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2878
2879 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2880 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2881 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2882
2883 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2884
2885 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2886 Not documented
2887
2888 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2889
2890 ;;;***
2891 \f
2892 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18335
2893 ;;;;;; 54507))
2894 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2895
2896 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2897 Run the Emacs calculator.
2898 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2899
2900 \(fn)" t nil)
2901
2902 ;;;***
2903 \f
2904 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar european-calendar-style diary-file) "calendar"
2905 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (18384 53311))
2906 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2907
2908 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2909 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2910
2911 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2912 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2913
2914 MONTH/DAY
2915 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2916 MONTHNAME DAY
2917 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2918 DAYNAME
2919
2920 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2921 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2922 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2923 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2924 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2925 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2926 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2927 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2928 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2929 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2930 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2931 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2932 in every week.
2933
2934 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2935 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2936 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2937 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2938
2939 DAY/MONTH
2940 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2941 DAY MONTHNAME
2942 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2943 DAYNAME
2944
2945 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2946 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2947
2948 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2949 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2950 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2951 window but will appear in a diary window.
2952
2953 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2954 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2955
2956 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2957 entries (in the default American style):
2958
2959 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2960 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2961 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2962 21: Payday
2963 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2964 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2965 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2966 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2967 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2968 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2969 &* 15 time cards due.
2970
2971 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2972 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2973 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2974 single diary entry
2975
2976 02/11/1989
2977 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2978 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2979 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2980 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2981 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2982 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2983
2984 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2985 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2986 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2987
2988 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2989
2990 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2991
2992 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
2993 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
2994 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
2995 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
2996 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2997 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2998 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2999 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3000 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3001 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3002 details.
3003
3004 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3005 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3006 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3007 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3008 documentation for these functions for details.
3009
3010 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3011 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3012
3013 (custom-autoload 'diary-file "calendar" t)
3014
3015 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3016 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3017 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3018 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3019 are
3020
3021 DAY/MONTH
3022 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3023 DAY MONTHNAME
3024 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3025 DAYNAME
3026
3027 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3028 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3029 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3030
3031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3032 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3033 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3034 `american-calendar'.")
3035
3036 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-style "calendar" nil)
3037
3038 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3039
3040 (put 'oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3041
3042 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3043
3044 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3045
3046 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
3047
3048 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
3049
3050 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
3051
3052 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
3053
3054 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3055
3056 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3057
3058 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3059
3060 (put 'bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3061
3062 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3063
3064 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3065
3066 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3067 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3068 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3069
3070 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3071 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3072
3073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3074
3075 ;;;***
3076 \f
3077 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3078 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18335 54532))
3079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3080
3081 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3082 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3083
3084 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3085
3086 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3087 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3088 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3089 it fails.
3090
3091 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3092
3093 ;;;***
3094 \f
3095 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3096 ;;;;;; (18340 25864))
3097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3098
3099 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3100 Toggle Capitalized- Words mode.
3101
3102 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3103 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3104 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3105 restriction to ASCII.
3106
3107 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3108
3109 capitalizedWorDD
3110 ^ ^ ^^
3111
3112 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3113 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3114 boundaries in found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3115
3116 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3117 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3118 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3119 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3120 the mode hook for programming langauge modes in which you encounter
3121 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3122 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3123
3124 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3125 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3126
3127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3128
3129 ;;;***
3130 \f
3131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18335
3132 ;;;;;; 54542))
3133 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3134 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3135
3136 ;;;***
3137 \f
3138 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3139 ;;;;;; (18369 28762))
3140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3141
3142 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3143 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3144
3145 \(fn)" nil nil)
3146
3147 ;;;***
3148 \f
3149 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3150 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3151 ;;;;;; (18381 59318))
3152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3153
3154 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3155 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3156 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3157 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3158 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3159 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3160 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3161
3162 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3163
3164 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3165 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3166 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3167 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3168 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3169 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3171 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3172
3173 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3174 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3175 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3176 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3177 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3178 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3179
3180 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3181
3182 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3183 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3184
3185 Key bindings:
3186 \\{c-mode-map}
3187
3188 \(fn)" t nil)
3189
3190 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3191 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3192
3193 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3194 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3195 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3196 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3197 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3198 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3199 message.
3200
3201 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3202
3203 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3204 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3205
3206 Key bindings:
3207 \\{c++-mode-map}
3208
3209 \(fn)" t nil)
3210
3211 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3212 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3214
3215 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3216 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3217 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3218 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3219 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3220 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3221 message.
3222
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3224
3225 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3226 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3227
3228 Key bindings:
3229 \\{objc-mode-map}
3230
3231 \(fn)" t nil)
3232
3233 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3234 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3236
3237 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3238 Major mode for editing Java code.
3239 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3240 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3241 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3242 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3243 message.
3244
3245 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3246
3247 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3248 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3249
3250 Key bindings:
3251 \\{java-mode-map}
3252
3253 \(fn)" t nil)
3254
3255 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3256 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3258
3259 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3260 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3261 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3262 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3263 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3264 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3265 message.
3266
3267 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3268
3269 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3270 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3271
3272 Key bindings:
3273 \\{idl-mode-map}
3274
3275 \(fn)" t nil)
3276
3277 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3278 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3279 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3280 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3281
3282 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3283 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3284 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3285 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3286 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3287 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3288 message.
3289
3290 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3291
3292 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3293 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3294
3295 Key bindings:
3296 \\{pike-mode-map}
3297
3298 \(fn)" t nil)
3299 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3300 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3301 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3302 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3303 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3304 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3305
3306 ;;;***
3307 \f
3308 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3309 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18369 28762))
3310 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3311
3312 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3313 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3314 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3315 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3316
3317 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3318
3319 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3320 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3321 might get set too.
3322
3323 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3324 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3325 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3326 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3327 way.
3328
3329 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3330 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3331 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3332 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3333 a null operation.
3334
3335 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3336
3337 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3338 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3339 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3340 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3341
3342 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3343
3344 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3345 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3346 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3347
3348 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3349
3350 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3351 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3352 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3353 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3354 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3355
3356 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3357
3358 ;;;***
3359 \f
3360 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3361 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
3362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3363
3364 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3365 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3366 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3367 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3368 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3369 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3370 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3371 Here are some examples:
3372
3373 Nomenclature Subwords
3374 ===========================================================
3375 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3376 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3377 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3378
3379 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3380 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3381 as words.
3382
3383 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3384
3385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3386
3387 ;;;***
3388 \f
3389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18335 54542))
3390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3391 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3392 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3393 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3394
3395 ;;;***
3396 \f
3397 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3398 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3399 ;;;;;; (18341 12910))
3400 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3401
3402 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3403 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3404
3405 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3406
3407 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3408 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3409
3410 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3411
3412 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3413 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3414
3415 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3416 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3417 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3418 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3419 execution.
3420
3421 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3422
3423 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3424
3425 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3426 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3427
3428 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3429 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3430 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3431 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3432
3433 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3434 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3435 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3436 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3437 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3438 `write' commands.
3439
3440 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3441 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3442 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3443 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3444
3445 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3446 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3447 semantics.
3448
3449 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3450
3451 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3452
3453 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3454
3455 STATEMENT :=
3456 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3457 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3458
3459 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3460 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3461 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3462 | integer
3463
3464 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3465
3466 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3467 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3468 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3469
3470 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3471 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3472 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3473
3474 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3475 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3476
3477 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3478 BREAK := (break)
3479
3480 REPEAT :=
3481 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3482 (repeat)
3483 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3484 ;; (repeat))
3485 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3486 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3487 ;; (read REG)
3488 ;; (repeat))
3489 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3490 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3491 ;; (read REG)
3492 ;; (repeat))
3493 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3494
3495 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3496 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3497 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3498 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3499 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3500 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3501 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3502 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3503 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3504 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3505 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3506 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3507 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3508 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3509 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3510 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3511
3512 WRITE :=
3513 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3514 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3515 ;; representation.
3516 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3517 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3518 ;; (write r7))
3519 | (write EXPRESSION)
3520 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3521 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3522 ;; representation.
3523 | (write integer)
3524 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3525 ;; buffer.
3526 | (write string)
3527 ;; Same as: (write string)
3528 | string
3529 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3530 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3531 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3532 ;; representation.
3533 | (write REG ARRAY)
3534 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3535 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3536 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3537 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3538 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3539 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3540
3541 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3542 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3543
3544 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3545 END := (end)
3546
3547 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3548 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3549 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3550
3551 ARG := REG | integer
3552
3553 OPERATOR :=
3554 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3555 + | - | * | / | %
3556
3557 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3558 | & | `|' | ^
3559
3560 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3561 | << | >>
3562
3563 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3564 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3565 | <8
3566
3567 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3568 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3569 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3570 | >8
3571
3572 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3573 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3574 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3575 | //
3576
3577 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3578 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3579
3580 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3581 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3582 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3583 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3584 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3585 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3586 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3587 | de-sjis
3588
3589 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3590 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3591 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3592 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3593 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3594 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3595 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3596 ;; byte of SJIS.
3597 | en-sjis
3598
3599 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3600 ;; Same meaning as C code
3601 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3602
3603 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3604 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3605 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3606 | <8=
3607
3608 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3609 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3610 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3611
3612 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3613 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3614 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3615 | //=
3616
3617 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3618
3619
3620 TRANSLATE :=
3621 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3622 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3623 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3624 LOOKUP :=
3625 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3626 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3627 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3628 MAP :=
3629 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3630 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3631 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3632 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3633 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3634 MAP-ID := integer
3635
3636 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3637
3638 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3639 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3640 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3641 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3642 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3643 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3644
3645 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3646
3647 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3648 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3649 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3650
3651 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3652
3653 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3654
3655 ;;;***
3656 \f
3657 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3658 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
3659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3660
3661 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3662 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3663 There are no special keybindings by default.
3664
3665 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3666 to the action header.
3667
3668 \(fn)" t nil)
3669
3670 ;;;***
3671 \f
3672 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3673 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18341 12907))
3674 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3675
3676 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3677 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3678 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3679
3680 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3681
3682 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3683 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3684 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
3685 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
3686 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
3687
3688 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3689
3690 ;;;***
3691 \f
3692 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3693 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3694 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3695 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3696 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3697 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3698 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3699 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3700 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
3701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3702 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3703 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3704
3705 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3706 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3707 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3708 the users will view as each check is completed.
3709
3710 \(fn)" t nil)
3711
3712 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3713 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3714 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3715 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3716 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3717 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3718 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3719 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3720
3721 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3722
3723 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3724 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3725 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3726 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3727 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3728 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3729 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3730 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3731
3732 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3733
3734 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3735 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3736 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3737 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3738 spacing are all verified.
3739
3740 \(fn)" t nil)
3741
3742 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3743 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3744 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3745 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3746 otherwise stop after the first error.
3747
3748 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3749
3750 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3751 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3752 Only documentation strings are checked.
3753 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3754 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3755 a separate buffer.
3756
3757 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3758
3759 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3760 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3761 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3762 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3763 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3764
3765 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3766
3767 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3768 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3769 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3770 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3771 if there is one.
3772
3773 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3774
3775 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3776 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3777 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3778 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3779 if there is one.
3780 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3781
3782 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3783
3784 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3785 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3786 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3787
3788 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3789
3790 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3791 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3792 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3793 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3794 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3795
3796 \(fn)" t nil)
3797
3798 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3799 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3800 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3801 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3802 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3803 space at the end of each line.
3804
3805 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3806
3807 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3808 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3809 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3810 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3811
3812 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3813
3814 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3815 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3816 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3817 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3818
3819 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3820
3821 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3822 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3823 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3824 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3825
3826 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3827
3828 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3829 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3830 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3831 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3832
3833 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3834
3835 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3836 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3837 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3838 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3839
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3841
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3843 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3844 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3845 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3846
3847 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3848
3849 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3850 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3851 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3852 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3853
3854 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3855
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3857 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3858 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3859 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3860
3861 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3862
3863 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3864 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3865 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3866 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3867
3868 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3869
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3871 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3872 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3873 turn it off.
3874
3875 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3876 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3877 checking of documentation strings.
3878
3879 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3880
3881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3882
3883 ;;;***
3884 \f
3885 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3886 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3887 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18341 12911))
3888 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3889
3890 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3891 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3892 Return the length of resulting text.
3893
3894 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3895
3896 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3897 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3898
3899 \(fn)" t nil)
3900
3901 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3902 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3903 Return the length of resulting text.
3904
3905 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3906
3907 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3908 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3909
3910 \(fn)" t nil)
3911
3912 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3913 Not documented
3914
3915 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3916
3917 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3918 Not documented
3919
3920 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3921
3922 ;;;***
3923 \f
3924 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3925 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18335 54507))
3926 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3927
3928 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3929 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3930 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3931 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3932 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3933 editing and the result is evaluated.
3934
3935 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3936
3937 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3938 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3939 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3940 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3941 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3942
3943 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3944
3945 \(fn)" t nil)
3946
3947 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3948 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3949 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3950 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3951 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3952
3953 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3954 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3955 \\{command-history-map}
3956
3957 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3958 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3959
3960 \(fn)" t nil)
3961
3962 ;;;***
3963 \f
3964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18335 54522))
3965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3966
3967 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3968 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3969 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3970 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3971 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3972 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3973
3974 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3975 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3976
3977 ;;;***
3978 \f
3979 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3980 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
3981 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3982
3983 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3984 Not documented
3985
3986 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3987
3988 ;;;***
3989 \f
3990 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3991 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
3992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3993
3994 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3995 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3996 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3997 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3998
3999 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4000 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4001 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4002 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4003
4004 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4005 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4006
4007 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4008
4009 ;;;***
4010 \f
4011 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18335
4012 ;;;;;; 54507))
4013 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4014
4015 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4016 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4017 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4018 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4019 of `scheme-program-name').
4020 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4021 it is given as initial input.
4022 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4023 discards input when it starts up.
4024 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4025 is run).
4026 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4027
4028 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4029 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4030
4031 ;;;***
4032 \f
4033 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
4034 ;;;;;; (18366 7833))
4035 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4036
4037 (autoload 'codepage-setup "codepage" "\
4038 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
4039
4040 \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4041
4042 ;;;***
4043 \f
4044 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4045 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4046 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4047 ;;;;;; (18381 65535))
4048 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4049
4050 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4051 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4052 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4053 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4054 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4055 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4056 functions have already modified the buffer.
4057
4058 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4059
4060 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4061 either globally or locally.")
4062
4063 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
4064
4065 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4066 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4067 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4068 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4069 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4070 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4071 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4072 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4073
4074 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4075
4076 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4077
4078 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4079 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4080 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4081 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4082 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4083 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4084 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4085 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4086
4087 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4088
4089 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4090
4091 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4092 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4093 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4094 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4095 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4096 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4097
4098 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4099
4100 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4101 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4102 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4103 directory tracking functions.")
4104
4105 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4106 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4107 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4108
4109 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4110
4111 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4112
4113 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4114 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4115 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4116
4117 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4118
4119 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4120
4121 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4122 Send COMMAND to current process.
4123 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4124 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4125
4126 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4127
4128 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4129 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4130 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4131 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4132
4133 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4134
4135 ;;;***
4136 \f
4137 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18335
4138 ;;;;;; 54507))
4139 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4140
4141 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4142 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4143 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4144 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4145
4146 This command pushes the mark in each window
4147 at the prior location of point in that window.
4148 If both windows display the same buffer,
4149 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4150 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4151
4152 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4153 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4154 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4155 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4156 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4157 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4158 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4159 ignored.
4160
4161 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4162 this command work in interlaced mode:
4163 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4164 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4165 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4166
4167 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4168
4169 ;;;***
4170 \f
4171 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4172 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4173 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4174 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4175 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18382 12476))
4176 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4177
4178 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4179 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4180
4181 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4182
4183 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4184 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4185
4186 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4187
4188 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4189 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4190 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4191 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4192 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4193 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4194 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4195
4196 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4197 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4198 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4199 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4200 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4201
4202 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4203 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4204 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4205 describing how the process finished.")
4206
4207 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4208 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4209 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4210 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4211 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4212
4213 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4214 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4215 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4216
4217 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4218
4219 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4220 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4221 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4222 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4223
4224 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4225
4226 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4227 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4228
4229 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4230 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4231
4232 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4233 (lambda ()
4234 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4235 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4236 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4237 (concat \"make -k \"
4238 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4239
4240 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4241 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4242
4243 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4244 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4245 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4246 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4247
4248 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4249
4250 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4251 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4252 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4253 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4254
4255 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4256 and move to the source code that caused it.
4257
4258 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4259 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4260
4261 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4262 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4263 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4264 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4265
4266 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4267 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4268 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4269 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4270
4271 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4272 kills its subprocesses.
4273
4274 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4275 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4276 to a function that generates a unique name.
4277
4278 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4279
4280 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4281 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4282 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4283 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4284
4285 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4286 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4287
4288 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4289 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4290 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4291 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4292
4293 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4294 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4295 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4296
4297 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4298
4299 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4300
4301 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4302 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4303 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4304 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4305 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4306
4307 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4308
4309 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4310
4311 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4312
4313 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4314 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4315 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4316 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4317 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4318 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4319 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4320
4321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4322
4323 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4324 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4325 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4326 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4327 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4328 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4329
4330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4331
4332 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4333 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4334 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4335
4336 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4337
4338 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4339
4340 ;;;***
4341 \f
4342 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4343 ;;;;;; (18335 54507))
4344 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4345
4346 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4347 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4348 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4349 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4350 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4351 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4352
4353 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4354
4355 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4356 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4357 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4358
4359 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4360 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4361 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4362 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4363
4364 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4365 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4366 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4367 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4368
4369 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4370 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4371 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4372 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4373
4374 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4375 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4376 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4377 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4378 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4379
4380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4381
4382 ;;;***
4383 \f
4384 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4385 ;;;;;; (18335 54507))
4386 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4387
4388 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4389 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4390 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4392 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4393 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4394
4395 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4396
4397 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4398 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4399
4400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4401
4402 ;;;***
4403 \f
4404 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4405 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18366
4406 ;;;;;; 7832))
4407 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4408
4409 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4410 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4411 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4412 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4413
4414 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4415
4416 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4417 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4418 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4419 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4420 Composition on.
4421
4422 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4423 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4424
4425 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4426 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4427
4428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4429
4430 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4431 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4432 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4434 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4435 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4436
4437 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4438
4439 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4440 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4441 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4442 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4443 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4444
4445 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4446
4447 ;;;***
4448 \f
4449 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4450 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4451 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4452 ;;;;;; (18335 54544))
4453 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4454
4455 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4456 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4457 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4458 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4459 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4460 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4461 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4462
4463 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4464 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4465 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4466
4467 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4468 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4469 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4470
4471 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4472 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4473 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4474 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4475
4476 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4477 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4478 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4479 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4480 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4481 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4482 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4483
4484 \\{conf-mode-map}
4485
4486 \(fn)" t nil)
4487
4488 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4489 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4490 Comments start with `#'.
4491 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4492
4493 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4494
4495 \[Desktop Entry]
4496 Encoding=UTF-8
4497 Name=The GIMP
4498 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4499 Name[cs]=GIMP
4500
4501 \(fn)" t nil)
4502
4503 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4504 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4505 Comments start with `;'.
4506 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4507
4508 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4509
4510 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4511 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4512 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4513
4514 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4515 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4516
4517 \(fn)" t nil)
4518
4519 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4520 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4521 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4522 between `/*' and `*/'.
4523 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4524
4525 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4526 // another kind of comment
4527 /* yet another */
4528
4529 name:value
4530 name=value
4531 name value
4532 x.1 =
4533 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4534 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4535
4536 \(fn)" t nil)
4537
4538 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4539 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4540 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4541 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4542 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4543 `conf-space-keywords'.
4544 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4545 in an interactive fashion instead.
4546
4547 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4548
4549 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4550
4551 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4552 image/png png
4553 image/tiff tiff tif
4554
4555 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4556 class desktop
4557 # Standard multimedia devices
4558 add /dev/audio desktop
4559 add /dev/mixer desktop
4560
4561 \(fn)" t nil)
4562
4563 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4564 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4565 See `conf-space-mode'.
4566
4567 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4568
4569 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4570 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4571 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4572 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4573
4574 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4575
4576 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4577 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4578
4579 \(fn)" t nil)
4580
4581 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4582 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4583 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4584 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4585
4586 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4587
4588 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4589 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4590
4591 \(fn)" t nil)
4592
4593 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4594 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4595 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4596 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4597
4598 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4599
4600 *background: gray99
4601 *foreground: black
4602
4603 \(fn)" t nil)
4604
4605 ;;;***
4606 \f
4607 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4608 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18335 54541))
4609 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4610
4611 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4612 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4613 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4614 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4615
4616 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4617
4618 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4619 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4620 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4621 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4622
4623 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4624
4625 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4626 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4627 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4628 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4629
4630 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4631
4632 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4633 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4634
4635 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4636
4637 ;;;***
4638 \f
4639 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
4640 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18367 13960))
4641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4642
4643 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4644 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4645 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4646 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4647 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4648 following the copyright are updated as well.
4649 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4650 interactively.
4651
4652 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4653
4654 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4655 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4656 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4657
4658 \(fn)" t nil)
4659
4660 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4661 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4662
4663 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4664
4665 ;;;***
4666 \f
4667 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4668 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18369 28763))
4669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4670 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4671 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4672 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4673 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4674 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4675 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4676 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4677
4678 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4679 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4680 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4681 Tab indents for Perl code.
4682 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4683 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4684
4685 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4686 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4687 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4688 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4689 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4690 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4691 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4692 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4693 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4694 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4695 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4696 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4697
4698 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4699
4700 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4701 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4702
4703 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4704
4705 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4706 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4707 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4708 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4709 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4710 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4711 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4712 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4713 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4714
4715 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4716
4717 bite if angry;
4718
4719 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4720 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4721 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4722 to nil.)
4723
4724 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4725 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4726 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4727
4728 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4729
4730 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4731 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4732 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4733 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4734 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4735
4736 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4737
4738 if (A) { B }
4739
4740 into
4741
4742 B if A;
4743
4744 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4745
4746 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4747 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4748 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4749 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4750 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4751 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4752 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4753 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4754 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4755 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4756 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4757 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4758 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4759
4760 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4761 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4762 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4763 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4764 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4765 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4766
4767 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4768 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4769 man via menu.
4770
4771 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4772 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4773 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4774 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4775 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4776
4777 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4778 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4779 span the needed amount of lines.
4780
4781 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4782 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4783 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4784 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4785
4786 Variables controlling indentation style:
4787 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4788 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4789 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4790 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4791 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4792 `cperl-auto-newline'
4793 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4794 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4795 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4796 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4797 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4798 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4799 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4800 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4801 `cperl-indent-level'
4802 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4803 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4804 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4805 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4806 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4807 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4808 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4809 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4810 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4811 `cperl-brace-offset'
4812 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4813 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4814 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4815 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4816 `cperl-label-offset'
4817 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4818 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4819 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4820
4821 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4822 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4823 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4824 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4825 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4826 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4827
4828 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4829 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4830 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4831 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4832
4833 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4834 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4835 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4836 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
4837 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4838 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4839
4840 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4841 column 0 is indented on
4842 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4843
4844 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4845 with no args.
4846
4847 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4848 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4849 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4850
4851 \(fn)" t nil)
4852
4853 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4854 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4855
4856 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4857
4858 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4859 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4860
4861 \(fn)" t nil)
4862
4863 ;;;***
4864 \f
4865 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4866 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
4867 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4868
4869 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4870 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4871 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4872 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4873 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4874
4875 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4876
4877 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4878 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4879
4880 \(fn)" t nil)
4881
4882 ;;;***
4883 \f
4884 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4885 ;;;;;; (18335 54523))
4886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4887
4888 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4889 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4890 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4891 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4892
4893 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4894 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4895
4896 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4897
4898 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4899 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4900 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4901
4902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4903
4904 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4905
4906 ;;;***
4907 \f
4908 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4909 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
4910 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4911
4912 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4913 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4914 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4915 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4916
4917 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4918 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4919 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4920 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4921
4922 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4923 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4924 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4925
4926 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4927 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4928 'bob', and 'eve'.
4929
4930 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4931 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4932 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4933
4934 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4935
4936 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4937 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4938 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4939
4940 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4941
4942 ;;;***
4943 \f
4944 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18335
4945 ;;;;;; 54544))
4946 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4947 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4948
4949 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4950 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4951
4952 \(fn)" t nil)
4953
4954 ;;;***
4955 \f
4956 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4957 ;;;;;; (18376 47168))
4958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4959
4960 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4961 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4962 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4963 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4964 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4965 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4966
4967 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4968
4969 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4970 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4971 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4972 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4973 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4974
4975 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4976 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4977 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4978 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4979 function of these prefix keys.
4980
4981 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4982 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4983 options:
4984 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4985 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4986 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4987
4988 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4989 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4990 the prefix fallback behavior.
4991
4992 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4993 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4994 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4995 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4996
4997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4998
4999 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5000 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5001
5002 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5003
5004 ;;;***
5005 \f
5006 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5007 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5008 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5009 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5010 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5011 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5012 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5013 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5014 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5015 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5016 ;;;;;; (18375 33070))
5017 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5018
5019 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5020 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5021
5022 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5023
5024 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5025 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5026
5027 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5028
5029 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5030 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5031
5032 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5033 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5034
5035 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5036 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5037
5038 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5039 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5040
5041 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5042 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5043
5044 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5045
5046 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5047
5048 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5049 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5050 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5051
5052 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5053 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5054
5055 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5056 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5057
5058 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5059 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5060
5061 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5062
5063 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5064
5065 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5066 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5067 Return VALUE.
5068
5069 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5070 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5071
5072 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5073 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5074
5075 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5076 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5077
5078 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5079
5080 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5081
5082 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5083 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5084 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5085 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5086 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5087
5088 \(fn)" t nil)
5089
5090 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5091 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5092 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5093 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5094
5095 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5096
5097 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5098 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5099
5100 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5101
5102 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5103 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5104
5105 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5106
5107 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5108
5109 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5110 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5111
5112 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5113
5114 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5115
5116 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5117 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5118 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5119
5120 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5121
5122 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5123 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5124 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5125 as part of Emacs itself.
5126
5127 Each elements looks like this:
5128
5129 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5130
5131 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5132 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5133 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5134 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5135 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5136 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5137 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5138 and `defface'.
5139
5140 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5141
5142 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5143 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5144 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5145 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5146 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5147
5148 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5149 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5150 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5151 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5152
5153 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5154
5155 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5156 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5157 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5158 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5159 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5160
5161 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5162 that were added or redefined since that version.
5163
5164 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5165
5166 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5167 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5168 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5169 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5170
5171 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5172 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5173
5174 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5175
5176 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5177 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5178 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5179
5180 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5181 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5182
5183 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5184
5185 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5186 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5187
5188 \(fn)" t nil)
5189
5190 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5191 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5192
5193 \(fn)" t nil)
5194
5195 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5196 Customize all already saved user options.
5197
5198 \(fn)" t nil)
5199
5200 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5201 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5202 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5203 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5204 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5205 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5206 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5207 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5208
5209 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5210
5211 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5212 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5213 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5214 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5215
5216 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5217
5218 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5219 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5220
5221 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5222
5223 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5224 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5225
5226 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5227
5228 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5229 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5230 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5231 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5232 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5233 that option.
5234
5235 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5236
5237 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5238 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5239 The result includes selecting that window.
5240 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5241 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5242 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5243 that option.
5244
5245 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5246
5247 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5248 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5249
5250 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5251
5252 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5253 File used for storing customization information.
5254 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5255 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5256 it should be an absolute file name.
5257
5258 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5259 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5260 something like the following in your init file:
5261
5262 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5263 \(load custom-file)
5264
5265 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5266 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5267
5268 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5269 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5270 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5271 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5272 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5273
5274 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5275 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5276 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5277 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5278 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5279 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5280 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5281 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5282 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5283 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5284
5285 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5286
5287 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5288 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5289
5290 \(fn)" nil nil)
5291
5292 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5293 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5294
5295 \(fn)" t nil)
5296
5297 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5298 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5299 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5300
5301 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5302
5303 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5304 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5305 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5306 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5307 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5308
5309 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5310
5311 ;;;***
5312 \f
5313 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5314 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (18335 54512))
5315 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5316
5317 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
5318 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5319
5320 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5321
5322 (defconst custom-face-attributes '((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth `(:line-width ,lwidth)) (and color `(:color ,color)) (and style `(:style ,style))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value 'unspecified)) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value)))) "\
5323 Alist of face attributes.
5324
5325 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5326 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5327 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5328 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5329 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5330 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5331
5332 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5333 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5334 customization type TYPE).
5335
5336 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5337 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5338 given face attribute.")
5339
5340 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
5341 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5342 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5343 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5344
5345 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5346
5347 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5348 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5349 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5350 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5351 between themes and faces.
5352 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5353
5354 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5355 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5356
5357 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5358
5359 (autoload 'custom-theme-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5360 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5361 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5362
5363 (FACE IGNORED)
5364
5365 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5366
5367 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5368
5369 (autoload 'custom-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5370 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5371 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5372
5373 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5374
5375 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5376
5377 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5378
5379 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5380
5381 ;;;***
5382 \f
5383 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5384 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
5385 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5386
5387 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5388 Create a custom theme.
5389
5390 \(fn)" t nil)
5391
5392 ;;;***
5393 \f
5394 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5395 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
5396 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5397
5398 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5399 Mode used for cvs status output.
5400
5401 \(fn)" t nil)
5402
5403 ;;;***
5404 \f
5405 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5406 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18335 54542))
5407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5408
5409 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5410 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5411
5412 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5413 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5414 C++ modes are included.
5415
5416 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5417
5418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5419
5420 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5421 Turn on CWarn mode.
5422
5423 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5424 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5425
5426 \(fn)" nil nil)
5427
5428 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5429 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5430 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5431 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5432 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5433 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5434
5435 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5436
5437 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5438 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5439 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5440 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5441 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5442
5443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5444
5445 ;;;***
5446 \f
5447 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5448 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5449 ;;;;;; (18341 12911))
5450 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5451
5452 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5453 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5454
5455 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5456
5457 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5458 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5459
5460 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5461
5462 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5463 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5464 For readability, the table is slightly
5465 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5466
5467 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5468 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5469 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5470 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5471 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5472
5473 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5474
5475 ;;;***
5476 \f
5477 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5478 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
5479 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5480 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5481 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5482
5483 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5484 Completion on current word.
5485 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5486 and presents suggestions for completion.
5487
5488 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5489 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5490 completions.
5491
5492 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5493 then it searches *all* buffers.
5494
5495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5496
5497 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5498 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5499
5500 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5501 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5502 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5503 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5504 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5505
5506 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5507 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5508
5509 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5510 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5511 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5512
5513 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5514 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5515
5516 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5517
5518 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5519
5520 ;;;***
5521 \f
5522 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18351
5523 ;;;;;; 56657))
5524 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5525
5526 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5527 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5528 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5529 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5530
5531 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5532
5533 ;;;***
5534 \f
5535 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18335
5536 ;;;;;; 54542))
5537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5538
5539 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5540 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5541
5542 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5543 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5544 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5545
5546 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5547 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5548 Data lines are not indented.
5549
5550 Key bindings:
5551
5552 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5553 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5554
5555 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5556 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5557 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5558 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5559
5560 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5561
5562 dcl-basic-offset
5563 Extra indentation within blocks.
5564
5565 dcl-continuation-offset
5566 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5567
5568 dcl-margin-offset
5569 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5570
5571 dcl-margin-label-offset
5572 Indentation for a label.
5573
5574 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5575 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5576
5577 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5578 dcl-block-end-regexp
5579 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5580 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5581 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5582 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5583 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5584
5585 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5586 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5587 Two such functions are included in the package:
5588 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5589 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5590
5591 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5592 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5593 One such function is included in the package:
5594 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5595
5596 dcl-tab-always-indent
5597 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5598 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5599 margin.
5600
5601 dcl-electric-characters
5602 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5603 typed.
5604
5605 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5606 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5607 which words trigger electric indentation.
5608
5609 dcl-tempo-comma
5610 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5611 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5612 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5613
5614 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5615 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5616 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5617 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5618
5619 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5620 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5621 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5622 dcl-imenu-label-call
5623 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5624
5625 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5626 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5627 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5628 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5629
5630
5631 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5632
5633 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5634 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5635 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5636 $ i = 1
5637 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5638 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5639 $ label:
5640 $ if i.eq.1
5641 $ then
5642 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5643 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5644 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5645 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5646 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5647 \"lined up with the command line\"
5648 $ type sys$input
5649 Data lines are not indented at all.
5650 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5651 $ endif
5652 $
5653
5654
5655 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5656 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5657
5658 \(fn)" t nil)
5659
5660 ;;;***
5661 \f
5662 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5663 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18335 54522))
5664 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5665
5666 (setq debugger 'debug)
5667
5668 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5669 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5670 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5671 of the evaluator.
5672
5673 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5674 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5675 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5676
5677 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5678
5679 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5680 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5681
5682 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5683
5684 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5685 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5686 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5687 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5688 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5689 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5690
5691 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5692 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5693
5694 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5695
5696 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5697 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5698 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5699 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5700 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5701
5702 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5703
5704 ;;;***
5705 \f
5706 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5707 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
5708 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5709
5710 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5711 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5712
5713 \(fn)" t nil)
5714
5715 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5716 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5717 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5718 Upper-case letters are commands.
5719
5720 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5721 modify it.
5722
5723 The most useful commands are:
5724 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5725 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5726 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5727 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5728 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5729 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5730
5731 \(fn)" t nil)
5732
5733 ;;;***
5734 \f
5735 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5736 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18335
5737 ;;;;;; 54512))
5738 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5739
5740 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5741 Customization of `columns' group.
5742
5743 \(fn)" t nil)
5744
5745 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5746 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5747
5748 START and END delimits the text region.
5749
5750 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5751
5752 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5753 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5754
5755 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5756
5757 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5758
5759 ;;;***
5760 \f
5761 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18335
5762 ;;;;;; 54542))
5763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5764
5765 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5766 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5767 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5768 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5769 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5770 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5771
5772 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5773
5774 Customization:
5775
5776 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5777 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5778 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5779 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5780 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5781 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5782 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5783 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5784 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5785 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5786 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5787 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5788 blank line.
5789 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5790 Directories to search when finding external units.
5791 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5792 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5793
5794 Coloring:
5795
5796 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5797 Face used to color delphi comments.
5798 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5799 Face used to color delphi strings.
5800 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5801 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5802 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5803 Face used to color everything else.
5804
5805 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5806 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5807
5808 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5809
5810 ;;;***
5811 \f
5812 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18335
5813 ;;;;;; 54512))
5814 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5815
5816 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5817
5818 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5819 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5820 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5823 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5824
5825 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5826
5827 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5828 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5829 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5830 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5831
5832 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5833 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5834 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5835 any selection.
5836
5837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5838
5839 ;;;***
5840 \f
5841 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5842 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18335 54522))
5843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5844
5845 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5846 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5847
5848 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5849
5850 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5851 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5852 or nil if there is no parent.
5853 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5854 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5855 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5856 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5857 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5858
5859 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5860 arguments are currently understood:
5861 :group GROUP
5862 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5863 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5864 :syntax-table TABLE
5865 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5866 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5867 :abbrev-table TABLE
5868 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5869 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5870
5871 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5872
5873 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5874
5875 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5876 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5877 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5878
5879 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5880 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5881
5882 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5883 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5884 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5885
5886 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5887 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5888
5889 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5890 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5891
5892 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5893
5894 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5895
5896 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5897 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5898 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5899 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5900 the first time the mode is used.
5901
5902 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5903
5904 ;;;***
5905 \f
5906 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5907 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18341 12905))
5908 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5909
5910 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5911 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5912 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5913 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5914 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5915 otherwise.
5916
5917 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5918
5919 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5920 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5921 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5922 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5923 character composition information (if relevant),
5924 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5925
5926 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5927
5928 ;;;***
5929 \f
5930 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5931 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5932 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5933 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18377 47963))
5934 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5935
5936 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5937 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5938 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5939
5940 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5941
5942 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5943 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5944 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5945 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5946 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5947 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5948
5949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5950
5951 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5952 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5953 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5954 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5955
5956 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5957
5958 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5959 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5960 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5961
5962 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5963 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5964 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5965
5966 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5967 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5968
5969 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5970 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5971 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5972
5973 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5974 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5975 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5976 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5977
5978 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5979
5980 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5981 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5982
5983 Handlers are called with argument list
5984
5985 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5986
5987 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5988
5989 desktop-file-version
5990 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5991 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5992 desktop-buffer-point
5993 desktop-buffer-mark
5994 desktop-buffer-read-only
5995 desktop-buffer-locals
5996
5997 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5998 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5999
6000 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6001 code like
6002
6003 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6004 ...
6005 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6006 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6007
6008 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6009
6010 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6011
6012 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6013 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6014 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6015 List elements must have the form
6016
6017 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6018
6019 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6020 function.
6021
6022 Handlers are called with argument list
6023
6024 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6025
6026 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6027
6028 desktop-file-version
6029 desktop-buffer-file-name
6030 desktop-buffer-name
6031 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6032 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6033 desktop-buffer-point
6034 desktop-buffer-mark
6035 desktop-buffer-read-only
6036 desktop-buffer-misc
6037
6038 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6039 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6040 created and set.
6041
6042 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6043 code like
6044
6045 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6046 ...
6047 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6048 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6049
6050 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6051
6052 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6053
6054 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6055
6056 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6057 Empty the Desktop.
6058 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6059 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6060 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6061
6062 \(fn)" t nil)
6063
6064 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6065 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6066 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6067 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6068 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6069
6070 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6071
6072 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6073 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6074 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6075
6076 \(fn)" t nil)
6077
6078 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6079 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6080 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6081 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6082 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6083 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6084 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6085 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6086
6087 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6088
6089 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6090 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6091 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6092
6093 \(fn)" nil nil)
6094
6095 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6096 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6097 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6098 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6099 directory DIRNAME.
6100
6101 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6102
6103 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6104 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6105
6106 \(fn)" t nil)
6107
6108 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6109 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6110
6111 \(fn)" t nil)
6112
6113 ;;;***
6114 \f
6115 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6116 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6117 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18369 28758))
6118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6119
6120 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6121 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6122 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6123 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6124 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6125 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6126
6127 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6128
6129 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6130 Repair a broken attribution line.
6131 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6132
6133 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6134
6135 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6136 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6137 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6138 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6139
6140 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6141
6142 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6143 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6144
6145 \(fn)" t nil)
6146
6147 ;;;***
6148 \f
6149 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6150 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18384 51351))
6151 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6152
6153 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6154 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6155 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6156 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6157 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6158
6159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6160
6161 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6162 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6163 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6164 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6165
6166 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6167 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6168 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6169 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6170
6171 #!/bin/sh
6172 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6173 emacs -batch \\
6174 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6175 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6176 european-calendar-style t \\
6177 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6178 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6179 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6180
6181 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6182 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6183 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6184 to run it every morning at 1am.
6185
6186 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6187
6188 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6189 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6190
6191 \(fn)" t nil)
6192
6193 ;;;***
6194 \f
6195 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6196 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18335 54512))
6197 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6198
6199 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6200 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6201
6202 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6203
6204 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6205 *The command to use to run diff.")
6206
6207 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6208
6209 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6210 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6211 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6212 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6213 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6214 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6215
6216 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6217
6218 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6219 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6220 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6221 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6222 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6223 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6224
6225 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6226
6227 ;;;***
6228 \f
6229 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6230 ;;;;;; (18376 47168))
6231 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6232
6233 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6234 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6235 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6236 normal diffs.
6237
6238 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6239 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6240 headers for you on-the-fly.
6241
6242 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6243 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6244 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6245
6246 \\{diff-mode-map}
6247
6248 \(fn)" t nil)
6249
6250 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6251 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6252 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6253
6254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6255
6256 ;;;***
6257 \f
6258 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6259 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6260 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6261 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6262 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18369 28746))
6263 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6264
6265 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6266 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6267 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6268 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6269 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6270 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6271 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6272 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6273
6274 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6275
6276 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6277 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6278
6279 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6280 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6281 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6282 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6283 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6284
6285 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6286 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6287
6288 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6289 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6290 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6291 always set this variable to t.")
6292
6293 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6294
6295 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6296 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6297 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6298 A value of t means move to first file.")
6299
6300 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6301
6302 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6303 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6304 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6305 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6306 are afterward marked with that character.")
6307
6308 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6309
6310 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6311 *Controls marking of copied files.
6312 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6313 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6314
6315 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6316
6317 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6318 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6319 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6320 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6321
6322 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6323
6324 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6325 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6326 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6327 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6328
6329 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6330
6331 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6332 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6333 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6334 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6335
6336 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6337
6338 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6339
6340 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6341 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6342 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6343
6344 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6345
6346 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6347 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6348 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6349 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6350 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6351 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6352
6353 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6354 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6355 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6356 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6357 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6358 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6359 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6360 list of files to make directory entries for.
6361 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6362 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6363 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6364 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6365
6366 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6367
6368 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6369 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6370
6371 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6372 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6373
6374 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6375 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6376
6377 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6378 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6379
6380 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6381
6382 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6383 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6384
6385 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6386
6387 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6388 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6389 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6390 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6391 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6392 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6393 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6394 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6395 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6396 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6397 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6398 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6399 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6400 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6401 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6402 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6403 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6404 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6405 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6406 to see why something went wrong.
6407 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6408 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6409 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6410 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6411 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6412 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6413 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6414 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6415 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6416 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6417 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6418 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6419 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6420
6421 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6422 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6423 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6424 again for the directory tree.
6425
6426 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6427 for more info):
6428
6429 `dired-listing-switches'
6430 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6431 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6432 `dired-marker-char'
6433 `dired-del-marker'
6434 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6435 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6436 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6437 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6438
6439 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6440
6441 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6442 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6443 `dired-mode-hook'
6444 `dired-load-hook'
6445
6446 Keybindings:
6447 \\{dired-mode-map}
6448
6449 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6450 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6451
6452 ;;;***
6453 \f
6454 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6455 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6456 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6457 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6458 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6459 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6460 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6461 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6462 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6463 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6464 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6465 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6466 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6467 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18335 54512))
6468 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6469
6470 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6471 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6472 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6473 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6474 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6475 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6476 which is options for `diff'.
6477
6478 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6479
6480 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6481 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6482 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6483 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6484 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6485 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6486
6487 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6488
6489 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6490 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6491 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6492 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6493 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6494 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6495 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6496
6497 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6498
6499 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6500 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6501 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6502 returned by function `file-attributes'
6503
6504 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6505 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6506
6507 Examples of PREDICATE:
6508
6509 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6510 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6511 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6512 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6513 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6514
6515 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6516
6517 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6518 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6519 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6520
6521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6522
6523 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6524 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6525
6526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6527
6528 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6529 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6530
6531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6532
6533 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6534 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6535 This calls touch.
6536
6537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6538
6539 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6540 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6541 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6542 `lpr-switches' as default.
6543
6544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6545
6546 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6547 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6548 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6549 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6550 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6551
6552 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6553 with a prefix argument.
6554
6555 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6556
6557 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6558 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6559 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6560 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6561 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6562
6563 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6564 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6565
6566 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6567 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6568 file name substituted for `?'.
6569
6570 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6571 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6572
6573 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6574 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6575 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6576 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6577
6578 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6579
6580 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6581 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6582 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6583
6584 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6585 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6586 in a subdir.
6587
6588 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6589 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
6590 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
6591
6592 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6593
6594 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6595 Not documented
6596
6597 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6598
6599 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
6600 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6601 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6602 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6603 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6604 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6605 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6606 from the buffer as well.
6607 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6608 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6609 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6610
6611 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6612
6613 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
6614 Not documented
6615
6616 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6617
6618 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
6619 Not documented
6620
6621 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6622
6623 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
6624 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6625
6626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6627
6628 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
6629 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6630
6631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6632
6633 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
6634 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6635
6636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6637
6638 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
6639 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6640 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6641 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6642
6643 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6644 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6645 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6646 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6647 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6648 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6649 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6650
6651 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6652
6653 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
6654 Not documented
6655
6656 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6657
6658 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
6659 Not documented
6660
6661 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6662
6663 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
6664 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6665
6666 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6667
6668 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
6669 Not documented
6670
6671 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6672
6673 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
6674 Not documented
6675
6676 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6677
6678 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
6679 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6680
6681 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6682
6683 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
6684 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6685 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6686 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6687 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6688 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6689 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6690 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6691 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6692
6693 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
6694 like `cp -d'.
6695
6696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6697
6698 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
6699 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6700 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6701 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6702 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6703 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6704 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6705 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6706
6707 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
6708
6709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6710
6711 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
6712 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6713 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6714 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6715 and new hard links are made in that directory
6716 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6717 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6718 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6719
6720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6721
6722 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
6723 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6724 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6725 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6726 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6727 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6728 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6729
6730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6731
6732 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6733 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6734
6735 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6736 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6737 file if none are marked.
6738
6739 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6740 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6741 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6742 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6743
6744 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6745 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6746
6747 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6748
6749 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6750 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6751 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6752
6753 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6754
6755 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6756 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6757 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6758
6759 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6760
6761 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6762 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6763 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6764
6765 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6766
6767 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
6768 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6769
6770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6771
6772 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
6773 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6774
6775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6776
6777 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6778 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6779 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6780 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6781 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6782 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6783 this subdirectory.
6784 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6785
6786 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6787 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6788 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6789 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6790 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6791 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6792 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6793
6794 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6795
6796 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6797 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6798 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6799 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6800 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6801 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6802 this subdirectory.
6803 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6804
6805 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6806
6807 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6808 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6809 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6810
6811 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6812
6813 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6814 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6815 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6816 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6817
6818 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6819
6820 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
6821 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6822 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6823 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6824
6825 \(fn)" t nil)
6826
6827 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6828 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6829 Lower levels are unaffected.
6830
6831 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6832
6833 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
6834 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6835
6836 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6837
6838 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
6839 Go down in the dired tree.
6840
6841 \(fn)" t nil)
6842
6843 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6844 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6845 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6846 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6847
6848 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6849
6850 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
6851 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6852 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6853 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6854
6855 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6856
6857 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
6858 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6859 Stops when a match is found.
6860 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6861
6862 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6863
6864 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6865 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6866 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6867 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6868 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6869
6870 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6871
6872 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
6873 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6874 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6875 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6876
6877 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6878
6879 ;;;***
6880 \f
6881 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
6882 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
6883 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6884
6885 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
6886 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6887 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6888 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6889 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6890 buffer and try again.
6891
6892 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6893
6894 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
6895 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
6896 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
6897 This creates relative symbolic links like
6898
6899 foo -> ../bar/foo
6900
6901 not absolute ones like
6902
6903 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
6904
6905 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
6906
6907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6908
6909 ;;;***
6910 \f
6911 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6912 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
6913 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6914
6915 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6916 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6917 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6918 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6919 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6920 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6921 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6922
6923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6924
6925 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6926 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6927 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6928
6929 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6930
6931 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6932 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6933
6934 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6935
6936 ;;;***
6937 \f
6938 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18335
6939 ;;;;;; 54522))
6940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6941
6942 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6943 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6944 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6945 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6946 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6947 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6948
6949 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6950
6951 ;;;***
6952 \f
6953 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6954 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6955 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6956 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6957 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6958 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18377 47963))
6959 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6960
6961 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6962 Return a new, empty display table.
6963
6964 \(fn)" nil nil)
6965
6966 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6967 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6968 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6969 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6970 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6971
6972 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6973
6974 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6975 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6976 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6977 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6978 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6979
6980 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6981
6982 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6983 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6984
6985 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6986
6987 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6988 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6989
6990 \(fn)" t nil)
6991
6992 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6993 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6994
6995 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6996
6997 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6998 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6999
7000 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7001
7002 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7003 Display character C using printable string S.
7004
7005 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7006
7007 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7008 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7009 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7010 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7011
7012 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7013
7014 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7015 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7016 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7017 X frame.
7018
7019 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7020
7021 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7022 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7023
7024 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7025
7026 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7027 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7028
7029 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7030
7031 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7032 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7033
7034 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7035
7036 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7037 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7038
7039 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7040
7041 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7042 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7043
7044 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7045
7046 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7047 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7048
7049 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7050 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7051 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7052 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7053
7054 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7055 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7056 European character display.
7057
7058 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7059 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7060 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7061 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7062
7063 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7064 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7065 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7066 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7067 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7068
7069 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7070
7071 ;;;***
7072 \f
7073 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7074 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
7075 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7076
7077 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7078 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7079 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7080 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7081 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7082 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7083 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7084 Default is 2.
7085
7086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7087
7088 ;;;***
7089 \f
7090 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18341 12905))
7091 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7092
7093 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
7094 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7095 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7096 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7097 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7098 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7099 private or ask).
7100 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7101 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7102 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7103 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7104 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7105
7106 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7107
7108 ;;;***
7109 \f
7110 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7111 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18335 54544))
7112 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7113
7114 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7115 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7116 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7117 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7118 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7119 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7120 table and its own syntax table.
7121
7122 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7123
7124 \(fn)" t nil)
7125 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7126
7127 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7128 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7129
7130 \(fn)" t nil)
7131 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7132
7133 ;;;***
7134 \f
7135 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
7136 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18371 38464))
7137 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7138
7139 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7140 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7141 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
7142
7143 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7144
7145 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7146 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7147 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
7148 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7149 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
7150
7151 \(fn)" t nil)
7152
7153 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7154 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
7155 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7156 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7157
7158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7159
7160 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7161 Not documented
7162
7163 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7164
7165 ;;;***
7166 \f
7167 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18335 54541))
7168 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7169
7170 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7171 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7172
7173 \(fn)" t nil)
7174
7175 ;;;***
7176 \f
7177 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18335 54512))
7178 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7179
7180 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7181 Toggle Double mode.
7182 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
7183 turn it off.
7184
7185 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7186 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7187
7188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7189
7190 ;;;***
7191 \f
7192 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18335 54541))
7193 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7194
7195 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7196 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7197
7198 \(fn)" t nil)
7199
7200 ;;;***
7201 \f
7202 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7203 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
7204 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7205
7206 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
7207 Play sounds in message buffers.
7208
7209 \(fn)" t nil)
7210
7211 ;;;***
7212 \f
7213 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7214 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7215 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18335 54522))
7216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7217
7218 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7219
7220 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7221 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7222 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7223 and toggle command MODE.
7224
7225 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7226 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7227 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7228 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7229 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7230 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7231 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7232 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7233 used (see below).
7234
7235 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7236 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7237 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7238 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7239 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7240 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7241 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7242 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7243 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7244 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7245 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7246 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7247 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7248 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7249 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7250 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7251 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7252
7253 For example, you could write
7254 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7255 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7256 ...BODY CODE...)
7257
7258 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7259
7260 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7261
7262 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7263
7264 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7265 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7266 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7267 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7268 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7269 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7270 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7271 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7272 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7273 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7274 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7275 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7276
7277 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7278 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7279 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7280 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7281 call another major mode in their body.
7282
7283 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7284
7285 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7286 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7287 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7288 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7289 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7290 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7291 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7292
7293 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7294
7295 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7296 Not documented
7297
7298 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7299
7300 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7301 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7302 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7303
7304 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7305
7306 ;;;***
7307 \f
7308 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7309 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18335
7310 ;;;;;; 54522))
7311 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7312
7313 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7314
7315 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7316 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7317
7318 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7319 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7320 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7321
7322 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7323 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7324
7325 :filter FUNCTION
7326
7327 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7328 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7329
7330 :visible INCLUDE
7331
7332 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7333 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7334
7335 :active ENABLE
7336
7337 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7338 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7339
7340 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7341
7342 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7343
7344 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7345
7346 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7347 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7348
7349 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7350 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7351
7352 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7353
7354 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7355
7356 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7357
7358 :keys KEYS
7359
7360 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7361 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7362 computed automatically.
7363 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7364
7365 :key-sequence KEYS
7366
7367 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7368 menu item.
7369 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7370 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7371 keyboard equivalent.
7372
7373 :active ENABLE
7374
7375 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7376 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7377
7378 :visible INCLUDE
7379
7380 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7381 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7382
7383 :label FORM
7384
7385 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7386 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7387
7388 :suffix FORM
7389
7390 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7391 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7392
7393 :style STYLE
7394
7395 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7396 defined:
7397
7398 toggle: A checkbox.
7399 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7400 radio: A radio button.
7401 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7402 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7403 menu bar itself.
7404 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7405
7406 :selected SELECTED
7407
7408 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7409 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7410
7411 :help HELP
7412
7413 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7414
7415 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7416 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7417 as a solid horizontal line.
7418
7419 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7420
7421 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7422
7423 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7424 Not documented
7425
7426 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7427
7428 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7429 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7430 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7431 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7432
7433 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7434
7435 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7436 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7437 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7438 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7439 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7440 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7441
7442 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7443 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7444 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7445
7446 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7447 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7448 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7449
7450 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7451 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7452
7453 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7454
7455 ;;;***
7456 \f
7457 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7458 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7459 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7460 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7461 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7462 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7463 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7464 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18335 54542))
7465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7466
7467 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7468 Customization for ebnf group.
7469
7470 \(fn)" t nil)
7471
7472 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7473 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7474
7475 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7476
7477 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7478 processed.
7479
7480 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7481
7482 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7483
7484 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7485 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7486
7487 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7488 killed after process termination.
7489
7490 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7491
7492 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7493
7494 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7495 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7496
7497 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7498 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7499 it to the printer.
7500
7501 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7502 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7503 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7504 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7505
7506 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7507
7508 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7509 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7510 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7511
7512 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7513
7514 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7515 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7516
7517 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7518
7519 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7520 processed.
7521
7522 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7523
7524 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7525
7526 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7527 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7528
7529 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7530 killed after process termination.
7531
7532 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7533
7534 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7535
7536 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7537 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7538 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7539 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7540
7541 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7542
7543 \(fn)" t nil)
7544
7545 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7546 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7547 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7548
7549 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7550
7551 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7552
7553 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7554 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7555
7556 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7557
7558 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7559 processed.
7560
7561 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7562
7563 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7564
7565 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7566 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7567
7568 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7569 killed after EPS generation.
7570
7571 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7572
7573 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7574
7575 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7576 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7577
7578 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7579 The EPS file name has the following form:
7580
7581 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7582
7583 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7584 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7585
7586 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7587 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7588 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7589 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7590 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7591
7592 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7593 files.
7594
7595 \(fn)" t nil)
7596
7597 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7598 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7599
7600 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7601 The EPS file name has the following form:
7602
7603 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7604
7605 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7606 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7607
7608 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7609 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7610 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7611 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7612 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7613
7614 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7615 files.
7616
7617 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7618
7619 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7620
7621 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7622 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7623
7624 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7625
7626 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7627 are processed.
7628
7629 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7630
7631 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7632
7633 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7634 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7635
7636 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7637 killed after syntax checking.
7638
7639 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7640
7641 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7642
7643 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7644 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7645
7646 \(fn)" t nil)
7647
7648 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7649 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7650
7651 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7652
7653 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7654 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7655
7656 \(fn)" nil nil)
7657
7658 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7659 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7660
7661 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7662
7663 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7664
7665 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7666 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7667
7668 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7669
7670 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7671
7672 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7673 Delete style NAME.
7674
7675 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7676
7677 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7678
7679 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7680 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7681
7682 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7683
7684 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7685
7686 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7687 Set STYLE as the current style.
7688
7689 Returns the old style symbol.
7690
7691 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7692
7693 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7694
7695 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7696 Reset current style.
7697
7698 Returns the old style symbol.
7699
7700 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7701
7702 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7703
7704 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7705 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7706
7707 Returns the old style symbol.
7708
7709 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7710
7711 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7712
7713 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7714
7715 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7716 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7717
7718 Returns the old style symbol.
7719
7720 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7721
7722 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7723
7724 \(fn)" t nil)
7725
7726 ;;;***
7727 \f
7728 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7729 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7730 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7731 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7732 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7733 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7734 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7735 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7736 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7737 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7738 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18335
7739 ;;;;;; 54542))
7740 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7741
7742 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7743 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7744 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7745 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7746 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7747 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7748
7749 Tree mode key bindings:
7750 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7751
7752 \(fn)" t nil)
7753
7754 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7755 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7756
7757 \(fn)" t nil)
7758
7759 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7760 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7761
7762 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7763
7764 \(fn)" nil nil)
7765
7766 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7767 View declaration of member at point.
7768
7769 \(fn)" t nil)
7770
7771 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7772 Find declaration of member at point.
7773
7774 \(fn)" t nil)
7775
7776 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7777 View definition of member at point.
7778
7779 \(fn)" t nil)
7780
7781 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7782 Find definition of member at point.
7783
7784 \(fn)" t nil)
7785
7786 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7787 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7788
7789 \(fn)" t nil)
7790
7791 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7792 View definition of member at point in other window.
7793
7794 \(fn)" t nil)
7795
7796 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7797 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7798
7799 \(fn)" t nil)
7800
7801 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7802 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7803
7804 \(fn)" t nil)
7805
7806 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7807 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7808
7809 \(fn)" t nil)
7810
7811 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7812 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7813
7814 \(fn)" t nil)
7815
7816 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7817 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7818 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7819 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7820 completion.
7821
7822 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7823
7824 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7825 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7826 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7827 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7828
7829 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7830
7831 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7832 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7833 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7834 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7835
7836 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7837
7838 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7839 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7840 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7841
7842 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7843
7844 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7845 Search for call sites of a member.
7846 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7847 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7848 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7849 looks like a function call to the member.
7850
7851 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7852
7853 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7854 Move backward in the position stack.
7855 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7856
7857 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7858
7859 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7860 Move forward in the position stack.
7861 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7862
7863 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7864
7865 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7866 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7867
7868 \(fn)" t nil)
7869
7870 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7871 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7872
7873 \(fn)" t nil)
7874
7875 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7876 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7877 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7878 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7879
7880 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7881
7882 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7883 Display statistics for a class tree.
7884
7885 \(fn)" t nil)
7886
7887 ;;;***
7888 \f
7889 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7890 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
7891 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7892
7893 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7894 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7895 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7896 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7897
7898 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7899 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7900 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7901
7902 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7903 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7904 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7905
7906 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7907
7908 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7909
7910 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7911
7912 ;;;***
7913 \f
7914 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7915 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18335 54512))
7916 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7917
7918 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7919 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7920 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7921
7922 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7923
7924 ;;;***
7925 \f
7926 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7927 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
7928 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7929
7930 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7931 Not documented
7932
7933 \(fn)" nil nil)
7934
7935 ;;;***
7936 \f
7937 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7938 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7939 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18369 28755))
7940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7941
7942 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7943 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7944 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7945 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7946 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7947
7948 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7949 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7950 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7951 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7952
7953 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7954
7955 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7956 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7957 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7958 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7959
7960 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7961
7962 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7963 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7964 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7965 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7966
7967 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7968
7969 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7970
7971 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7972 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7973 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7974 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7975 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7976
7977 If you do this on a function definition
7978 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7979 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7980 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7981 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7982
7983 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7984 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7985 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7986 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7987 already is one.)
7988
7989 \(fn)" t nil)
7990
7991 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7992 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7993
7994 \(fn)" t nil)
7995
7996 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7997 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7998
7999 \(fn)" t nil)
8000
8001 ;;;***
8002 \f
8003 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8004 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
8005 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
8006 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
8007 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
8008 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
8009 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
8010 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
8011 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
8012 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18335 54512))
8013 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8014
8015 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8016 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8017
8018 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8019
8020 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8021 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8022
8023 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8024
8025 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8026
8027 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8028
8029 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8030 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8031 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8032 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8033
8034 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8035
8036 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8037 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8038
8039 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8040
8041 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8042
8043 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8044 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8045
8046 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8047
8048 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8049
8050 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8051 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8052 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8053 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8054
8055 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8056
8057 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8058
8059 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8060 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8061 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8062 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8063
8064 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8065
8066 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8067
8068 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8069 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8070 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8071 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8072
8073 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8074
8075 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8076
8077 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8078 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8079 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8080 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8081
8082 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8083
8084 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
8085
8086 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8087 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8088 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8089 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8090 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8091 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8092
8093 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8094
8095 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8096 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8097 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8098 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8099
8100 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8101
8102 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
8103
8104 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8105 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8106 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8107 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8108
8109 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8110
8111 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
8112
8113 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
8114
8115 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
8116 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8117 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8118 follows:
8119 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8120 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8121
8122 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8123
8124 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
8125 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8126 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8127 follows:
8128 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8129 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8130
8131 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8132
8133 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
8134 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8135 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8136 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8137 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8138
8139 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8140
8141 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
8142 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8143 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8144 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8145 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8146 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8147
8148 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8149
8150 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
8151
8152 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
8153 Merge two files without ancestor.
8154
8155 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8156
8157 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8158 Merge two files with ancestor.
8159
8160 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8161
8162 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
8163
8164 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
8165 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8166
8167 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8168
8169 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8170 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8171
8172 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8173
8174 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
8175 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8176 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8177 buffer.
8178
8179 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8180
8181 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8182 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8183 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8184 buffer.
8185
8186 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8187
8188 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
8189 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8190 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8191 and don't ask the user.
8192 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8193 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8194
8195 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8196
8197 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
8198 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8199 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8200 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8201 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8202 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8203 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8204 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8205
8206 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8207
8208 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
8209
8210 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
8211
8212 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
8213 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8214 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8215 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8216 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8217
8218 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8219
8220 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
8221
8222 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
8223 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8224 When called interactively, displays the version.
8225
8226 \(fn)" t nil)
8227
8228 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8229 Display Ediff's manual.
8230 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8231
8232 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8233
8234 ;;;***
8235 \f
8236 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8237 ;;;;;; (18382 24456))
8238 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8239
8240 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8241 Not documented
8242
8243 \(fn)" t nil)
8244
8245 ;;;***
8246 \f
8247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18382 24456))
8248 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8249
8250 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))))
8251
8252 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))
8253
8254 ;;;***
8255 \f
8256 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8257 ;;;;;; (18382 24456))
8258 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8259
8260 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8261 Display Ediff's registry.
8262
8263 \(fn)" t nil)
8264
8265 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8266
8267 ;;;***
8268 \f
8269 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8270 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18382 24456))
8271 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8272
8273 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8274 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8275 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8276 which see.
8277
8278 \(fn)" t nil)
8279
8280 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8281 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8282 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8283 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8284
8285 \(fn)" t nil)
8286
8287 ;;;***
8288 \f
8289 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8290 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8291 ;;;;;; (18341 12905))
8292 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8293
8294 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8295 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8296 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8297
8298 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8299 Edit a keyboard macro.
8300 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8301 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8302 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8303 its command name.
8304 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8305
8306 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8307
8308 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8309 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8310
8311 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8312
8313 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8314 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8315
8316 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8317
8318 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8319 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8320 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8321 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8322 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8323 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8324
8325 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8326 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8327 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8328 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8329
8330 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8331
8332 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8333 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8334 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8335 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8336 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8337 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8338
8339 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8340
8341 ;;;***
8342 \f
8343 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8344 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18377 47963))
8345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8346
8347 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8348 Set scroll margins.
8349 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8350 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8351
8352 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8353
8354 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8355 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8356
8357 \(fn)" t nil)
8358
8359 ;;;***
8360 \f
8361 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8362 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
8363 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8364
8365 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8366 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8367 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8368 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8369 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8370 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8371 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8372
8373 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8374 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8375
8376 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8377 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8378 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8379 this value is non-nil.
8380
8381 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8382 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8383 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8384
8385 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8386 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8387 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8388
8389 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8390
8391 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8392 Not documented
8393
8394 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8395
8396 ;;;***
8397 \f
8398 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8399 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18335 54522))
8400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8401
8402 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8403 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8404
8405 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8406
8407 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8408 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8409 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8410 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8411 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8412 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8413 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8414
8415 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8416
8417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8418
8419 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8420 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8421
8422 \(fn)" t nil)
8423
8424 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8425 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8426 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8427 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8428 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8429 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8430 arg list.
8431
8432 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8433 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8434
8435 ;;;***
8436 \f
8437 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18335
8438 ;;;;;; 54513))
8439 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8440
8441 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8442 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8443
8444 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8445 an elided material again.
8446
8447 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8448
8449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8450
8451 ;;;***
8452 \f
8453 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8454 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
8455 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8456
8457 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8458 Initialize elint.
8459
8460 \(fn)" t nil)
8461
8462 ;;;***
8463 \f
8464 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8465 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18335
8466 ;;;;;; 54522))
8467 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8468
8469 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8470 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8471 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8472
8473 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8474
8475 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8476 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8477 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8478
8479 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8480
8481 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8482 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8483 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8484
8485 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8486
8487 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8488
8489 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8490 Display current profiling results.
8491 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8492 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8493 displayed.
8494
8495 \(fn)" t nil)
8496
8497 ;;;***
8498 \f
8499 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8500 ;;;;;; (18374 12123))
8501 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8502
8503 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8504 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8505 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8506
8507 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8508
8509 ;;;***
8510 \f
8511 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8512 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8513 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8514 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8515 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18203 29181))
8516 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8517
8518 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8519 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8520 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8521 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8522 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8523 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8524 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8525 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8526 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8527 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8528 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8529 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8530 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8531 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8532 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8533 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8534
8535 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8536 Run Emerge on two files.
8537
8538 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8539
8540 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8541 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8542
8543 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8544
8545 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8546 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8547
8548 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8549
8550 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8551 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8552
8553 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8554
8555 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8556 Not documented
8557
8558 \(fn)" nil nil)
8559
8560 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8561 Not documented
8562
8563 \(fn)" nil nil)
8564
8565 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8566 Not documented
8567
8568 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8569
8570 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8571 Not documented
8572
8573 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8574
8575 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8576 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8577
8578 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8579
8580 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8581 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8582
8583 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8584
8585 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8586 Not documented
8587
8588 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8589
8590 ;;;***
8591 \f
8592 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8593 ;;;;;; (18341 12910))
8594 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8595
8596 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
8597 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8598
8599 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8600
8601 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8602
8603 ;;;***
8604 \f
8605 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8606 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18335 54544))
8607 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8608
8609 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8610 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8611 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8612 text/enriched format.
8613 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8614
8615 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8616 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8617
8618 Commands:
8619
8620 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8621
8622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8623
8624 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8625 Not documented
8626
8627 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8628
8629 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8630 Not documented
8631
8632 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8633
8634 ;;;***
8635 \f
8636 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-mode epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8637 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8638 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8639 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8640 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8641 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (18353
8642 ;;;;;; 32097))
8643 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8644
8645 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8646 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8647
8648 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8649
8650 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8651 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8652
8653 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8654
8655 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8656 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8657 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8658 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8659 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8660 the keys are listed.
8661 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8662
8663 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8664
8665 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8666 Decrypt FILE.
8667
8668 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8669
8670 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8671 Verify FILE.
8672
8673 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8674
8675 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8676 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8677
8678 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8679
8680 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8681 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8682
8683 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8684
8685 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8686 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8687
8688 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8689
8690 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8691
8692 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8693 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8694
8695 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8696
8697 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8698
8699 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8700 Verify the current region between START and END.
8701
8702 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8703
8704 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8705
8706 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8707 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8708 between START and END.
8709
8710 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8711
8712 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8713
8714 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8715 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8716
8717 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8718
8719 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8720
8721 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8722 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8723
8724 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8725
8726 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8727
8728 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8729 Delete selected KEYS.
8730
8731 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8732
8733 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8734
8735 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8736 Import keys from FILE.
8737
8738 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8739
8740 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8741
8742 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8743 Import keys from the region.
8744
8745 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8746
8747 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8748
8749 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8750 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8751 between START and END.
8752
8753 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8754
8755 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8756
8757 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8758 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8759
8760 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8761
8762 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8763
8764 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8765 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8766
8767 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8768
8769 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8770
8771 (defvar epa-mode nil "\
8772 Non-nil if Epa mode is enabled.
8773 See the command `epa-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8774 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8775 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8776 or call the function `epa-mode'.")
8777
8778 (custom-autoload 'epa-mode "epa" nil)
8779
8780 (autoload 'epa-mode "epa" "\
8781 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into various modes.
8782 See `epa-global-minor-modes'.
8783
8784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8785
8786 ;;;***
8787 \f
8788 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-dired-mode epa-dired-mode) "epa-dired"
8789 ;;;;;; "epa-dired.el" (18353 32097))
8790 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8791
8792 (autoload 'epa-dired-mode "epa-dired" "\
8793 A minor-mode for encrypt/decrypt files with Dired.
8794
8795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8796
8797 (defvar epa-global-dired-mode nil "\
8798 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Dired mode is enabled.
8799 See the command `epa-global-dired-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8800 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8801 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8802 or call the function `epa-global-dired-mode'.")
8803
8804 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-dired-mode "epa-dired" nil)
8805
8806 (autoload 'epa-global-dired-mode "epa-dired" "\
8807 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Dired.
8808
8809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8810
8811 ;;;***
8812 \f
8813 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-mode epa-file-disable epa-file-enable)
8814 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (18351 56654))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8816
8817 (put 'epa-file-encrypt-to 'safe-local-variable (lambda (val) (or (stringp val) (and (listp val) (catch 'safe (mapc (lambda (elt) (unless (stringp elt) (throw 'safe nil))) val) t)))))
8818
8819 (put 'epa-file-encrypt-to 'permanent-local t)
8820
8821 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8822 Not documented
8823
8824 \(fn)" t nil)
8825
8826 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8827 Not documented
8828
8829 \(fn)" t nil)
8830
8831 (defvar epa-file-mode nil "\
8832 Non-nil if Epa-File mode is enabled.
8833 See the command `epa-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8834 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8835 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8836 or call the function `epa-file-mode'.")
8837
8838 (custom-autoload 'epa-file-mode "epa-file" nil)
8839
8840 (autoload 'epa-file-mode "epa-file" "\
8841 Toggle automatic file encryption and decryption.
8842 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto encryption on if positive, else off.
8843 Return the new status of auto encryption (non-nil means on).
8844
8845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8846
8847 ;;;***
8848 \f
8849 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8850 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8851 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18351 56654))
8852 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8853
8854 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8855 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8856
8857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8858
8859 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8860 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8861 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8862
8863 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8864
8865 \(fn)" t nil)
8866
8867 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8868 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8869 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8870
8871 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8872
8873 \(fn)" t nil)
8874
8875 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8876 Sign the current buffer.
8877 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8878
8879 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8880
8881 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8882
8883 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8884 Encrypt the current buffer.
8885 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8886
8887 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8888
8889 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8890
8891 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8892 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8893 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8894
8895 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8896
8897 \(fn)" t nil)
8898
8899 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8900 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8901 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8902 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8903 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8904 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8905
8906 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8907
8908 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8909 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8910
8911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8912
8913 ;;;***
8914 \f
8915 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-generate-key-from-string epg-generate-key-from-file
8916 ;;;;;; epg-start-generate-key epg-sign-keys epg-start-sign-keys
8917 ;;;;;; epg-delete-keys epg-start-delete-keys epg-receive-keys epg-start-receive-keys
8918 ;;;;;; epg-import-keys-from-string epg-import-keys-from-file epg-start-import-keys
8919 ;;;;;; epg-export-keys-to-string epg-export-keys-to-file epg-start-export-keys
8920 ;;;;;; epg-encrypt-string epg-encrypt-file epg-start-encrypt epg-sign-string
8921 ;;;;;; epg-sign-file epg-start-sign epg-verify-string epg-verify-file
8922 ;;;;;; epg-start-verify epg-decrypt-string epg-decrypt-file epg-start-decrypt
8923 ;;;;;; epg-cancel epg-list-keys) "epg" "epg.el" (18382 63905))
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8925
8926 (autoload 'epg-list-keys "epg" "\
8927 Return a list of epg-key objects matched with NAME.
8928 If MODE is nil or 'public, only public keyring should be searched.
8929 If MODE is t or 'secret, only secret keyring should be searched.
8930 Otherwise, only public keyring should be searched and the key
8931 signatures should be included.
8932 NAME is either a string or a list of strings.
8933
8934 \(fn CONTEXT &optional NAME MODE)" nil nil)
8935
8936 (autoload 'epg-cancel "epg" "\
8937 Not documented
8938
8939 \(fn CONTEXT)" nil nil)
8940
8941 (autoload 'epg-start-decrypt "epg" "\
8942 Initiate a decrypt operation on CIPHER.
8943 CIPHER must be a file data object.
8944
8945 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8946 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8947 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8948 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8949 `epg-decrypt-file' or `epg-decrypt-string' instead.
8950
8951 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8952
8953 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-file "epg" "\
8954 Decrypt a file CIPHER and store the result to a file PLAIN.
8955 If PLAIN is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8956
8957 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER PLAIN)" nil nil)
8958
8959 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-string "epg" "\
8960 Decrypt a string CIPHER and return the plain text.
8961
8962 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8963
8964 (autoload 'epg-start-verify "epg" "\
8965 Initiate a verify operation on SIGNATURE.
8966 SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT are a data object if they are specified.
8967
8968 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be set.
8969 For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be nil.
8970
8971 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8972 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8973 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8974 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8975 `epg-verify-file' or `epg-verify-string' instead.
8976
8977 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8978
8979 (autoload 'epg-verify-file "epg" "\
8980 Verify a file SIGNATURE.
8981 SIGNED-TEXT and PLAIN are also a file if they are specified.
8982
8983 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8984 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8985 nil. In the latter case, if PLAIN is specified, the plaintext is
8986 stored into the file after successful verification.
8987
8988 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT PLAIN)" nil nil)
8989
8990 (autoload 'epg-verify-string "epg" "\
8991 Verify a string SIGNATURE.
8992 SIGNED-TEXT is a string if it is specified.
8993
8994 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8995 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8996 nil. In the latter case, this function returns the plaintext after
8997 successful verification.
8998
8999 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
9000
9001 (autoload 'epg-start-sign "epg" "\
9002 Initiate a sign operation on PLAIN.
9003 PLAIN is a data object.
9004
9005 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
9006 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
9007 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
9008
9009 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9010 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9011 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9012 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9013 `epg-sign-file' or `epg-sign-string' instead.
9014
9015 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
9016
9017 (autoload 'epg-sign-file "epg" "\
9018 Sign a file PLAIN and store the result to a file SIGNATURE.
9019 If SIGNATURE is nil, it returns the result as a string.
9020 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
9021 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
9022 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
9023
9024 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN SIGNATURE &optional MODE)" nil nil)
9025
9026 (autoload 'epg-sign-string "epg" "\
9027 Sign a string PLAIN and return the output as string.
9028 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
9029 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
9030 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
9031
9032 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
9033
9034 (autoload 'epg-start-encrypt "epg" "\
9035 Initiate an encrypt operation on PLAIN.
9036 PLAIN is a data object.
9037 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
9038
9039 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9040 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9041 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9042 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9043 `epg-encrypt-file' or `epg-encrypt-string' instead.
9044
9045 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
9046
9047 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-file "epg" "\
9048 Encrypt a file PLAIN and store the result to a file CIPHER.
9049 If CIPHER is nil, it returns the result as a string.
9050 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
9051
9052 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS CIPHER &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
9053
9054 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-string "epg" "\
9055 Encrypt a string PLAIN.
9056 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
9057
9058 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
9059
9060 (autoload 'epg-start-export-keys "epg" "\
9061 Initiate an export keys operation.
9062
9063 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9064 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9065 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9066 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9067 `epg-export-keys-to-file' or `epg-export-keys-to-string' instead.
9068
9069 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9070
9071 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-file "epg" "\
9072 Extract public KEYS.
9073
9074 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS FILE)" nil nil)
9075
9076 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-string "epg" "\
9077 Extract public KEYS and return them as a string.
9078
9079 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9080
9081 (autoload 'epg-start-import-keys "epg" "\
9082 Initiate an import keys operation.
9083 KEYS is a data object.
9084
9085 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9086 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9087 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9088 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9089 `epg-import-keys-from-file' or `epg-import-keys-from-string' instead.
9090
9091 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9092
9093 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-file "epg" "\
9094 Add keys from a file KEYS.
9095
9096 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9097
9098 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-string "epg" "\
9099 Add keys from a string KEYS.
9100
9101 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9102
9103 (autoload 'epg-start-receive-keys "epg" "\
9104 Initiate a receive key operation.
9105 KEY-ID-LIST is a list of key IDs.
9106
9107 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9108 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9109 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9110 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9111 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
9112
9113 \(fn CONTEXT KEY-ID-LIST)" nil nil)
9114
9115 (autoload 'epg-receive-keys "epg" "\
9116 Add keys from server.
9117 KEYS is a list of key IDs
9118
9119 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9120
9121 (defalias 'epg-import-keys-from-server 'epg-receive-keys)
9122
9123 (autoload 'epg-start-delete-keys "epg" "\
9124 Initiate a delete keys operation.
9125
9126 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9127 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9128 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9129 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9130 `epg-delete-keys' instead.
9131
9132 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
9133
9134 (autoload 'epg-delete-keys "epg" "\
9135 Delete KEYS from the key ring.
9136
9137 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
9138
9139 (autoload 'epg-start-sign-keys "epg" "\
9140 Initiate a sign keys operation.
9141
9142 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9143 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9144 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9145 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9146 `epg-sign-keys' instead.
9147
9148 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
9149
9150 (autoload 'epg-sign-keys "epg" "\
9151 Sign KEYS from the key ring.
9152
9153 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
9154
9155 (autoload 'epg-start-generate-key "epg" "\
9156 Initiate a key generation.
9157 PARAMETERS specifies parameters for the key.
9158
9159 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9160 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9161 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9162 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9163 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
9164
9165 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
9166
9167 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-file "epg" "\
9168 Generate a new key pair.
9169 PARAMETERS is a file which tells how to create the key.
9170
9171 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
9172
9173 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-string "epg" "\
9174 Generate a new key pair.
9175 PARAMETERS is a string which tells how to create the key.
9176
9177 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
9178
9179 ;;;***
9180 \f
9181 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
9182 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18351 56654))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
9184
9185 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
9186 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
9187
9188 \(fn)" nil nil)
9189
9190 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
9191 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
9192
9193 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
9194
9195 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
9196 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
9197
9198 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
9199
9200 ;;;***
9201 \f
9202 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9203 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18369 28756))
9204 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9205
9206 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
9207 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9208
9209 \(fn)" nil nil)
9210
9211 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9212 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9213 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9214
9215 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9216
9217 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9218 (server (erc-compute-server))
9219 (port (erc-compute-port))
9220 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9221 password
9222 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9223
9224 That is, if called with
9225
9226 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9227
9228 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9229 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9230 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9231
9232 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9233
9234 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9235
9236 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9237 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9238 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9239 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9240
9241 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9242
9243 ;;;***
9244 \f
9245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18335
9246 ;;;;;; 54524))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9248 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9249
9250 ;;;***
9251 \f
9252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18369 28755))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9254 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9255
9256 ;;;***
9257 \f
9258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18335 54524))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9260 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9261
9262 ;;;***
9263 \f
9264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18335 54524))
9265 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9266 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9267
9268 ;;;***
9269 \f
9270 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9271 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18368 43874))
9272 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9273 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9274
9275 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9276 Parser for /dcc command.
9277 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9278 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9279 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9280
9281 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9282
9283 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9284 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9285
9286 \(fn)" nil nil)
9287
9288 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9289 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9290
9291 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9292 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9293 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9294 that subcommand.
9295
9296 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9297
9298 ;;;***
9299 \f
9300 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9301 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9302 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9303 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9304 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
9305 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9306
9307 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9308 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9309
9310 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9311
9312 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9313 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9314 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9315 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9316
9317 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9318
9319 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9320 Not documented
9321
9322 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9323
9324 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9325 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9326
9327 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9328
9329 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9330 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9331
9332 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9333
9334 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9335 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9336
9337 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9338
9339 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9340 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9341
9342 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9343
9344 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9345 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9346
9347 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9348
9349 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9350 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9351
9352 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9353
9354 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9355 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9356
9357 \(fn)" nil nil)
9358
9359 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9360 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9361
9362 \(fn)" nil nil)
9363
9364 ;;;***
9365 \f
9366 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18335
9367 ;;;;;; 54524))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9369 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9370
9371 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9372 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9373 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9374
9375 \(fn)" nil nil)
9376
9377 ;;;***
9378 \f
9379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18335
9380 ;;;;;; 54524))
9381 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9382 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9383
9384 ;;;***
9385 \f
9386 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9387 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18335 54524))
9388 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9389 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9390
9391 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9392 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9393 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9394 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9395 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9396 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9397 system.
9398
9399 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9400
9401 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9402 Not documented
9403
9404 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9405
9406 ;;;***
9407 \f
9408 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9409 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
9410 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9411
9412 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9413 Not documented
9414
9415 \(fn)" nil nil)
9416
9417 ;;;***
9418 \f
9419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18335 54524))
9420 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9421 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9422
9423 ;;;***
9424 \f
9425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18329 49762))
9426 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9427 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9428
9429 ;;;***
9430 \f
9431 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9432 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18335 54524))
9433 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9434 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9435
9436 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9437 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9438 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9439 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9440 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9441 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9442
9443 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9444
9445 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9446 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9447 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9448 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9449
9450 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9451 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9452 automatically.
9453
9454 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9455 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9456
9457 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9458
9459 ;;;***
9460 \f
9461 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9462 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9463 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9464 ;;;;;; (18369 28756))
9465 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9466 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9467
9468 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9469 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9470
9471 \(fn)" t nil)
9472
9473 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9474 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9475
9476 \(fn)" t nil)
9477
9478 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9479 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9480
9481 \(fn)" t nil)
9482
9483 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9484 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9485
9486 \(fn)" t nil)
9487
9488 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9489 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9490
9491 \(fn)" t nil)
9492
9493 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9494 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9495
9496 \(fn)" t nil)
9497
9498 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9499 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9500
9501 \(fn)" t nil)
9502
9503 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9504 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9505
9506 \(fn)" t nil)
9507
9508 ;;;***
9509 \f
9510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18335 54524))
9511 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9512 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9513
9514 ;;;***
9515 \f
9516 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9517 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
9518 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9519 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9520
9521 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9522 Show who's gone.
9523
9524 \(fn)" nil nil)
9525
9526 ;;;***
9527 \f
9528 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9529 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18335 54524))
9530 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9531
9532 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9533 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9534 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9535 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9536
9537 \(fn)" nil nil)
9538
9539 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9540 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9541
9542 \(fn)" t nil)
9543
9544 ;;;***
9545 \f
9546 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9547 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18335 54524))
9548 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9549 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9550
9551 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9552 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9553 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9554 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9555
9556 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9557
9558 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9559 Not documented
9560
9561 \(fn)" nil nil)
9562
9563 ;;;***
9564 \f
9565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18335 54524))
9566 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9567 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9568
9569 ;;;***
9570 \f
9571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18335
9572 ;;;;;; 54524))
9573 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9574 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9575
9576 ;;;***
9577 \f
9578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18335 54524))
9579 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9580 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9581
9582 ;;;***
9583 \f
9584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18335 54524))
9585 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9586 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9587
9588 ;;;***
9589 \f
9590 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9591 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18335 54524))
9592 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9593 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9594
9595 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9596 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9597
9598 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9599
9600 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9601 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9602 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9603
9604 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9605
9606 ;;;***
9607 \f
9608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18335 54524))
9609 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9610 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9611
9612 ;;;***
9613 \f
9614 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9615 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
9616 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9617
9618 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9619 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9620 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9621
9622 \(fn)" t nil)
9623
9624 ;;;***
9625 \f
9626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18335
9627 ;;;;;; 54524))
9628 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9629 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9630
9631 ;;;***
9632 \f
9633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18335 54524))
9634 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9635 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9636
9637 ;;;***
9638 \f
9639 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9640 ;;;;;; (18368 43876))
9641 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9642
9643 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9644 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9645 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9646
9647 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9648
9649 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9650 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9651 mode line.
9652
9653 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9654 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9655 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9656
9657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9658 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9659
9660 ;;;***
9661 \f
9662 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9663 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18335 54524))
9664 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9665 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9666
9667 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9668 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9669 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9670 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9671
9672 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9673
9674 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9675 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9676 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9677
9678 \(fn)" t nil)
9679
9680 ;;;***
9681 \f
9682 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9683 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
9684 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9685 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9686
9687 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9688 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9689
9690 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9691
9692 ;;;***
9693 \f
9694 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18341
9695 ;;;;;; 12908))
9696 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9697
9698 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9699 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9700
9701 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9702
9703 \(fn)" nil nil)
9704
9705 ;;;***
9706 \f
9707 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18335
9708 ;;;;;; 54528))
9709 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9710
9711 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9712 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9713
9714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9715
9716 ;;;***
9717 \f
9718 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9719 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18335 54528))
9720 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9721
9722 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9723 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9724 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9725 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9726 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9727 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9728 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9729 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9730 buffer selected (or created).
9731
9732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9733
9734 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9735 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9736 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9737
9738 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9739
9740 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9741 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9742 The result might be any Lisp object.
9743 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9744 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9745 corresponding to a successful execution.
9746
9747 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9748
9749 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9750
9751 ;;;***
9752 \f
9753 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9754 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9755 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9756 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9757 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9758 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9759 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9760 ;;;;;; (18352 62567))
9761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9762
9763 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9764 *File name of tags table.
9765 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9766 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9767 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9768 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9769
9770 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9771 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9772 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9773 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9774
9775 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9776
9777 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9778 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9779 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9780 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9781 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9782 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9783
9784 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9785
9786 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9787 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9788 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9789 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9790 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9791 `auto-compression-mode').")
9792
9793 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9794
9795 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9796 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9797 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9798 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9799 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9800
9801 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9802
9803 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9804 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9805 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9806 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9807
9808 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9809
9810 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9811 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9812 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9813 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9814 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9815
9816 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9817
9818 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9819 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9820
9821 \(fn)" t nil)
9822
9823 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9824 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9825 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9826 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9827
9828 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9829 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9830 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9831 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9832 file the tag was in.
9833
9834 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9835
9836 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9837 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9838 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9839 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9840 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9841 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9842 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9843 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9844 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9845
9846 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9847
9848 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9849 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9850 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9851 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9852 without directory names.
9853
9854 \(fn)" nil nil)
9855
9856 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9857 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9858 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9859 but does not select the buffer.
9860 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9861
9862 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9863 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9864 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9865 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9866 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9867
9868 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9869
9870 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9871 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9872 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9873
9874 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9875
9876 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9877
9878 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9879 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9880 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9881 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9882
9883 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9884 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9885 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9886 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9887 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9888
9889 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9890
9891 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9892 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9893 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9894
9895 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9896
9897 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9898 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9899
9900 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9901 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9902 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9903 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9904 around or before point.
9905
9906 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9907 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9908 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9909 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9910 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9911
9912 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9913
9914 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9915 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9916 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9917
9918 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9919
9920 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9921 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9922
9923 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9924 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9925 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9926 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9927 around or before point.
9928
9929 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9930 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9931 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9932 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9933 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9934
9935 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9936
9937 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9938 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9939 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9940
9941 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9942
9943 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9944 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9945
9946 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9947 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9948 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9949
9950 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9951 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9952 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9953 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9954 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9955
9956 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9957
9958 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9959 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9960 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9961
9962 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9963
9964 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9965 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9966 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9967
9968 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9969 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9970
9971 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9972 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9973 where they were found.
9974
9975 \(fn)" t nil)
9976
9977 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9978 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9979
9980 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9981 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9982 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9983
9984 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9985 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9986
9987 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9988 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9989
9990 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9991
9992 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9993 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9994 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9995 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9996
9997 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9998 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9999 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
10000 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
10001 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
10002
10003 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
10004 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
10005
10006 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
10007 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
10008 Stops when a match is found.
10009 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10010
10011 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10012
10013 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10014
10015 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
10016 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10017 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10018 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10019 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10020 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
10021 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
10022 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
10023
10024 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
10025 produce the list of files to search.
10026
10027 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
10028
10029 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10030
10031 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
10032 Display list of tags in file FILE.
10033 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10034 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10035 directory specification.
10036
10037 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10038
10039 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
10040 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10041
10042 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10043
10044 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
10045 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10046 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10047 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10048
10049 \(fn)" t nil)
10050
10051 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
10052 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10053 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10054 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10055 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10056
10057 \(fn)" t nil)
10058
10059 ;;;***
10060 \f
10061 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
10062 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10063 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10064 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10065 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
10066 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
10067 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
10068 ;;;;;; (18341 12912))
10069 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10070
10071 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
10072 Not documented
10073
10074 \(fn)" nil nil)
10075
10076 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10077 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10078
10079 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10080 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10081
10082 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
10083 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
10084 primary language.
10085
10086 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
10087 even if the buffer is read-only.
10088
10089 See also the descriptions of the variables
10090 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10091
10092 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10093
10094 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
10095 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10096
10097 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10098 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10099
10100 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
10101 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
10102 primary language.
10103
10104 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
10105 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
10106
10107 See also the descriptions of the variables
10108 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10109
10110 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10111
10112 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
10113 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10114 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10115 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10116
10117 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10118
10119 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10120 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10121 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10122 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10123
10124 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10125 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
10126 primary language.
10127
10128 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10129 buffer is read-only.
10130
10131 See also the descriptions of the variables
10132 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10133 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10134
10135 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10136
10137 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
10138 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10139
10140 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10141 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10142
10143 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
10144 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
10145 the primary language.
10146
10147 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10148 buffer is read-only.
10149
10150 See also the descriptions of the variables
10151 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10152 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10153
10154 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10155
10156 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
10157 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10158 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10159
10160 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10161
10162 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
10163 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10164
10165 \(fn)" t nil)
10166
10167 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
10168 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10169
10170 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10171 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
10172 be 1, 2, or 3.
10173
10174 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10175 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10176 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10177
10178 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
10179
10180 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10181
10182 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
10183 This function is deprecated.
10184
10185 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10186
10187 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10188 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10189
10190 \(fn)" t nil)
10191
10192 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10193 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10194
10195 \(fn)" t nil)
10196
10197 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10198 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10199
10200 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10201 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10202
10203 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10204 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10205
10206 \(fn)" nil nil)
10207
10208 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10209 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10210
10211 \(fn)" nil nil)
10212
10213 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10214 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
10215
10216 \(fn)" nil nil)
10217
10218 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10219 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10220
10221 \(fn)" nil nil)
10222
10223 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10224 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10225 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10226
10227 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10228
10229 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10230 Not documented
10231
10232 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
10233
10234 ;;;***
10235 \f
10236 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10237 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10238 ;;;;;; (18335 54538))
10239 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10240
10241 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10242 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10243 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10244 server for future sessions.
10245
10246 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10247
10248 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10249 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10250 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10251
10252 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10253
10254 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10255 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10256 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10257
10258 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10259
10260 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10261 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10262 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10263 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10264 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10265 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10266 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10267 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10268 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10269 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10270 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10271 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10272
10273 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10274
10275 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10276 Display a form to query the directory server.
10277 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10278 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10279
10280 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10281
10282 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10283 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10284 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10285
10286 \(fn)" t nil)
10287
10288 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] '("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] '("Get Email" . eudc-get-email)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] '("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] '("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] '("New Server" . eudc-set-server)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] '("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10289
10290 ;;;***
10291 \f
10292 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10293 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10294 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18335 54538))
10295 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10296
10297 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10298 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10299
10300 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10301
10302 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10303 Display URL and make it clickable.
10304
10305 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10306
10307 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10308 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10309
10310 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10311
10312 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10313 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10314
10315 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10316
10317 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10318 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10319
10320 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10321
10322 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10323 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10324
10325 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10326
10327 ;;;***
10328 \f
10329 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10330 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18335 54538))
10331 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10332
10333 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10334 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10335 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10336
10337 \(fn)" t nil)
10338
10339 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10340 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10341
10342 \(fn)" t nil)
10343
10344 ;;;***
10345 \f
10346 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10347 ;;;;;; (18335 54538))
10348 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10349
10350 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10351 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10352
10353 \(fn)" t nil)
10354
10355 ;;;***
10356 \f
10357 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18335
10358 ;;;;;; 54522))
10359 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10360
10361 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10362 Create an empty ewoc.
10363
10364 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10365
10366 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10367 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10368 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10369 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10370 `insert-before-markers'.
10371
10372 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10373 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10374 respectively, of the ewoc.
10375
10376 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10377 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10378 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10379
10380 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10381
10382 ;;;***
10383 \f
10384 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10385 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10386 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10387 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
10388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10389
10390 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10391 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10392 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10393
10394 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10395
10396 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10397 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10398 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10399 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10400 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10401
10402 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10403
10404 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10405 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10406 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10407 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10408 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10409 executable.
10410
10411 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10412
10413 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10414 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10415 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10416
10417 \(fn)" t nil)
10418
10419 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10420 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10421 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10422 file modes.
10423
10424 \(fn)" nil nil)
10425
10426 ;;;***
10427 \f
10428 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10429 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10430 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
10431 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10432
10433 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10434 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10435 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10436 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10437
10438 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10439
10440 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10441 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10442 to generate such functions.
10443
10444 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10445 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10446 beginning of the expanded text.
10447
10448 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10449 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10450 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10451 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10452
10453 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10454
10455 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10456
10457 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10458 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10459 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10460
10461 \(fn)" nil nil)
10462
10463 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10464 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10465 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10466
10467 \(fn)" t nil)
10468
10469 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10470 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10471 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10472
10473 \(fn)" t nil)
10474 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10475 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10476
10477 ;;;***
10478 \f
10479 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18366 4618))
10480 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10481
10482 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10483 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10484 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10485
10486 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10487 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10488 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10489
10490 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10491
10492 Key definitions:
10493 \\{f90-mode-map}
10494
10495 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10496
10497 `f90-do-indent'
10498 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10499 `f90-if-indent'
10500 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10501 `f90-type-indent'
10502 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10503 `f90-program-indent'
10504 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10505 (default 2).
10506 `f90-continuation-indent'
10507 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10508 `f90-comment-region'
10509 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10510 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10511 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10512 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10513 (default \"!\").
10514 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10515 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10516 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10517 `f90-break-delimiters'
10518 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10519 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10520 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10521 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10522 (default t).
10523 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10524 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10525 `f90-smart-end'
10526 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10527 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10528 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10529 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10530 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10531 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10532 `f90-leave-line-no'
10533 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10534
10535 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10536 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10537
10538 \(fn)" t nil)
10539
10540 ;;;***
10541 \f
10542 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10543 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10544 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10545 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10546 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (18335 54513))
10547 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10548 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10549 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10550
10551 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-face)) map) "\
10552 Menu keymap for faces.")
10553
10554 (defalias 'facemenu-face-menu facemenu-face-menu)
10555
10556 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-foreground)) map) "\
10557 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10558
10559 (defalias 'facemenu-foreground-menu facemenu-foreground-menu)
10560
10561 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-background)) map) "\
10562 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10563
10564 (defalias 'facemenu-background-menu facemenu-background-menu)
10565
10566 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") 'facemenu-remove-special)) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") 'facemenu-set-intangible)) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") 'facemenu-set-invisible)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") 'facemenu-set-read-only)) map) "\
10567 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10568
10569 (defalias 'facemenu-special-menu facemenu-special-menu)
10570
10571 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") 'set-justification-center)) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") 'set-justification-full)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") 'set-justification-right)) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") 'set-justification-left)) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") 'set-justification-none)) map) "\
10572 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10573
10574 (defalias 'facemenu-justification-menu facemenu-justification-menu)
10575
10576 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") 'decrease-right-margin)) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") 'increase-right-margin)) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") 'decrease-left-margin)) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") 'increase-left-margin)) map) "\
10577 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10578
10579 (defalias 'facemenu-indentation-menu facemenu-indentation-menu)
10580
10581 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10582 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10583
10584 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10585
10586 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") 'list-colors-display)) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") 'list-faces-display)) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") 'describe-text-properties)) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") 'facemenu-remove-all)) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") 'facemenu-remove-face-props)) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10587
10588 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") 'facemenu-indentation-menu)) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") 'facemenu-justification-menu)) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") 'facemenu-special-menu)) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") 'facemenu-background-menu)) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") 'facemenu-foreground-menu)) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") 'facemenu-face-menu)))
10589
10590 (defalias 'facemenu-menu facemenu-menu)
10591
10592 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
10593 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10594
10595 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10596 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10597 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10598 to the faces to use for the next character
10599 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10600 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10601
10602 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10603 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10604 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10605 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10606 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10607 preceding faces (including FACE).
10608
10609 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10610 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10611
10612 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10613
10614 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
10615 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10616 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10617
10618 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10619 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10620 requested face.
10621
10622 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10623 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10624 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10625
10626 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10627
10628 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
10629 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10630 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10631
10632 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10633 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10634 requested face.
10635
10636 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10637 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10638 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10639
10640 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10641
10642 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
10643 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10644 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10645 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10646 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10647 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10648 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10649
10650 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10651 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10652 requested face.
10653
10654 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10655 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10656 to insert cancels the specification.
10657
10658 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10659
10660 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
10661 Make the region invisible.
10662 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10663 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10664
10665 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10666
10667 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
10668 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10669 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10670 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10671
10672 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10673
10674 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
10675 Make the region unmodifiable.
10676 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10677 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10678
10679 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10680
10681 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-face-props "facemenu" "\
10682 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10683
10684 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10685
10686 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-all "facemenu" "\
10687 Remove all text properties from the region.
10688
10689 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10690
10691 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
10692 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10693 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10694
10695 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10696
10697 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
10698 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10699
10700 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10701
10702 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
10703 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10704 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10705 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10706 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10707 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10708
10709 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10710
10711 ;;;***
10712 \f
10713 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10714 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10715 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18301 39793))
10716 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10717
10718 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10719 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10720 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10721 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10722
10723 \(fn)" nil nil)
10724
10725 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10726 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10727
10728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10729
10730 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10731 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10732 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10733 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10734
10735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10736
10737 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10738 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10739 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10740 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10741 backup file names and the like).
10742
10743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10744
10745 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10746 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10747 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10748 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10749 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10750 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10751 internally by feedmail):
10752
10753 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10754 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10755 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10756 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10757
10758 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10759 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10760 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10761 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10762 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10763
10764 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10765
10766 ;;;***
10767 \f
10768 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10769 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18369 28746))
10770 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10771
10772 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10773 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10774 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10775 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10776 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10777 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10778 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10779
10780 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10781
10782 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10783 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10784 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10785 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10786 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10787 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10788 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10789
10790 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10791
10792 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10793
10794 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10795 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10796 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10797 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10798 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10799 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10800
10801 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10802
10803 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10804 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10805 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10806 Return value:
10807 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10808 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10809 * otherwise, nil
10810
10811 \(fn E)" t nil)
10812
10813 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10814 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10815
10816 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10817
10818 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10819 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10820
10821 \(fn)" t nil)
10822
10823 ;;;***
10824 \f
10825 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10826 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10827 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10828 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18335 54513))
10829 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10830
10831 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10832 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10833 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10834 be added to the cache.
10835
10836 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10837
10838 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10839 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10840 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10841 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10842 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10843
10844 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10845
10846 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10847 Add FILE to the file cache.
10848
10849 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10850
10851 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10852 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10853 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10854
10855 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10856
10857 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10858 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10859 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10860
10861 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10862
10863 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10864 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10865 This function does not use any external programs
10866 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10867 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10868 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10869
10870 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10871
10872 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10873 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10874 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10875 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10876 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10877 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10878 \(directories) is done.
10879
10880 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10881
10882 ;;;***
10883 \f
10884 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18335
10885 ;;;;;; 54513))
10886 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10887
10888 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10889 Filesets initialization.
10890 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10891
10892 \(fn)" nil nil)
10893
10894 ;;;***
10895 \f
10896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18376 47169))
10897 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10898 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10899
10900 ;;;***
10901 \f
10902 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10903 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10904 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18335 54513))
10905 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10906
10907 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10908 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10909 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10910 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10911 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10912
10913 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10914
10915 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10916 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10917 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10918 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10919 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10920
10921 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10922
10923 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10924 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10925 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10926 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10927
10928 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10929
10930 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10931 *Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10932 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10933 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10934
10935 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10936
10937 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10938 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10939 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10940
10941 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10942
10943 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10944 as the final argument.
10945
10946 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10947
10948 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10949 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10950 and run dired on those files.
10951 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10952 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10953
10954 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10955
10956 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10957
10958 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10959 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10960 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10961
10962 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10963
10964 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10965
10966 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10967
10968 ;;;***
10969 \f
10970 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10971 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10972 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
10973 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10974
10975 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10976 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10977 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10978 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10979 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10980 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10981 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10982
10983 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10984 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10985 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10986
10987 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10988
10989 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10990
10991 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10992
10993 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10994 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10995 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10996
10997 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10998 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10999
11000 Variables of interest include:
11001
11002 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11003 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11004 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11005
11006 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11007 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11008 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11009
11010 - `ff-ignore-include'
11011 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11012
11013 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11014 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11015
11016 - `ff-quiet-mode'
11017 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11018
11019 - `ff-special-constructs'
11020 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11021 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11022 extracting the filename from that construct.
11023
11024 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11025 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11026
11027 - `ff-search-directories'
11028 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11029 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11030
11031 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11032 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11033
11034 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11035 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11036
11037 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11038 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11039
11040 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11041 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11042
11043 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11044 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11045
11046 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11047
11048 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
11049 Visit the file you click on.
11050
11051 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11052
11053 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
11054 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11055
11056 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11057
11058 ;;;***
11059 \f
11060 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11061 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11062 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11063 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11064 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11065 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11066 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18337 43875))
11067 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11068
11069 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
11070 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11071
11072 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11073
11074 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
11075 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11076 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11077 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11078
11079 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11080 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11081 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11082 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11083
11084 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11085
11086 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
11087 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11088
11089 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11090 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11091 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11092 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11093
11094 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11095 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11096 in `load-path'.
11097
11098 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11099
11100 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
11101 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11102
11103 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11104 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11105 places point before the definition.
11106 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11107
11108 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11109 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11110 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11111
11112 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11113
11114 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
11115 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11116
11117 See `find-function' for more details.
11118
11119 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11120
11121 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
11122 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11123
11124 See `find-function' for more details.
11125
11126 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11127
11128 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
11129 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11130
11131 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11132 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11133 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11134
11135 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11136 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11137
11138 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11139
11140 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
11141 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11142
11143 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11144 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11145 places point before the definition.
11146
11147 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11148
11149 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11150 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11151 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11152
11153 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11154
11155 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
11156 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11157
11158 See `find-variable' for more details.
11159
11160 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11161
11162 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11163 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11164
11165 See `find-variable' for more details.
11166
11167 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11168
11169 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11170 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11171 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11172 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11173 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11174 buffer nor display it.
11175
11176 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11177 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11178
11179 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11180
11181 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11182 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11183
11184 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11185 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11186 places point before the definition.
11187
11188 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11189
11190 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11191 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11192 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11193
11194 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11195
11196 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11197 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11198 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11199
11200 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11201
11202 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11203 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11204
11205 \(fn)" t nil)
11206
11207 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11208 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11209
11210 \(fn)" t nil)
11211
11212 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11213 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11214
11215 \(fn)" nil nil)
11216
11217 ;;;***
11218 \f
11219 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11220 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18335 54513))
11221 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11222
11223 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11224 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11225
11226 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11227
11228 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11229 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11230
11231 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11232
11233 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11234 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11235
11236 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11237
11238 ;;;***
11239 \f
11240 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11241 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18335 54513))
11242 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11243
11244 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11245 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11246
11247 \(fn)" t nil)
11248
11249 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11250 Display FILE's commentary section.
11251 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11252
11253 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11254
11255 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11256 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11257
11258 \(fn)" t nil)
11259
11260 ;;;***
11261 \f
11262 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11263 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18335 54513))
11264 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11265
11266 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11267 Toggle flow control handling.
11268 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11269 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11270
11271 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11272
11273 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11274 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11275 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11276 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11277 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11278 to get the effect of a C-q.
11279
11280 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11281
11282 ;;;***
11283 \f
11284 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11285 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
11286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11287
11288 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11289 Not documented
11290
11291 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11292
11293 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11294 Not documented
11295
11296 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11297
11298 ;;;***
11299 \f
11300 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11301 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18356 12618))
11302 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11303
11304 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11305 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11306 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11307 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11308
11309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11310
11311 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11312 Turn flymake mode on.
11313
11314 \(fn)" nil nil)
11315
11316 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11317 Turn flymake mode off.
11318
11319 \(fn)" nil nil)
11320
11321 ;;;***
11322 \f
11323 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11324 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11325 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18335 54544))
11326 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11327
11328 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11329 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11330
11331 \(fn)" t nil)
11332 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11333
11334 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11335 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11336 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11337 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11338 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11339 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11340 otherwise turn it off.
11341
11342 Bindings:
11343 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11344 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11345 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11346 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11347
11348 Hooks:
11349 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11350
11351 Remark:
11352 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11353 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11354 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11355
11356 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11357 consider adding:
11358 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11359 in your .emacs file.
11360
11361 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11362 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11363
11364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11365
11366 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11367 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11368
11369 \(fn)" nil nil)
11370
11371 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11372 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11373
11374 \(fn)" nil nil)
11375
11376 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11377 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11378
11379 \(fn)" nil nil)
11380
11381 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11382 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11383
11384 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11385
11386 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11387 Flyspell whole buffer.
11388
11389 \(fn)" t nil)
11390
11391 ;;;***
11392 \f
11393 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11394 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11395 ;;;;;; (18369 28747))
11396 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11397
11398 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11399 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11400
11401 \(fn)" nil nil)
11402
11403 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11404 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11405
11406 \(fn)" nil nil)
11407
11408 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11409 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11410
11411 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11412 of two major techniques:
11413
11414 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11415 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11416 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11417
11418 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11419 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11420 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11421 movement commands.
11422
11423 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11424 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11425 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11426 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11427 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11428 mileage may vary).
11429
11430 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11431 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11432
11433 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11434
11435 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11436 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11437 \(This is the default.)
11438
11439 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11440
11441 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11442 \\{follow-mode-map}
11443
11444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11445
11446 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11447 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11448
11449 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11450 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11451 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11452 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11453 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11454 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11455
11456 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11457 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11458 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11459
11460 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11461 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11462 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11463
11464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11465
11466 ;;;***
11467 \f
11468 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18335
11469 ;;;;;; 54537))
11470 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11471
11472 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11473 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11474 \\<message-mode-map>
11475 key binding
11476 --- -------
11477
11478 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11479 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11480 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11481 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11482 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11483 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11484
11485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11486
11487 ;;;***
11488 \f
11489 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11490 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18335 54513))
11491 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11492
11493 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11494 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11495
11496 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11497 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11498 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11499 C-c < forms-first-record <
11500 C-c > forms-last-record >
11501 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11502 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11503 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11504 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11505 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11506 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11507 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11508 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11509 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11510 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11511
11512 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11513
11514 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11515 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11516
11517 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11518
11519 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11520 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11521
11522 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11523
11524 ;;;***
11525 \f
11526 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11527 ;;;;;; (18341 12917))
11528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11529
11530 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11531 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11532 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11533
11534 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11535 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11536
11537 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11538
11539 Key definitions:
11540 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11541
11542 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11543
11544 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11545 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11546 `fortran-do-indent'
11547 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11548 `fortran-if-indent'
11549 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11550 `fortran-structure-indent'
11551 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11552 (default 3)
11553 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11554 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11555 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11556 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11557 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11558 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11559 nil don't change the indentation
11560 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11561 value of either
11562 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11563 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11564 depending on the continuation format in use.
11565 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11566 indentation for a line of code.
11567 (default 'fixed)
11568 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11569 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11570 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11571 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11572 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11573 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11574 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11575 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11576 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11577 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11578 column 5.
11579 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11580 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11581 statements (default nil).
11582 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11583 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11584 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11585 `fortran-continuation-string'
11586 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11587 line (default \"$\").
11588 `fortran-comment-region'
11589 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11590 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11591 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11592 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11593 as typed (default t).
11594 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11595 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11596
11597 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11598 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11599
11600 \(fn)" t nil)
11601
11602 ;;;***
11603 \f
11604 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11605 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18335 54541))
11606 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11607
11608 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11609 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11610
11611 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11612 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11613
11614 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11615
11616 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11617 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11618
11619 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11620 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11621
11622 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11623
11624 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11625 Compile fortune file.
11626
11627 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11628 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11629
11630 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11631
11632 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11633 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11634
11635 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11636 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11637 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11638 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11639
11640 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11641
11642 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11643 Display a fortune cookie.
11644
11645 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11646 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11647 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11648 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11649
11650 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11651
11652 ;;;***
11653 \f
11654 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11655 ;;;;;; (18376 47169))
11656 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11657
11658 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11659 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11660 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11661 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11662
11663 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11664 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11665 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11666 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11667
11668 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11669 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11670 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11671 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11672 some of the buffers.
11673
11674 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11675
11676 The following commands help control operation :
11677
11678 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11679 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11680
11681 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11682 detailed description of this mode.
11683
11684
11685 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11686 | GDB Toolbar |
11687 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11688 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11689 | | |
11690 | | |
11691 | | |
11692 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11693 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11694 | | (comint-mode) |
11695 | | |
11696 | | |
11697 | | |
11698 | | |
11699 | | |
11700 | | |
11701 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11702 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11703 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11704 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11705 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11706 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11707
11708 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
11709 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
11710 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
11711 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
11712 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11713 session.
11714
11715 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11716
11717 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
11718
11719 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11720 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11721
11722 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11723
11724 ;;;***
11725 \f
11726 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11727 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18341
11728 ;;;;;; 12907))
11729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11730
11731 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11732 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11733 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11734 instead (which see).")
11735
11736 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11737 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11738
11739 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11740 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11741 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11742 documentation string instead.
11743
11744 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11745 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11746 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11747 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11748 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11749 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11750 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11751 enders are actually possible.
11752
11753 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11754 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11755
11756 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11757 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11758 `font-lock-keywords'.
11759
11760 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11761 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11762 runs the macro expansion.
11763
11764 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11765 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11766 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11767
11768 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11769
11770 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11771
11772 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11773 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11774
11775 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11776
11777 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11778 Enter generic mode MODE.
11779
11780 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11781 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11782 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11783
11784 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11785 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11786
11787 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11788
11789 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11790 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11791 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11792 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11793 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11794 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11795 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11796 `font-lock-keywords'.
11797
11798 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11799
11800 ;;;***
11801 \f
11802 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11803 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
11804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11805
11806 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11807 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11808 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11809 at places they belong to.
11810
11811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11812
11813 ;;;***
11814 \f
11815 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11816 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11817 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
11818 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11819
11820 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11821 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11822 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11823
11824 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11825
11826 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11827 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11828
11829 Guideline for numbers:
11830 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11831 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11832 inside loops.
11833
11834 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11835
11836 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11837 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11838 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11839
11840 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11841
11842 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11843 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11844
11845 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11846
11847 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11848 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11849
11850 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11851 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11852 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11853 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11854 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11855 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11856
11857 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11858 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11859 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11860 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11861 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11862
11863 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11864
11865 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11866
11867 ;;;***
11868 \f
11869 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11870 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18375 34229))
11871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11872 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11873 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11874
11875 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11876 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11877
11878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11879
11880 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11881 Read network news.
11882 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11883 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11884 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11885 name of an NNTP server to use.
11886 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11887 server.
11888
11889 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11890
11891 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11892 Read news as a slave.
11893
11894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11895
11896 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11897 Pop up a frame to read news.
11898 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11899 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11900 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11901 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11902 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11903 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11904 current display is used.
11905
11906 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11907
11908 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11909 Read network news.
11910 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11911 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11912 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11913
11914 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11915
11916 ;;;***
11917 \f
11918 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11919 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11920 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11921 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11922 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11923 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18335 54532))
11924 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11925
11926 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11927 Start Gnus unplugged.
11928
11929 \(fn)" t nil)
11930
11931 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11932 Start Gnus plugged.
11933
11934 \(fn)" t nil)
11935
11936 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11937 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11938
11939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11940
11941 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11942 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11943
11944 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11945 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11946 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11947
11948 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11949 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11950 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11951
11952 \(fn)" t nil)
11953
11954 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11955 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11956
11957 \(fn)" nil nil)
11958
11959 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11960 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11961 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11962 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11963 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11964 supported.
11965
11966 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11967
11968 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11969 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11970 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11971 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11972 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11973 supported.
11974
11975 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11976
11977 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11978 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11979
11980 \(fn)" nil nil)
11981
11982 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11983 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11984 downloaded into the agent.
11985
11986 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11987
11988 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11989 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11990 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11991 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11992
11993 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11994
11995 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11996 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11997
11998 \(fn)" t nil)
11999
12000 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12001 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12002
12003 \(fn)" t nil)
12004
12005 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12006 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12007 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12008
12009 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12010
12011 ;;;***
12012 \f
12013 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12014 ;;;;;; (18382 6719))
12015 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12016
12017 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12018 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12019
12020 \(fn)" nil nil)
12021
12022 ;;;***
12023 \f
12024 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12025 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12027
12028 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
12029 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12030
12031 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12032
12033 ;;;***
12034 \f
12035 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
12036 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18375 34228))
12037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12038
12039 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12040 Set a bookmark for this article.
12041
12042 \(fn)" t nil)
12043
12044 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12045 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12046
12047 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12048
12049 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12050 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12051 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12052 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12053 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12054
12055 \(fn)" t nil)
12056
12057 ;;;***
12058 \f
12059 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12060 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12061 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18335
12062 ;;;;;; 54532))
12063 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12064
12065 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12066 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12067
12068 Usage:
12069 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12070
12071 \(fn)" t nil)
12072
12073 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12074 Generate the cache active file.
12075
12076 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12077
12078 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12079 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12080
12081 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12082
12083 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12084 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12085 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12086 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12087 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12088 supported.
12089
12090 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12091
12092 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12093 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12094 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12095 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12096 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12097 supported.
12098
12099 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12100
12101 ;;;***
12102 \f
12103 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12104 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18335 54532))
12105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12106
12107 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12108 Delay this article by some time.
12109 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12110
12111 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12112 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12113
12114 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12115 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12116
12117 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12118 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12119
12120 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12121
12122 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12123 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12124
12125 \(fn)" t nil)
12126
12127 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12128 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12129 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12130 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12131
12132 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12133 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12134
12135 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12136
12137 ;;;***
12138 \f
12139 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12140 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18335 54532))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12142
12143 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12144 Not documented
12145
12146 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12147
12148 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12149 Not documented
12150
12151 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12152
12153 ;;;***
12154 \f
12155 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12156 ;;;;;; (18375 34228))
12157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12158
12159 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12160 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12161
12162 \(fn)" t nil)
12163
12164 ;;;***
12165 \f
12166 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12167 ;;;;;; (18375 34229))
12168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12169
12170 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12171 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12172
12173 \(fn)" t nil)
12174
12175 ;;;***
12176 \f
12177 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12178 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12179 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18335
12180 ;;;;;; 54532))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12182
12183 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12184 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12185
12186 \(fn)" t nil)
12187
12188 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12189 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12190
12191 \(fn)" t nil)
12192
12193 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12194 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12195
12196 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12197 different input formats.
12198
12199 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12200
12201 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12202 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12203
12204 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12205 different input formats.
12206
12207 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12208
12209 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12210 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12211 The PNG is returned as a string.
12212
12213 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12214
12215 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12216 Convert FILE to a Face.
12217 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12218 726 bytes.
12219
12220 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12221
12222 ;;;***
12223 \f
12224 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12225 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18379 56161))
12226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12227
12228 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12229 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12230 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12231 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12232
12233 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12234
12235 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12236 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12237
12238 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12239
12240 ;;;***
12241 \f
12242 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12243 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12244 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12245
12246 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12247
12248 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12249 Run batched scoring.
12250 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12251
12252 \(fn)" t nil)
12253
12254 ;;;***
12255 \f
12256 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12257 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12258 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12259 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12260
12261 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12262 Not documented
12263
12264 \(fn)" nil nil)
12265
12266 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12267 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12268 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12269
12270 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12271
12272 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12273 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12274
12275 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12276
12277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12278
12279 ;;;***
12280 \f
12281 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12282 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12283 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12285
12286 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12287 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12288 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12289 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12290 group parameters.
12291
12292 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12293 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12294 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12295 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12296
12297 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12298 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12299 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12300 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12301 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12302 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12303 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12304 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12305 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12306 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12307
12308 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12309
12310 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12311 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12312 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12313 nil CATCH-ALL).
12314
12315 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12316 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12317
12318 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12319
12320 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12321 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12322 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12323
12324 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12325
12326 \(fn)" nil nil)
12327
12328 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12329 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12330 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12331
12332 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12333
12334 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12335 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12336 existing groups are considered.
12337
12338 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12339 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12340 returned.
12341
12342 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12343 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12344 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12345 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12346 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12347 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12348 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12349 clauses will be generated.
12350
12351 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12352 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12353 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12354 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12355 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12356 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12357
12358 For example, given the following group parameters:
12359
12360 nnml:mail.bar:
12361 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12362 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12363 nnml:mail.foo:
12364 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12365 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12366 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12367 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12368 nnml:mail.others:
12369 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12370
12371 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12372
12373 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12374 \"mail.bar\")
12375 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12376 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12377 \"mail.others\")
12378
12379 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12380
12381 ;;;***
12382 \f
12383 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12384 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12386
12387 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12388 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12389 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12390
12391 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12392
12393 ;;;***
12394 \f
12395 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12396 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18379 56161))
12397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12398
12399 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12400 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12401 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12402 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12403
12404 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12405
12406 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12407 Mail to ADDRESS.
12408
12409 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12410
12411 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12412 Like `message-reply'.
12413
12414 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12415
12416 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12417
12418 ;;;***
12419 \f
12420 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12421 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18335 54532))
12422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12423
12424 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12425 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12426
12427 \(fn)" t nil)
12428
12429 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12430 Load the NoCeM cache.
12431
12432 \(fn)" t nil)
12433
12434 ;;;***
12435 \f
12436 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12437 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12438 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12439 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12440
12441 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12442 Display picons in the From header.
12443 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12444
12445 \(fn)" t nil)
12446
12447 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12448 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12449 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12450
12451 \(fn)" t nil)
12452
12453 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12454 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12455 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12456
12457 \(fn)" t nil)
12458
12459 ;;;***
12460 \f
12461 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12462 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12463 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12464 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12465 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18335 54532))
12466 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12467
12468 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12469 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12470 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12471 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12472
12473 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12474
12475 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12476 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12477 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12478 LIST1 is modified.
12479
12480 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12481
12482 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12483 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12484 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12485
12486 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12487
12488 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12489 Not documented
12490
12491 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12492
12493 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12494 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12495 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12496
12497 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12498
12499 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12500 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12501 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12502
12503 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12504
12505 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12506
12507 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12508 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12509 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12510
12511 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12512
12513 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12514 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12515 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12516
12517 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12518
12519 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12520 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12521 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12522
12523 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12524
12525 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12526 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12527
12528 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12529
12530 ;;;***
12531 \f
12532 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12533 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18376 47168))
12534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12535
12536 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12537 Not documented
12538
12539 \(fn)" t nil)
12540
12541 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12542 Install the registry hooks.
12543
12544 \(fn)" t nil)
12545
12546 ;;;***
12547 \f
12548 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12549 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18335
12550 ;;;;;; 54532))
12551 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12552
12553 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12554 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12555 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12556 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12557 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12558 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12559
12560 \(fn)" t nil)
12561
12562 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12563 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12564 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12565 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12566 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12567
12568 \(fn)" t nil)
12569
12570 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12571 Not documented
12572
12573 \(fn)" t nil)
12574
12575 ;;;***
12576 \f
12577 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12578 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12579 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12580
12581 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12582 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12583 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12584 for matching on group names.
12585
12586 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12587 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12588
12589 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12590
12591 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12592
12593 \(fn)" t nil)
12594
12595 ;;;***
12596 \f
12597 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12598 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12599 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12600
12601 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12602 Update the format specification near point.
12603
12604 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12605
12606 ;;;***
12607 \f
12608 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12609 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18341
12610 ;;;;;; 12909))
12611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12612
12613 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12614 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12615
12616 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12617
12618 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12619 Not documented
12620
12621 \(fn)" nil nil)
12622
12623 ;;;***
12624 \f
12625 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12626 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12627 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12628
12629 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12630 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12631
12632 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12633
12634 ;;;***
12635 \f
12636 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18335 54541))
12637 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12638
12639 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12640 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12641
12642 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12643 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12644 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12645
12646 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12647 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12648 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12649
12650 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12651 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12652
12653 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12654 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12655
12656 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12657
12658 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12659
12660 ;;;***
12661 \f
12662 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12663 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (18335 54538))
12664 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12665
12666 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12667
12668 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12669 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12670 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12671 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12672 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12673
12674 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12675
12676 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12677 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12678 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12679 or to send e-mail.
12680 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12681 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12682
12683 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12684 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12685
12686 \(fn)" t nil)
12687 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12688
12689 ;;;***
12690 \f
12691 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12692 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12693 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18382 12476))
12694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12695
12696 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12697 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12698
12699 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12700
12701 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12702 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12703 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12704 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12705 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12706
12707 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12708 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12709
12710 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12711
12712 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12713 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12714 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12715 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12716
12717 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12718
12719 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12720 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12721
12722 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12723
12724 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12725 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12726
12727 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12728 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12729 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12730
12731 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12732 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12733 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12734
12735 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12736 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12737 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12738 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12739
12740 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12741 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12742 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12743 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12744 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12745
12746 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12747
12748 (defvar grep-history nil)
12749
12750 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12751
12752 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12753 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12754 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12755
12756 \(fn)" nil nil)
12757
12758 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12759 Not documented
12760
12761 \(fn)" nil nil)
12762
12763 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12764 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12765
12766 \(fn)" nil nil)
12767
12768 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12769 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12770 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12771 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12772 found matches.
12773
12774 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12775 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12776
12777 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12778 can easily repeat a grep command.
12779
12780 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12781 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12782 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12783 list is empty).
12784
12785 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12786
12787 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12788 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12789 Collect output in a buffer.
12790 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12791 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12792
12793 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12794 easily repeat a find command.
12795
12796 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12797
12798 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12799
12800 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12801 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12802 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12803 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12804 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12805
12806 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12807 before it is executed.
12808 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12809
12810 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12811 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12812 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12813
12814 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12815
12816 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12817
12818 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12819 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12820 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12821 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12822 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12823
12824 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12825 before it is executed.
12826 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12827
12828 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12829 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12830 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12831
12832 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12833
12834 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12835
12836 ;;;***
12837 \f
12838 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18335 54513))
12839 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12840
12841 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12842 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12843 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12844 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12845 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12846
12847 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12848
12849 ;;;***
12850 \f
12851 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12852 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18369 28763))
12853 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12854
12855 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12856 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12857 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12858 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12859
12860 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12861
12862 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12863 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12864 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12865 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12866
12867 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12868
12869 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12870 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12871 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12872 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12873
12874 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12875
12876 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12877 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12878 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12879 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12880
12881 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12882 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12883
12884 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12885
12886 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12887 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12888 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12889 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12890
12891 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12892
12893 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12894 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12895 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12896 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12897
12898 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12899
12900 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12901 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12902 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12903 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12904 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12905
12906 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12907 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12908 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12909 original source file access method.
12910
12911 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12912 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12913
12914 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12915 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12916
12917 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12918
12919 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12920 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12921
12922 \(fn)" t nil)
12923
12924 ;;;***
12925 \f
12926 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18335
12927 ;;;;;; 54541))
12928 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12929
12930 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12931 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12932 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12933 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12934
12935 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12936 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12937 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12938 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12939
12940 \(fn)" t nil)
12941
12942 ;;;***
12943 \f
12944 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12945 ;;;;;; (18366 7834))
12946 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12947
12948 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12949 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12950
12951 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12952
12953 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12954 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12955 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12956 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12957
12958 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12959
12960 \(fn)" t nil)
12961
12962 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12963 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12964 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12965 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12966 to be updated.
12967
12968 \(fn)" t nil)
12969
12970 ;;;***
12971 \f
12972 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12973 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12974 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18335 54537))
12975 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12976
12977 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12978 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12979
12980 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12981
12982 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12983 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12984 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12985
12986 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12987
12988 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12989 Verify a hashcash payment
12990
12991 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12992
12993 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12994 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12995 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12996 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12997 `mail-add-payment-async').
12998
12999 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13000
13001 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13002 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13003 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13004 Calculation is asynchronous.
13005
13006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13007
13008 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13009 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13010 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13011
13012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13013
13014 ;;;***
13015 \f
13016 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13017 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13018 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13019 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18335 54513))
13020 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13021
13022 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13023 Return the help-echo string at point.
13024 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13025 property, or nil, is returned.
13026 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13027 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13028 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13029
13030 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13031
13032 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13033 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13034 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13035 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
13036 this produces no string either, return nil.
13037
13038 \(fn)" nil nil)
13039
13040 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13041 Display local help in the echo area.
13042 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13043 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13044 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13045 printed instead.
13046
13047 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13048 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13049 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13050
13051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13052
13053 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13054 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13055 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13056
13057 \(fn)" t nil)
13058
13059 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13060 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13061 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13062
13063 \(fn)" t nil)
13064
13065 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13066 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
13067 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13068 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13069 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13070 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13071 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13072 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13073 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13074 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13075 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13076
13077 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13078 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13079 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13080 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13081 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13082
13083 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13084 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13085 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13086 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13087 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13088 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13089 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13090 The default is `never'.")
13091
13092 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13093
13094 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13095 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13096 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13097 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13098 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13099 considered different regions.
13100
13101 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13102 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13103 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13104 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13105 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13106 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13107 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13108 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13109 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13110
13111 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13112
13113 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13114 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13115 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13116 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13117 different regions.
13118
13119 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13120 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13121 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13122 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13123 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13124 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13125 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13126 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13127
13128 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13129 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13130 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13131 rarely happens in practice.
13132
13133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13134
13135 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13136 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13137 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13138 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13139 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13140 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13141
13142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13143
13144 ;;;***
13145 \f
13146 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13147 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13148 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13149 ;;;;;; (18371 7271))
13150 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13151
13152 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13153 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13154
13155 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13156
13157 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13158 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13159 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13160
13161 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13162
13163 (autoload 'describe-simplify-lib-file-name "help-fns" "\
13164 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13165
13166 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13167
13168 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13169 Not documented
13170
13171 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13172
13173 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13174 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13175 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13176 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13177
13178 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13179
13180 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13181 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13182 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13183 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13184 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13185 it is displayed along with the global value.
13186
13187 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13188
13189 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13190 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13191 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13192 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13193
13194 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13195
13196 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13197 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13198 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13199 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13200 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13201
13202 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13203
13204 ;;;***
13205 \f
13206 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13207 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
13208 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13209
13210 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13211 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13212 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13213 and window listing and describing the options.
13214 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13215 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13216
13217 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13218
13219 ;;;***
13220 \f
13221 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13222 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
13223 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18371
13224 ;;;;;; 7271))
13225 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13226
13227 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13228 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13229 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13230 Commands:
13231 \\{help-mode-map}
13232
13233 \(fn)" t nil)
13234
13235 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13236 Not documented
13237
13238 \(fn)" nil nil)
13239
13240 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13241 Not documented
13242
13243 \(fn)" nil nil)
13244
13245 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13246 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13247
13248 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13249 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13250 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13251 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13252
13253 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13254 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13255 restore it properly when going back.
13256
13257 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13258
13259 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13260 Not documented
13261
13262 \(fn)" nil nil)
13263
13264 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13265 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13266
13267 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13268 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13269 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13270 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13271 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13272 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13273 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13274 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13275
13276 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13277 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13278 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13279 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13280
13281 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13282 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13283 that.
13284
13285 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13286
13287 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13288 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13289 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13290 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13291 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13292 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13293
13294 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13295
13296 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13297 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13298 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13299 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13300 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13301
13302 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13303
13304 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13305 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13306
13307 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13308
13309 ;;;***
13310 \f
13311 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13312 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18335 54522))
13313 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13314
13315 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13316 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13317
13318 \(fn)" t nil)
13319
13320 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13321 Provide help for current mode.
13322
13323 \(fn)" t nil)
13324
13325 ;;;***
13326 \f
13327 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13328 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18356 12617))
13329 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13330
13331 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13332 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13333 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13334 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13335 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13336
13337 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13338 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13339
13340 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13341 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13342 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13343 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13344
13345 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13346 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13347 periods.
13348
13349 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13350 in hexl format.
13351
13352 A sample format:
13353
13354 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13355 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13356 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13357 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13358 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13359 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13360 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13361 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13362 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13363 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13364 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13365 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13366 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13367 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13368 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13369
13370 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13371 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13372 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13373
13374 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13375 also supported.
13376
13377 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13378
13379 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13380 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13381 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13382
13383 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13384 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13385 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13386
13387 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13388 into the buffer at the current point.
13389
13390 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13391 into the buffer at the current point.
13392
13393 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13394 into the buffer at the current point.
13395
13396 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13397
13398 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13399 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13400
13401 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13402
13403 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13404
13405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13406
13407 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13408 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13409 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13410 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13411
13412 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13413
13414 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13415 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13416 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13417
13418 \(fn)" t nil)
13419
13420 ;;;***
13421 \f
13422 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13423 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13424 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13425 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
13426 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13427
13428 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13429 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13430
13431 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13432 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13433 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13434 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13435 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13436 called interactively, are:
13437
13438 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13439 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13440
13441 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13442 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13443 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13444 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13445
13446 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13447 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13448
13449 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13450 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13451
13452 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13453 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13454 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13455 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13456 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13457 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13458 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13459 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13460 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13461 function returns t.
13462
13463 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13464 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13465
13466 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13467 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13468 form:
13469 Hi-lock: FOO
13470 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13471 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13472 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13473 Patterns will be read until
13474 Hi-lock: end
13475 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13476
13477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13478
13479 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13480 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13481 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13482 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13483 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13484 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13485
13486 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13487
13488 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13489 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13490 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13491 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13492 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13493
13494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13495
13496 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13497
13498 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13499 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13500
13501 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13502 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13503 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13504 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13505
13506 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13507
13508 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13509
13510 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13511 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13512
13513 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13514 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13515 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13516 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13517
13518 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13519
13520 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13521
13522 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13523 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13524
13525 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13526 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13527
13528 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13529
13530 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13531
13532 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13533 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13534
13535 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13536 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13537 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13538 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13539 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13540
13541 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13542
13543 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13544 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13545
13546 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13547 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13548 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13549
13550 \(fn)" t nil)
13551
13552 ;;;***
13553 \f
13554 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13555 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
13556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13557
13558 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13559 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13560 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13561 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13562 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13563 how the hiding is done:
13564
13565 `hide-ifdef-env'
13566 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13567 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13568 is used.
13569
13570 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13571 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13572 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13573 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13574 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13575
13576 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13577 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13578 #endif lines when hiding.
13579
13580 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13581 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13582 is activated.
13583
13584 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13585 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13586 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13587
13588 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13589
13590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13591
13592 ;;;***
13593 \f
13594 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13595 ;;;;;; (18375 33071))
13596 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13597
13598 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13599 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13600 Each element has the form
13601 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13602
13603 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13604 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13605
13606 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13607 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13608
13609 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13610 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13611 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13612 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13613 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13614 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13615
13616 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13617 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13618
13619 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13620 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13621
13622 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13623 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13624 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13625
13626 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13627 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13628 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13629 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13630 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13631
13632 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13633 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13634 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13635
13636 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13637 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13638
13639 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13640
13641 Key bindings:
13642 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13643
13644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13645
13646 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13647 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13648
13649 \(fn)" nil nil)
13650
13651 ;;;***
13652 \f
13653 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13654 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13655 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13656 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13657 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18369 53805))
13658 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13659
13660 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13661 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13662 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13663
13664 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13665
13666 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13667 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13668
13669 Without an argument:
13670 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13671 or passive state as determined by the variable
13672 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13673 and passive state.
13674
13675 With an argument ARG:
13676 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13677 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13678 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13679
13680 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13681 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13682 not displayed in a different face.
13683
13684 Functions:
13685 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13686 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13687 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13688 buffer with the contents of a file
13689 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13690 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13691 various faces
13692
13693 Hook variables:
13694 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13695 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13696 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13697
13698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13699
13700 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13701 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13702
13703 \(fn)" t nil)
13704
13705 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13706 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13707
13708 \(fn)" t nil)
13709
13710 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13711 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13712
13713 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13714 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13715 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13716 shown in the last face in the list.
13717
13718 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13719 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13720 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13721
13722 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13723
13724 \(fn)" t nil)
13725
13726 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13727 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13728
13729 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13730
13731 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13732 to save the file.
13733
13734 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13735 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13736
13737 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13738 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13739 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13740
13741 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13742
13743 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13744 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13745
13746 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13747 this function is called interactively.
13748
13749 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13750 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13751 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13752
13753 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13754 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13755 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13756
13757 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13758
13759 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes "hilit-chg" "\
13760 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13761
13762 When called interactively:
13763 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13764 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13765 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13766 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13767
13768 When called from a program:
13769 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13770 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13771 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13772 - otherwise just turn it on
13773
13774 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13775 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13776 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13777 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13778
13779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13780
13781 ;;;***
13782 \f
13783 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13784 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13785 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13786 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13787 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18335 54513))
13788 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13789
13790 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13791 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13792 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13793 or insert functions in this list.")
13794
13795 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13796
13797 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13798 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13799
13800 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13801
13802 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13803 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13804
13805 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13806
13807 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13808 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13809
13810 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13811
13812 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13813 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13814
13815 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13816
13817 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13818 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13819 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13820
13821 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13822
13823 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13824 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13825 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13826 \(as atoms)")
13827
13828 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13829
13830 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13831 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13832 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13833 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13834 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13835
13836 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13837
13838 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13839 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13840 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13841 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13842 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13843 expansions.
13844 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13845 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13846 undoes the expansion.
13847
13848 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13849
13850 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13851 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13852 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13853 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13854
13855 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13856
13857 ;;;***
13858 \f
13859 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13860 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
13861 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13862
13863 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13864 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13865 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13866
13867 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13868 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13869 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13870 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13871 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13872
13873 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13874 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13875 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13876 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13877
13878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13879
13880 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13881 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13882 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13883 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13884 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13885 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13886
13887 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13888
13889 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13890 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13891 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13892
13893 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13894 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13895
13896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13897
13898 ;;;***
13899 \f
13900 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13901 ;;;;;; (18335 54521))
13902 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13903
13904 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13905 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13906 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13907
13908 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13909
13910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13911
13912 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13913 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13914
13915 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13916 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13917 different list. For example,
13918
13919 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13920 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13921
13922 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13923 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13924
13925 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13926 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13927 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13928 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13929 of a holiday list.
13930
13931 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13932
13933 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13934
13935 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13936
13937 ;;;***
13938 \f
13939 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18335
13940 ;;;;;; 54532))
13941 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13942
13943 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13944 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13945
13946 \(fn)" t nil)
13947
13948 ;;;***
13949 \f
13950 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13951 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13952 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13953 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13954 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13955 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13956 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13957 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13958 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13959 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13960 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13961 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13962 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13963 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13964 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13965 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13966 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13967 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13968 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13969 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13970 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13971 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13972 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18335 54513))
13973 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13974
13975 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13976 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13977 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13978
13979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13980
13981 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13982 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13983
13984 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13985
13986 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13987 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13988
13989 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13990
13991 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13992 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13993
13994 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13995
13996 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13997 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13998
13999 \(fn)" t nil)
14000
14001 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14002 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
14003
14004 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
14005
14006 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14007 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
14008
14009 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
14010 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
14011 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
14012 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
14013 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
14014 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
14015 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
14016 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
14017 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14018 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
14019 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14020 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
14021
14022 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
14023 Not documented
14024
14025 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
14026
14027 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14028 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14029
14030 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14031
14032 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14033 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14034
14035 \(fn)" t nil)
14036
14037 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14038 Remove the first filter group.
14039
14040 \(fn)" t nil)
14041
14042 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14043 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14044
14045 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14046
14047 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14048 Remove all filter groups.
14049
14050 \(fn)" t nil)
14051
14052 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14053 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14054
14055 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14056
14057 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14058 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14059 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14060
14061 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14062
14063 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
14064 Kill the filter group at point.
14065 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14066
14067 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14068
14069 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
14070 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14071
14072 \(fn)" t nil)
14073
14074 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14075 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14076
14077 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14078
14079 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14080 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14081 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14082 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14083
14084 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14085
14086 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14087 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14088 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14089
14090 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14091
14092 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14093 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14094 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14095
14096 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14097
14098 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
14099 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14100
14101 \(fn)" t nil)
14102
14103 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14104 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14105
14106 \(fn)" t nil)
14107
14108 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14109 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14110
14111 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14112 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14113 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14114
14115 \(fn)" t nil)
14116
14117 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14118 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14119
14120 \(fn)" t nil)
14121
14122 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14123 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14124
14125 \(fn)" t nil)
14126
14127 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14128 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14129 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14130 filter into parts.
14131
14132 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14133
14134 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14135 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14136 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14137
14138 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14139
14140 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14141 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14142
14143 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14144
14145 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14146 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14147
14148 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14149
14150 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14151 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14152
14153 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14154 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14155 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14156 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14157 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14158 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14159 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14160 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14161 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14162
14163 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14164 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14165 Default sorting modes are:
14166 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14167 Name - the name of the buffer
14168 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14169 Size - the size of the buffer
14170
14171 \(fn)" t nil)
14172
14173 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14174 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14175
14176 \(fn)" t nil)
14177 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14178 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14179 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14180 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14181 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
14182
14183 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14184 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14185
14186 \(fn)" t nil)
14187
14188 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14189 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14190 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14191 for this Ibuffer session.
14192
14193 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14194
14195 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14196 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14197 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14198 for this Ibuffer session.
14199
14200 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14201
14202 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14203 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14204
14205 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14206 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14207
14208 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14209 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14210
14211 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14212
14213 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14214 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14215
14216 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14217 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14218
14219 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14220
14221 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14222 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14223
14224 \(fn)" t nil)
14225
14226 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14227 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14228
14229 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14230 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14231 hidden group filter, open it.
14232
14233 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14234 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14235 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14236
14237 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14238
14239 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14240 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14241 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14242
14243 \(fn)" t nil)
14244
14245 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14246 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14247
14248 The names are separated by a space.
14249 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14250
14251 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14252 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14253 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14254 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14255
14256 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14257
14258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14259
14260 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14261 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14262
14263 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14264
14265 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14266 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14267
14268 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14269
14270 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14271 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14272
14273 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14274
14275 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14276 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14277
14278 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14279
14280 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14281 Mark all modified buffers.
14282
14283 \(fn)" t nil)
14284
14285 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14286 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14287
14288 \(fn)" t nil)
14289
14290 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14291 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14292
14293 \(fn)" t nil)
14294
14295 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14296 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14297
14298 \(fn)" t nil)
14299
14300 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14301 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14302
14303 \(fn)" t nil)
14304
14305 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14306 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14307
14308 \(fn)" t nil)
14309
14310 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14311 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14312
14313 \(fn)" t nil)
14314
14315 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14316 Mark all read-only buffers.
14317
14318 \(fn)" t nil)
14319
14320 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14321 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14322
14323 \(fn)" t nil)
14324
14325 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14326 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14327 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14328 defaults to one.
14329
14330 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14331
14332 ;;;***
14333 \f
14334 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14335 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18335
14336 ;;;;;; 54513))
14337 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14338
14339 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14340 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14341
14342 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14343 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14344 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14345
14346 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14347 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14348 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14349 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14350 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14351 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14352
14353 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14354 title of the column.
14355
14356 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14357 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14358 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14359 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14360 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14361
14362 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14363
14364 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14365 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14366 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14367 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14368 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14369
14370 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14371 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14372 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14373
14374 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14375
14376 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14377 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14378 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14379 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14380 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14381 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14382
14383 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14384 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14385 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14386 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14387 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14388 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14389 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14390 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14391 values are:
14392 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14393 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14394 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14395 buffer's modification flag.
14396 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14397 prompted before performing this operation.
14398 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14399 operation is complete, in the form:
14400 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14401 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14402 confirmation message, in the form:
14403 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14404 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14405 macro for exactly what it does.
14406
14407 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14408
14409 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14410 Define a filter named NAME.
14411 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14412 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14413 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14414
14415 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14416 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14417 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14418 bound to the current value of the filter.
14419
14420 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14421
14422 ;;;***
14423 \f
14424 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14425 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18371 38464))
14426 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14427
14428 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14429 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14430 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14431 buffers which are visiting a file.
14432
14433 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14434
14435 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14436 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14437 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14438 buffers which are visiting a file.
14439
14440 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14441
14442 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14443 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14444 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14445
14446 All arguments are optional.
14447 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14448 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14449 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14450 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14451 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14452 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14453 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14454 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14455 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14456 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14457 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14458 that value locally in this buffer.
14459
14460 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14461
14462 ;;;***
14463 \f
14464 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14465 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14466 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18335 54521))
14467 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14468
14469 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14470 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14471 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14472 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14473
14474 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14475
14476 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14477 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14478 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14479 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14480 ICAL-FILENAME.
14481 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14482 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14483 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14484
14485 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14486
14487 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14488 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14489 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14490 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14491 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14492 non-marking or not.
14493
14494 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14495
14496 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14497 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14498
14499 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14500 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14501 DIARY-FILE.
14502
14503 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14504 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14505 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14506
14507 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14508 non-marking.
14509
14510 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14511 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14512 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14513
14514 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14515
14516 ;;;***
14517 \f
14518 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18335
14519 ;;;;;; 54513))
14520 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14521
14522 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14523 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14524 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14525 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14526 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14527 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14528
14529 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14530
14531 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14532 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14533 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14534 otherwise turn it off.
14535
14536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14537
14538 ;;;***
14539 \f
14540 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18335 54542))
14541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14542
14543 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14544 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14545 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14546 Tab indents for Icon code.
14547 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14548 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14549 \\{icon-mode-map}
14550 Variables controlling indentation style:
14551 icon-tab-always-indent
14552 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14553 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14554 icon-auto-newline
14555 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14556 inserted in Icon code.
14557 icon-indent-level
14558 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14559 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14560 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14561 icon-continued-statement-offset
14562 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14563 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14564 icon-continued-brace-offset
14565 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14566 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14567 icon-brace-offset
14568 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14569 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14570 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14571 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14572
14573 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14574 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14575
14576 \(fn)" t nil)
14577
14578 ;;;***
14579 \f
14580 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14581 ;;;;;; (18341 12917))
14582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14583
14584 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14585 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14586 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14587 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14588
14589 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14590 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14591 separate frames.
14592
14593 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14594 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14595
14596 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14597 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14598 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14599
14600 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14601
14602 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14603
14604 ;;;***
14605 \f
14606 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14607 ;;;;;; (18374 12124))
14608 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14609
14610 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14611 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14612
14613 The main features of this mode are
14614
14615 1. Indentation and Formatting
14616 --------------------------
14617 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14618 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14619
14620 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14621 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14622 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14623 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14624
14625 Comments are indented as follows:
14626
14627 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14628 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14629 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14630
14631 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14632
14633 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14634 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14635 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14636 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14637 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14638 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14639
14640 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14641 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14642 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14643 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14644
14645 2. Routine Info
14646 ------------
14647 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14648 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14649 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14650 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14651 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14652 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14653 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14654 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14655 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14656 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14657
14658 3. Online IDL Help
14659 ---------------
14660
14661 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14662 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14663 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14664 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14665
14666 4. Completion
14667 ----------
14668 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14669 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14670 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14671 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14672 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14673 upper case.
14674
14675 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14676 --------------------------------
14677 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14678 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14679
14680 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14681 \\fu FUNCTION template
14682 \\c CASE statement template
14683 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14684 \\f FOR loop template
14685 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14686 \\w WHILE loop template
14687 \\i IF statement template
14688 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14689 \\b BEGIN
14690
14691 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14692 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14693
14694 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14695 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14696 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14697 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14698
14699 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14700 -------------------------
14701 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14702 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14703
14704 7. Automatic END completion
14705 ------------------------
14706 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14707 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14708
14709 8. Hooks
14710 -----
14711 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14712 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14713
14714 9. Documentation and Customization
14715 -------------------------------
14716 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14717 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14718 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14719 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14720 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14721
14722 10.Keybindings
14723 -----------
14724 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14725 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14726 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14727
14728 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14729
14730 \(fn)" t nil)
14731 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14732
14733 ;;;***
14734 \f
14735 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14736 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14737 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14738 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14739 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14740 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14741 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14742 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18345
14743 ;;;;;; 40619))
14744 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14745
14746 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14747 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14748 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14749 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14750 displaying...)
14751 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14752 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14753 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14754
14755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14756 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14757
14758 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14759
14760 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14761 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14762 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14763 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14764 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14765 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14766 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14767 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14768 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14769
14770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14771
14772 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14773 Switch to another buffer.
14774 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14775 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14776 in another frame.
14777
14778 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14779 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14780 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14781 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14782 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14783
14784 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14785 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14786
14787 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14788 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14789
14790 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14791 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14792 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14793 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14794 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14795 in a separate window.
14796 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14797 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14798 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14799 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14800 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14801 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14802 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14803 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14804 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14805
14806 \(fn)" t nil)
14807
14808 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14809 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14810 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14811 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14812
14813 \(fn)" t nil)
14814
14815 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14816 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14817 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14818 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14819
14820 \(fn)" t nil)
14821
14822 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14823 Kill a buffer.
14824 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14825 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14826
14827 \(fn)" t nil)
14828
14829 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14830 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14831 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14832 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14833
14834 \(fn)" t nil)
14835
14836 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14837 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14838 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14839 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14840
14841 \(fn)" t nil)
14842
14843 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14844 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14845
14846 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14847
14848 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14849 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14850 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14851 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14852 visible in another frame.
14853
14854 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14855 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14856 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14857 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14858 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14859 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14860
14861 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14862 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14863
14864 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14865 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14866
14867 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14868 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14869 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14870 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14871 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14872 in a separate window.
14873 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14874 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14875 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14876 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14877 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14878 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14879 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14880 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14881 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14882 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14883 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14884 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14885 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14886 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14887 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14888
14889 \(fn)" t nil)
14890
14891 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14892 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14893 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14894 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14895
14896 \(fn)" t nil)
14897
14898 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14899 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14900 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14901 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14902
14903 \(fn)" t nil)
14904
14905 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14906 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14907 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14908 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14909
14910 \(fn)" t nil)
14911
14912 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14913 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14914 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14915 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14916
14917 \(fn)" t nil)
14918
14919 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14920 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14921 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14922 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14923
14924 \(fn)" t nil)
14925
14926 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14927 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14928 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14929 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14930
14931 \(fn)" t nil)
14932
14933 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14934 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14935 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14936 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14937
14938 \(fn)" t nil)
14939
14940 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14941 Write current buffer to a file.
14942 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14943 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14944
14945 \(fn)" t nil)
14946
14947 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14948 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14949 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14950 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14951
14952 \(fn)" t nil)
14953
14954 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14955 Call `dired' the ido way.
14956 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14957 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14958
14959 \(fn)" t nil)
14960
14961 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14962 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14963 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14964 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14965 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14966 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14967
14968 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14969
14970 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14971 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14972 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14973 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14974
14975 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14976
14977 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14978 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14979 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14980 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14981
14982 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14983
14984 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14985 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14986 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14987 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14988 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14989 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14990 with `completing-read'.
14991 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14992 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14993 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14994 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14995 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14996 with point positioned at the end.
14997 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14998 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14999
15000 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
15001
15002 ;;;***
15003 \f
15004 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18371 9336))
15005 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15006 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
15007
15008 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15009 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15010 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15011
15012 \(fn)" t nil)
15013
15014 ;;;***
15015 \f
15016 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
15017 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
15018 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15019
15020 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15021 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
15022
15023 \(fn)" t nil)
15024
15025 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15026 Toggle inline image minor mode.
15027
15028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15029
15030 ;;;***
15031 \f
15032 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15033 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15034 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15035 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15036 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18335 54513))
15037 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15038
15039 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15040 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15041 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15042 be determined.
15043
15044 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15045
15046 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15047 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15048 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15049 be determined.
15050
15051 \(fn)" nil nil)
15052
15053 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15054 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15055 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15056 be determined.
15057
15058 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15059
15060 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15061 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15062 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15063 be determined.
15064
15065 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15066
15067 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15068 Determine and return image type.
15069 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15070 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15071 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15072 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15073 use its file extension as image type.
15074 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15075
15076 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15077
15078 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15079 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15080 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15081
15082 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15083
15084 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15085 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15086 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15087
15088 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15089 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15090 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15091 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15092 must be available.
15093
15094 \(fn)" nil nil)
15095
15096 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15097 Create an image.
15098 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15099 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15100 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15101 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15102 use its file extension as image type.
15103 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15104 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15105 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15106 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15107
15108 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15109
15110 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15111 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15112 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15113
15114 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15115
15116 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15117 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15118 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15119 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15120 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15121 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15122 POS may be an integer or marker.
15123 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15124 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15125 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15126 means display it in the right marginal area.
15127
15128 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15129
15130 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15131 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15132 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15133 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15134 defaulted if you omit it.
15135 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15136 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15137 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15138 means display it in the right marginal area.
15139 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15140 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15141 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15142 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15143 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15144
15145 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15146
15147 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15148 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15149 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15150 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15151 defaulted if you omit it.
15152 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15153 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15154 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15155 means display it in the right marginal area.
15156 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15157
15158 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15159
15160 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15161 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15162 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15163 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15164
15165 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15166
15167 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15168 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15169
15170 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15171
15172 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15173 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15174 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15175 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15176 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15177 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15178 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15179 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15180 satisfied.
15181
15182 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15183
15184 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15185
15186 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15187
15188 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15189 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15190
15191 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15192 documentation string.
15193
15194 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15195 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15196 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15197 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15198 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15199 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15200 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15201 define SYMBOL.
15202
15203 Example:
15204
15205 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15206 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15207
15208 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15209
15210 ;;;***
15211 \f
15212 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15213 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15214 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15215 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15216 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15217 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15218 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15219 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18335 54513))
15220 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15221
15222 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15223 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15224
15225 \(fn)" t nil)
15226
15227 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15228 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15229
15230 Convenience command that:
15231
15232 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15233 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15234 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15235
15236 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15237 image files in dired and type
15238 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15239
15240 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15241
15242 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15243 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15244
15245 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15246
15247 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15248 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15249 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15250 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15251 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15252 another one).
15253
15254 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15255 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15256 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15257
15258 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15259 instead of erasing it first.
15260
15261 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15262 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15263 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15264 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15265 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15266 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15267
15268 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15269
15270 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15271 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15272 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15273 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15274 displayed.
15275
15276 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15277
15278 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15279
15280 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15281
15282 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15283 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15284
15285 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15286
15287 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15288 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15289 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15290
15291 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15292
15293 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15294 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15295
15296 \(fn)" t nil)
15297
15298 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15299 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15300 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15301 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15302
15303 \(fn)" t nil)
15304
15305 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15306 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15307
15308 \(fn)" t nil)
15309
15310 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15311 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15312
15313 \(fn)" t nil)
15314
15315 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15316 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15317
15318 \(fn)" t nil)
15319
15320 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15321 Display current image file.
15322 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15323 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15324
15325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15326
15327 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15328 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15329
15330 \(fn)" t nil)
15331
15332 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15333 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15334 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15335 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15336 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15337 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15338 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15339
15340 \(fn)" t nil)
15341
15342 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15343 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15344 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15345 easy-to-use form.
15346
15347 \(fn)" t nil)
15348
15349 ;;;***
15350 \f
15351 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15352 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15353 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18335 54513))
15354 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15355
15356 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15357 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15358 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15359 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15360
15361 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15362 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15363 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15364 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15365
15366 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15367
15368 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15369 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15370 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15371 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15372
15373 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15374 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15375 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15376 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15377
15378 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15379
15380 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15381 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15382
15383 \(fn)" nil nil)
15384
15385 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15386 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15387 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15388 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15389
15390 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15391
15392 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15393 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15394 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15395 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15396 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15397 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15398
15399 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15400
15401 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15402 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15403 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15404 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15405
15406 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15407 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15408 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15409
15410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15411
15412 ;;;***
15413 \f
15414 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15415 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18365 56507))
15416 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15417 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15418 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15419 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15420 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15421 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15422 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15423 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15424 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15425 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15426
15427 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15428 Major mode for image files.
15429 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15430 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15431
15432 \(fn)" t nil)
15433
15434 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15435 Toggle Image minor mode.
15436 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15437 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15438
15439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15440
15441 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15442 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15443 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15444 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15445 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15446 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15447
15448 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15449 information on these modes.
15450
15451 \(fn)" t nil)
15452
15453 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15454 Not documented
15455
15456 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15457
15458 ;;;***
15459 \f
15460 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15461 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18335 54513))
15462 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15463
15464 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15465 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15466
15467 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15468
15469 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15470 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15471 in the buffer.
15472
15473 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15474
15475 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15476 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15477 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15478
15479 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15480
15481 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15482 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15483
15484 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15485 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15486 pattern's structure.
15487
15488 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15489 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15490 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15491 during matching.")
15492
15493 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15494
15495 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15496 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15497
15498 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15499 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15500 called within a `save-excursion'.
15501
15502 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15503
15504 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15505
15506 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15507 Function for finding the next index position.
15508
15509 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15510 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15511 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15512 file.
15513
15514 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15515 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15516
15517 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15518
15519 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15520 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15521
15522 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15523 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15524 It should return the name for that index item.")
15525
15526 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15527
15528 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15529 Function to compare string with index item.
15530
15531 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15532 non-nil if they match.
15533
15534 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15535 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15536 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15537 arguments match\".")
15538
15539 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15540
15541 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15542 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15543 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15544
15545 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15546
15547 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15548
15549 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15550
15551 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15552 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15553 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15554 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15555
15556 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15557
15558 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15559 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15560
15561 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15562
15563 \(fn)" t nil)
15564
15565 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15566 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15567 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15568 for more information.
15569
15570 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15571
15572 ;;;***
15573 \f
15574 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15575 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15576 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18341 12912))
15577 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15578
15579 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15580 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15581
15582 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15583
15584 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15585 Not documented
15586
15587 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15588
15589 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15590 Not documented
15591
15592 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15593
15594 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15595 Not documented
15596
15597 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15598
15599 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15600 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15601
15602 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15603
15604 ;;;***
15605 \f
15606 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15607 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15608 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18335 54542))
15609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15610
15611 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15612 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15613 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15614 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15615 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15616
15617 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15618
15619 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15620 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15621
15622 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15623
15624 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15625 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15626 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15627 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15628 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15629 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15630 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15631 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15632
15633 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15634
15635 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15636 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15637 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15638 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15639 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15640
15641 This variable is only used if the variable
15642 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15643
15644 More precise choices:
15645 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15646 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15647 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15648
15649 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15650
15651 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15652
15653 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15654 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15655
15656 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15657 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15658 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15659 to that buffer.
15660 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15661 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15662 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15663 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15664
15665 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15666 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15667
15668 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15669
15670 ;;;***
15671 \f
15672 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15673 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15674 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15675 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18384 53311))
15676 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15677
15678 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15679 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15680
15681 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15682 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15683 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15684
15685 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15686 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15687 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15688 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15689 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15690 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15691 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15692 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15693 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15694 with the top-level Info directory.
15695
15696 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15697 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15698 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15699 appended to the Info buffer name.
15700
15701 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15702 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15703 in all the directories in that path.
15704
15705 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15706
15707 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15708 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15709
15710 \(fn)" t nil)
15711
15712 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15713 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15714 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15715 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15716
15717 \(fn)" nil nil)
15718
15719 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15720 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15721 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15722 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15723
15724 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15725
15726 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15727 Go to the Info directory node.
15728
15729 \(fn)" t nil)
15730
15731 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15732 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15733 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15734 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15735 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15736 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15737
15738 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15739
15740 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15741 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15742 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15743
15744 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15745
15746 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15747 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15748 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15749 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15750 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15751
15752 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15753 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15754
15755 Selecting other nodes:
15756 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15757 Follow a node reference you click on.
15758 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15759 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15760 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15761 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15762 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15763 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15764 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15765 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15766 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15767 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15768 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15769 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15770 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15771 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15772 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15773 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15774 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15775 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15776 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15777 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15778
15779 Moving within a node:
15780 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15781 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15782 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15783 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15784 move up to the parent node.
15785 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15786 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15787 if there is none.
15788 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15789
15790 Advanced commands:
15791 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15792 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15793 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15794 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15795 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15796 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15797 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15798 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15799 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15800 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15801 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15802 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15803 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15804 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15805 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15806 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15807
15808 \(fn)" nil nil)
15809 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15810
15811 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15812 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15813 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15814 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15815 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15816 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15817
15818 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15819 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15820
15821 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15822 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15823 KEY is a string.
15824 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15825 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15826 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15827 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15828
15829 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15830
15831 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15832 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15833 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15834
15835 \(fn)" t nil)
15836
15837 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15838 Not documented
15839
15840 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15841
15842 ;;;***
15843 \f
15844 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15845 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15846 ;;;;;; (18375 33070))
15847 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15848
15849 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15850 Throw away all cached data.
15851 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15852 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15853 system.
15854
15855 \(fn)" t nil)
15856 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15857
15858 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15859 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15860 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15861 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15862 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15863 one found at point.
15864
15865 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15866
15867 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15868 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15869
15870 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15871 Display the documentation of a file.
15872 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15873 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15874 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15875 The default file name is the one found at point.
15876
15877 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15878
15879 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15880
15881 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15882 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15883
15884 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15885
15886 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15887 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15888
15889 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15890
15891 ;;;***
15892 \f
15893 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15894 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18335 54513))
15895 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15896
15897 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15898 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15899
15900 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15901
15902 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15903 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15904 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15905
15906 \(fn)" t nil)
15907
15908 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15909 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15910 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15911
15912 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15913 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15914 quite a while.
15915
15916 \(fn)" t nil)
15917
15918 ;;;***
15919 \f
15920 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15921 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18335 54513))
15922 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15923
15924 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15925 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15926
15927 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15928
15929 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15930 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15931 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15932
15933 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15934 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15935 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15936
15937 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15938 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15939 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15940 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15941
15942 \(fn)" t nil)
15943
15944 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15945 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15946 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15947
15948 \(fn)" t nil)
15949
15950 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15951 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15952 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15953 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15954 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15955
15956 \(fn)" nil nil)
15957
15958 ;;;***
15959 \f
15960 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-buffers-minor-mode) "isearch-multi" "isearch-multi.el"
15961 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
15962 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearch-multi.el
15963
15964 (defvar isearch-buffers-current-buffer nil "\
15965 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
15966 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
15967
15968 (defvar isearch-buffers-next-buffer-function nil "\
15969 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
15970
15971 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
15972 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
15973 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
15974 next occurrence.
15975
15976 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
15977 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
15978 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
15979 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
15980 should return the previous buffer to search. If the second argument of
15981 this function WRAP is non-nil, then it should return the first buffer
15982 in the series; and for the backward search, it should return the last
15983 buffer in the series.")
15984
15985 (autoload 'isearch-buffers-minor-mode "isearch-multi" "\
15986 Minor mode for using isearch to search through multiple buffers.
15987 With arg, turn isearch-buffers minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15988
15989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15990
15991 ;;;***
15992 \f
15993 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15994 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15995 ;;;;;; (18335 54534))
15996 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15997
15998 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15999 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16000
16001 \(fn)" t nil)
16002
16003 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16004 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16005
16006 \(fn)" t nil)
16007
16008 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16009 Not documented
16010
16011 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
16012
16013 ;;;***
16014 \f
16015 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18335
16016 ;;;;;; 54514))
16017 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16018
16019 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16020 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16021 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16022 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16023 accessed via isearchb.
16024
16025 \(fn)" t nil)
16026
16027 ;;;***
16028 \f
16029 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
16030 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
16031 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
16032 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18335 54534))
16033 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16034
16035 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16036 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16037 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16038 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16039 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16040
16041 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16042
16043 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16044 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16045 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16046 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16047 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16048
16049 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16050
16051 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16052 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16053 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16054 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16055 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16056
16057 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16058
16059 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16060 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16061 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16062 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16063 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16064
16065 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16066
16067 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16068 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16069 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16070 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16071 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16072
16073 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16074
16075 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16076 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16077 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16078 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16079 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16080
16081 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16082
16083 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16084 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16085 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16086 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16087 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16088
16089 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16090
16091 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16092 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16093 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16094 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16095
16096 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16097
16098 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16099 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16100 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16101 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16102
16103 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16104
16105 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16106 Warn that format is read-only.
16107
16108 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16109
16110 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16111 Warn that format is write-only.
16112
16113 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16114
16115 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16116 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16117
16118 \(fn)" t nil)
16119
16120 ;;;***
16121 \f
16122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16123 ;;;;;; (18335 54534))
16124 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16125 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16126 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16127 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16128
16129 ;;;***
16130 \f
16131 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16132 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16133 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16134 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16135 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16136 ;;;;;; (18369 28764))
16137 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16138 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16139
16140 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16141 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16142 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16143 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16144
16145 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16146 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16147
16148 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16149 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16150 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16151
16152 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16153 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16154 re-start Emacs.")
16155
16156 (custom-autoload 'ispell-local-dictionary-alist "ispell" t)
16157
16158 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16159
16160 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))
16161
16162 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 '(("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1)))
16163
16164 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 '(("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))
16165
16166 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 '(("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16167
16168 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 '(("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))
16169
16170 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16171 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16172
16173 Each element of this list is also a list:
16174
16175 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16176 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16177
16178 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16179 nil means the default dictionary.
16180
16181 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16182
16183 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16184
16185 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16186 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16187 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16188 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16189 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16190 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16191 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16192 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16193 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16194
16195 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16196 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16197 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16198 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16199 for non-ASCII bytes.
16200
16201 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16202 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16203 single word.
16204
16205 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16206 subprocess.
16207
16208 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16209 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16210 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16211 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16212 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16213 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16214 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16215 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16216
16217 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16218
16219 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16220 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16221 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16222
16223 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16224 Key map for ispell menu.")
16225
16226 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16227 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16228 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16229 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16230
16231 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16232
16233 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16234
16235 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16236
16237 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16238
16239 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16240 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16241 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16242 Valid forms include:
16243 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16244 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16245 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16246 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16247
16248 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16249 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16250 First list is used raw.
16251 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16252
16253 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16254 for skipping in latex mode.")
16255
16256 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16257 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16258 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16259 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16260 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16261 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16262 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16263
16264 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16265 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16266 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16267 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16268
16269 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16270 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16271 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16272 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16273 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16274
16275 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16276 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16277
16278 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16279 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16280
16281 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16282 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16283
16284 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16285 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16286
16287 Return values:
16288 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16289 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16290 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16291 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16292 quit spell session exited.
16293
16294 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16295
16296 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16297 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16298 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16299
16300 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16301
16302 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16303 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16304
16305 Selections are:
16306
16307 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16308 SPC: Accept word this time.
16309 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16310 `a': Accept word for this session.
16311 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16312 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16313 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16314 `?': Show these commands.
16315 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16316 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16317 the aborted check to be completed later.
16318 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16319 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16320 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16321 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16322 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16323 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16324 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16325
16326 \(fn)" nil nil)
16327
16328 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16329 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16330 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16331
16332 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16333
16334 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16335 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16336 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16337 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16338
16339 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16340
16341 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16342
16343 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16344 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16345 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16346 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16347
16348 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16349
16350 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16351 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16352
16353 \(fn)" t nil)
16354
16355 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16356 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16357
16358 \(fn)" t nil)
16359
16360 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16361 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16362
16363 \(fn)" t nil)
16364
16365 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16366 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16367 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16368 sequence inside of a word.
16369
16370 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16371
16372 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16373
16374 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16375 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16376
16377 \(fn)" t nil)
16378
16379 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16380 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16381 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16382 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16383
16384 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16385 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16386 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16387 available on the net.
16388
16389 \(fn)" t nil)
16390
16391 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16392 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16393 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16394 otherwise turn it off.
16395
16396 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16397 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16398
16399 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16400 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16401
16402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16403
16404 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16405 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16406 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16407 Don't check included messages.
16408
16409 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16410 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16411 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16412
16413 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16414 in your .emacs file:
16415 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16416 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16417 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16418 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16419
16420 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16421 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16422 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16423
16424 \(fn)" t nil)
16425
16426 ;;;***
16427 \f
16428 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18382
16429 ;;;;;; 63905))
16430 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16431
16432 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16433 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16434 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16435 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16436 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16437 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16438
16439 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16440
16441 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16442 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16443 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16444 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16445 `iswitchb' for details.
16446
16447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16448
16449 ;;;***
16450 \f
16451 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16452 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16453 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16454 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18362 47073))
16455 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16456
16457 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16458 Not documented
16459
16460 \(fn)" nil nil)
16461
16462 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16463 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16464 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16465 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16466 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16467 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16468 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16469 necessary to represent OBJ.
16470
16471 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16472
16473 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16474 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16475 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16476 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16477
16478 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16479
16480 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16481 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16482 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16483 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16484 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16485
16486 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16487
16488 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16489 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16490 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16491 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16492
16493 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16494
16495 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16496 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16497 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16498 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16499
16500 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16501
16502 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16503 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16504
16505 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16506
16507 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16508 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16509 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16510 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16511 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16512
16513 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16514
16515 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16516 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16517 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16518 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16519 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16520
16521 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16522
16523 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16524 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16525 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16526
16527 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16528
16529 ;;;***
16530 \f
16531 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16532 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18335 54514))
16533 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16534
16535 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16536 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16537 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16538 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16539
16540 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16541 Not documented
16542
16543 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16544
16545 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16546 Uninstall jka-compr.
16547 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16548 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16549 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16550
16551 \(fn)" nil nil)
16552
16553 ;;;***
16554 \f
16555 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16556 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16557 ;;;;;; (18341 12907))
16558 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16559
16560 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16561 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16562 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16563 decimal key must be specified.")
16564
16565 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16566
16567 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16568 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16569 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16570 decimal key must be specified.")
16571
16572 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16573
16574 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16575 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16576 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16577 decimal key must be specified.")
16578
16579 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16580
16581 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16582 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16583 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16584 decimal key must be specified.")
16585
16586 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16587
16588 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16589 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16590 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16591 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16592 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16593 keys are bound.
16594
16595 Setup Binding
16596 -------------------------------------------------------------
16597 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16598 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16599 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16600 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16601 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16602 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16603 in the global and local keymaps.
16604
16605 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16606 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16607
16608 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16609
16610 ;;;***
16611 \f
16612 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16613 ;;;;;; (18335 54534))
16614 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16615
16616 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16617 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16618 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16619
16620 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16621 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16622 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16623 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16624 shorter.
16625
16626 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16627 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16628 the context of text formatting.
16629
16630 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16631
16632 ;;;***
16633 \f
16634 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18335
16635 ;;;;;; 54534))
16636 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16637
16638 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16639 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16640 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16641 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16642 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16643 positions that contains the current selection.")
16644
16645 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16646 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16647 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16648 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16649 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16650 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16651 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16652
16653 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16654
16655 ;;;***
16656 \f
16657 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16658 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16659 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16660 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18335 54514))
16661 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16662 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16663 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16664 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16665 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16666 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16667 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16668 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16669
16670 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16671 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16672 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16673 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16674 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16675
16676 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16677
16678 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16679 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16680 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16681
16682 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16683 defining the macro.
16684
16685 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16686 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16687 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16688
16689 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16690 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16691
16692 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16693
16694 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16695 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16696 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16697 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16698 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16699 under that name.
16700
16701 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16702 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16703 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16704
16705 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16706
16707 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16708 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16709 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16710
16711 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16712 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16713 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16714 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16715
16716 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16717 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16718
16719 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16720
16721 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16722 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16723 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16724
16725 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16726 macro.
16727
16728 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16729 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16730
16731 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16732 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16733 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16734
16735 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16736 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16737
16738 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16739
16740 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16741 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16742 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16743 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16744
16745 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16746
16747 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16748 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16749 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16750 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16751
16752 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16753 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16754
16755 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16756
16757 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16758 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16759 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16760
16761 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16762
16763 ;;;***
16764 \f
16765 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16766 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18335 54537))
16767 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16768
16769 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16770 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16771 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16772
16773 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16774 Not documented
16775
16776 \(fn)" nil nil)
16777
16778 ;;;***
16779 \f
16780 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16781 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
16782 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16783
16784 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16785
16786 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16787 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16788
16789 \(fn)" t nil)
16790
16791 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16792
16793 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16794 Start or resume an Lm game.
16795 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16796 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16797
16798 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16799 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16800 none / 1 | yes | no
16801 2 | yes | yes
16802 3 | no | yes
16803 4 | no | no
16804
16805 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16806 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16807 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16808
16809 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16810
16811 ;;;***
16812 \f
16813 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16814 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16815 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18370 13448))
16816 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16817
16818 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16819 Not documented
16820
16821 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16822
16823 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16824 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16825 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16826 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16827 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16828 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16829
16830 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16831 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16832
16833 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16834
16835 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16836 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16837
16838 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16839
16840 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16841 Not documented
16842
16843 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
16844
16845 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16846 Not documented
16847
16848 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16849
16850 ;;;***
16851 \f
16852 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16853 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16854 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18335 54534))
16855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16856
16857 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16858 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16859 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16860 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16861
16862 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16863
16864 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16865 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16866 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16867
16868 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16869
16870 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16871 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16872 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16873
16874 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16875
16876 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16877 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16878 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16879 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16880
16881 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16882
16883 ;;;***
16884 \f
16885 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16886 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18364 47319))
16887 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16888
16889 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16890 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16891 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16892 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16893 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16894 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16895 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16896 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16897
16898 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16899 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16900
16901 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16902 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16903
16904 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16905
16906 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16907 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16908 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16909 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16910 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16911 `latin1-display-setup'.
16912
16913 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16914
16915 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16916 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16917 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16918 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16919
16920 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16921 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16922
16923 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16924
16925 ;;;***
16926 \f
16927 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16928 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
16929 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16930
16931 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16932
16933 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16934
16935 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16936 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16937
16938 \(fn)" t nil)
16939
16940 ;;;***
16941 \f
16942 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16943 ;;;;;; (18335 54514))
16944 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16945
16946 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16947 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16948
16949 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16950 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16951
16952 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16953 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16954
16955 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16956 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16957 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16958 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16959 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16960 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16961 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16962 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16963 and transmit saved text.
16964
16965 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16966 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16967 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16968
16969 \(fn)" t nil)
16970
16971 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16972 Not documented
16973
16974 \(fn)" nil nil)
16975
16976 ;;;***
16977 \f
16978 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18335 54541))
16979 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16980
16981 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16982 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16983 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16984 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16985 generations (this defaults to 1).
16986
16987 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16988
16989 ;;;***
16990 \f
16991 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16992 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18369 20323))
16993 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16994
16995 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16996 Format used to display line numbers.
16997 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16998 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16999 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
17000 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
17001
17002 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
17003
17004 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17005 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
17006
17007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17008
17009 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17010 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
17011 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17012 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17013 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17014 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17015
17016 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17017
17018 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17019 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
17020 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17021 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
17022 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17023
17024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17025
17026 ;;;***
17027 \f
17028 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18335
17029 ;;;;;; 54514))
17030 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17031
17032 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17033 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17034 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17035 is nil, raise an error.
17036
17037 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17038 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17039 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17040 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17041 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17042 defined by the library.
17043
17044 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17045 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17046 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17047 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17048 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17049 proceeds.
17050
17051 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17052 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17053 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17054 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17055
17056 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17057
17058 ;;;***
17059 \f
17060 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
17061 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18335 54514))
17062 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17063
17064 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
17065 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17066 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17067
17068 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17069
17070 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17071 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17072 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17073 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17074
17075 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17076 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17077 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17078 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17079 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17080 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17081 the version.)
17082
17083 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17084 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17085
17086 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17087 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17088
17089 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
17090
17091 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17092
17093 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17094 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17095 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17096 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17097 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17098 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17099 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17100 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17101 to constrain a big search.
17102
17103 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17104
17105 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17106 except that FILTER is not optional.
17107
17108 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17109
17110 ;;;***
17111 \f
17112 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18335 54514))
17113 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17114
17115 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17116 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17117 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17118 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17119 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
17120 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17121 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17122 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17123
17124 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
17125 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17126 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17127 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17128 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17129
17130 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17131 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17132 uses the current buffer.
17133
17134 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17135
17136 ;;;***
17137 \f
17138 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18335
17139 ;;;;;; 54514))
17140 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17141
17142 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17143 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17144
17145 \(fn)" t nil)
17146
17147 ;;;***
17148 \f
17149 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18375
17150 ;;;;;; 33070))
17151 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17152
17153 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17154 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17155 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17156 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17157 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17158
17159 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17160 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17161 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17162
17163 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17164 are indicated with a symbol.
17165
17166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17167
17168 ;;;***
17169 \f
17170 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17171 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18335
17172 ;;;;;; 54514))
17173 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17174
17175 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17176
17177 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
17178
17179 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
17180 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17181 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17182
17183 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17184 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17185
17186 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17187 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17188 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17189 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17190 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17191 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17192 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17193
17194 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17195
17196 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17197 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17198 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17199 switch on this list.
17200 See `lpr-command'.")
17201
17202 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17203
17204 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17205 *Name of program for printing a file.
17206
17207 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17208 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17209 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17210 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17211 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17212 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17213 argument.")
17214
17215 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17216
17217 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17218 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17219 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17220 for customization of the printer command.
17221
17222 \(fn)" t nil)
17223
17224 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17225 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17226
17227 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17228 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17229 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17230 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17231
17232 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17233 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17234
17235 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17236 for further customization of the printer command.
17237
17238 \(fn)" t nil)
17239
17240 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17241 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17242 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17243 for customization of the printer command.
17244
17245 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17246
17247 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17248 Paginate and print the region contents.
17249
17250 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17251 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17252 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17253 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17254
17255 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17256 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17257
17258 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17259 for further customization of the printer command.
17260
17261 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17262
17263 ;;;***
17264 \f
17265 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17266 ;;;;;; (18335 54514))
17267 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17268
17269 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17270 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17271 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17272
17273 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17274
17275 ;;;***
17276 \f
17277 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18335
17278 ;;;;;; 54521))
17279 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17280
17281 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
17282 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17283 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17284
17285 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17286
17287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17288
17289 ;;;***
17290 \f
17291 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18335
17292 ;;;;;; 54542))
17293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17294
17295 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17296 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17297 \\{m4-mode-map}
17298
17299 \(fn)" t nil)
17300
17301 ;;;***
17302 \f
17303 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17304 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
17305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17306
17307 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17308 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17309 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17310 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17311 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17312
17313 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17314
17315 ;;;***
17316 \f
17317 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17318 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18335 54514))
17319 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17320
17321 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17322 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17323 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17324 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17325 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17326
17327 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17328
17329 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17330 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17331 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17332 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17333
17334 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17335 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17336 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17337 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17338 bindings.
17339
17340 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17341 use this command, and then save the file.
17342
17343 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17344
17345 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17346 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17347 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17348 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17349 each time the macro executes.
17350 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17351 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17352 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17353 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17354 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17355 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17356 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17357
17358 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17359
17360 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17361 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17362 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17363 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17364
17365 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17366 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17367 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17368 execute.
17369
17370 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17371 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17372
17373 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17374 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17375 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17376 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17377 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17378
17379 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17380 looked like this:
17381
17382 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17383 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17384 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17385
17386 You could enter the names in this format:
17387
17388 foo
17389 bar
17390 baz
17391
17392 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17393
17394 \\C-x (
17395 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17396 \\C-x )
17397
17398 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17399 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17400
17401 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17402 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17403
17404 ;;;***
17405 \f
17406 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17407 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18369 28759))
17408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17409
17410 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17411 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17412 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17413 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17414 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17415 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17416
17417 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17418 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17419 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17420 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17421 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17422
17423 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17424 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17425 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17426 consing a string.)
17427
17428 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17429
17430 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17431 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17432
17433 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17434
17435 ;;;***
17436 \f
17437 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17438 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17439 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
17440 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17441
17442 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17443 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17444
17445 \(fn)" nil nil)
17446
17447 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17448 Not documented
17449
17450 \(fn)" nil nil)
17451
17452 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17453 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17454
17455 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17456
17457 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17458 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17459 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17460 message.
17461
17462 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17463
17464 \(fn)" nil nil)
17465
17466 ;;;***
17467 \f
17468 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17469 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17470 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18335
17471 ;;;;;; 54537))
17472 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17473
17474 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17475 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17476 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17477 often correct parser.")
17478
17479 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17480
17481 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17482 Not documented
17483
17484 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17485
17486 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17487 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17488 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17489 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17490
17491 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17492
17493 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17494 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17495 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17496 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17497
17498 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17499
17500 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17501 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17502 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17503 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17504 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17505 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17506 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17507 as Rmail does.
17508
17509 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17510
17511 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17512 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17513 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17514 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17515 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17516 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17517
17518 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17519
17520 ;;;***
17521 \f
17522 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17523 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18335
17524 ;;;;;; 54537))
17525 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17526
17527 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17528 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17529 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17530 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17531 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17532 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17533
17534 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17535
17536 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17537 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17538
17539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17540
17541 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17542 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17543
17544 \(fn)" nil nil)
17545
17546 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17547 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17548 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17549
17550 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17551
17552 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17553 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17554 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17555
17556 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17557
17558 ;;;***
17559 \f
17560 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17561 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18335
17562 ;;;;;; 54537))
17563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17564
17565 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17566 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17567 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17568 king@grassland.com
17569 If `parens', they look like:
17570 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17571 If `angles', they look like:
17572 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17573
17574 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17575
17576 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17577 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17578 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17579 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17580 their `Resent-' variants.
17581
17582 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17583 removed from alias expansions.
17584
17585 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17586
17587 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17588 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17589 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17590
17591 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17592 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17593 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17594 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17595
17596 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17597
17598 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17599 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17600 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17601 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17602
17603 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17604
17605 ;;;***
17606 \f
17607 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17608 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
17609 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17610
17611 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17612 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17613 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17614 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17615
17616 \(fn)" nil nil)
17617
17618 ;;;***
17619 \f
17620 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17621 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17622 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18335 54542))
17623 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17624
17625 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17626 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17627
17628 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17629 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17630 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17631 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17632 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17633 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17634
17635 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17636 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17637 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17638 dependency, despite the colon.
17639
17640 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17641
17642 In the browser, use the following keys:
17643
17644 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17645
17646 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17647
17648 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17649 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17650
17651 `makefile-target-colon':
17652 The string that gets appended to all target names
17653 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17654 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17655
17656 `makefile-macro-assign':
17657 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17658 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17659 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17660 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17661 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17662 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17663
17664 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17665 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17666 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17667
17668 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17669 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17670
17671 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17672 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17673 up or down in the browser.
17674
17675 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17676 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17677
17678 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17679 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17680
17681 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17682 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17683 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17684 has been selected in the browser.
17685
17686 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17687 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17688 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17689 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17690 filenames are omitted.
17691
17692 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17693 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17694 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17695 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17696 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17697 the backslash itself intact.
17698 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17699 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17700
17701 `makefile-browser-hook':
17702 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17703 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17704
17705 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17706 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17707 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17708 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17709
17710 \(fn)" t nil)
17711
17712 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17713 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17714
17715 \(fn)" t nil)
17716
17717 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17718 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17719
17720 \(fn)" t nil)
17721
17722 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17723 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17724
17725 \(fn)" t nil)
17726
17727 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17728 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17729
17730 \(fn)" t nil)
17731
17732 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17733 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17734
17735 \(fn)" t nil)
17736
17737 ;;;***
17738 \f
17739 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18335
17740 ;;;;;; 54514))
17741 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17742
17743 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17744 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17745 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17746
17747 \(fn)" t nil)
17748
17749 ;;;***
17750 \f
17751 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18335 54514))
17752 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17753
17754 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17755
17756 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17757 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17758 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17759 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17760 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17761 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17762 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17763
17764 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17765 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17766 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17767 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17768
17769 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17770
17771 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17772 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17773
17774 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17775
17776 ;;;***
17777 \f
17778 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18335 54514))
17779 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17780
17781 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17782 Toggle Master mode.
17783 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17784 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17785 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17786
17787 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17788 following commands:
17789
17790 \\{master-mode-map}
17791
17792 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17793 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17794 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17795
17796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17797
17798 ;;;***
17799 \f
17800 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17801 ;;;;;; (18335 54514))
17802 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17803
17804 (defvar minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode nil "\
17805 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Indicate-Depth mode is enabled.
17806 See the command `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17807 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17808 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17809 or call the function `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode'.")
17810
17811 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17812
17813 (autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" "\
17814 Toggle Minibuffer Indicate Depth mode.
17815 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17816 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17817 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17818
17819 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17820 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17821
17822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17823
17824 ;;;***
17825 \f
17826 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18376
17827 ;;;;;; 39969))
17828 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17829
17830 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17831
17832 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17833 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17834 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17835 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17836 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17837 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17838
17839 (custom-autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" nil)
17840
17841 (autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" "\
17842 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17843 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17844 created in the future.
17845 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17846 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17847
17848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17849
17850 ;;;***
17851 \f
17852 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17853 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17854 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17855 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17856 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17857 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17858 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18375 34229))
17859 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17860
17861 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17862
17863 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17864 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17865 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17866 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17867 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17868 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17869 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17870 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17871 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17872 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17873 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17874 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17875 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17876 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17877 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17878 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17879 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17880 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17881 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17882 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17883 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17884 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17885 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17886 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17887 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17888 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17889 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17890 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17891 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17892 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17893 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17894 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17895 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17896 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17897 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17898 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17899 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17900 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17901
17902 \(fn)" t nil)
17903
17904 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17905 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17906 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17907 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17908 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17909
17910 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17911
17912 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17913 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17914
17915 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17916
17917 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17918 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17919
17920 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17921
17922 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17923 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17924
17925 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17926
17927 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17928 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17929 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17930
17931 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17932
17933 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17934 Cancel an article you posted.
17935 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17936
17937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17938
17939 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17940 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17941 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17942 header line with the old Message-ID.
17943
17944 \(fn)" t nil)
17945
17946 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17947 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17948
17949 \(fn)" t nil)
17950
17951 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17952 Forward the current message via mail.
17953 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17954 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17955
17956 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17957
17958 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17959 Not documented
17960
17961 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17962
17963 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17964 Not documented
17965
17966 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17967
17968 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17969 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17970
17971 \(fn)" t nil)
17972
17973 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17974 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17975
17976 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17977
17978 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17979 Re-mail the current message.
17980 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17981 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17982 you.
17983
17984 \(fn)" t nil)
17985
17986 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17987 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17988
17989 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17990
17991 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17992 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17993
17994 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17995
17996 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17997 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17998
17999 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18000
18001 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18002 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18003
18004 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18005
18006 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18007 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18008 Works by overstriking characters.
18009 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18010 which specify the range to operate on.
18011
18012 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18013
18014 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18015 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18016 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18017 which specify the range to operate on.
18018
18019 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18020
18021 ;;;***
18022 \f
18023 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
18024 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
18025 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18026
18027 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18028 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18029 Special commands:
18030 \\{meta-mode-map}
18031
18032 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
18033 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18034
18035 \(fn)" t nil)
18036
18037 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18038 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18039 Special commands:
18040 \\{meta-mode-map}
18041
18042 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
18043 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18044
18045 \(fn)" t nil)
18046
18047 ;;;***
18048 \f
18049 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18050 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18051 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
18052 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18053
18054 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18055 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18056 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18057
18058 \(fn)" t nil)
18059
18060 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18061 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18062 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18063 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18064 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18065 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18066 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18067
18068 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18069
18070 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18071 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18072 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18073 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18074 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18075 means current).
18076 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18077 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18078
18079 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18080
18081 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18082 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18083 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18084 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18085 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18086 means current).
18087 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18088 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18089
18090 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18091
18092 ;;;***
18093 \f
18094 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18095 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18096 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18368 43878))
18097 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18098
18099 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18100 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18101 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18102
18103 \(fn)" t nil)
18104
18105 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18106 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18107 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18108
18109 \(fn)" t nil)
18110
18111 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18112 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18113
18114 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18115 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18116 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18117
18118 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18119 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18120
18121 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18122 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18123
18124 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18125
18126 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18127
18128 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18129 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18130 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18131 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18132 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18133 as `compose-mail'.
18134
18135 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18136 initial Subject field, respectively.
18137
18138 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18139 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18140 are strings.
18141
18142 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18143 ignored.
18144
18145 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18146
18147 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18148 Save draft and send message.
18149
18150 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18151 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18152 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18153 Mail Delivery*\".
18154
18155 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18156 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18157 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18158
18159 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18160 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18161 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18162 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18163 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18164 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18165
18166 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18167 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18168
18169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18170
18171 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18172 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18173
18174 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18175 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18176 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18177 delete the draft message.
18178
18179 \(fn)" t nil)
18180
18181 ;;;***
18182 \f
18183 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18380 36747))
18184 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18185
18186 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18187
18188 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18189
18190 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18191
18192 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18193 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18194
18195 \(fn)" t nil)
18196
18197 ;;;***
18198 \f
18199 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18200 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18335 54538))
18201 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18202
18203 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18204 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18205 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18206
18207 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18208 the MH mail system.
18209
18210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18211
18212 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18213 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18214 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18215
18216 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18217 the MH mail system.
18218
18219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18220
18221 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18222 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18223
18224 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18225 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18226 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18227 separate command.
18228
18229 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18230 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18231 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18232 format.
18233
18234 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18235
18236 Ranges
18237 ======
18238 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18239 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18240 can be used in several ways.
18241
18242 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18243 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18244 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18245 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18246 page):
18247
18248 <num1>-<num2>
18249 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18250 The range must be nonempty.
18251
18252 <num>:N
18253 <num>:+N
18254 <num>:-N
18255 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18256 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18257 last.
18258
18259 first:N
18260 prev:N
18261 next:N
18262 last:N
18263 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18264
18265 all
18266 All of the messages.
18267
18268 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18269 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18270
18271 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18272 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18273 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18274
18275 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18276
18277 \(fn)" t nil)
18278
18279 ;;;***
18280 \f
18281 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18282 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18335 54515))
18283 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18284
18285 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18286 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18287 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18288 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18289 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18290 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18291 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18292 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18293 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18294 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18295 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18296
18297 \(fn)" t nil)
18298
18299 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18300 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18301 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18302 to its second argument TM.
18303
18304 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18305
18306 ;;;***
18307 \f
18308 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18309 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18335 54515))
18310 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18311
18312 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18313 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18314 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18315 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18316 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18317 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18318
18319 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18320
18321 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18322 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18323 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18324 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18325 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18326 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18327 default indication.
18328
18329 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18330 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18331
18332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18333
18334 ;;;***
18335 \f
18336 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18337 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
18338 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18339
18340 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18341 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18342 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18343
18344 \(fn)" t nil)
18345
18346 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18347
18348 ;;;***
18349 \f
18350 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18351 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18335 54533))
18352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18353
18354 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18355 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18356
18357 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18358
18359 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18360 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18361 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18362 the entire message.
18363 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18364
18365 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18366
18367 ;;;***
18368 \f
18369 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18370 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
18371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18372
18373 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18374 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18375 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18376 the entire message.
18377 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18378
18379 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18380
18381 ;;;***
18382 \f
18383 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18384 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18335 54533))
18385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18386
18387 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18388 Insert file contents of URL.
18389 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18390
18391 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18392
18393 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18394 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18395
18396 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18397
18398 ;;;***
18399 \f
18400 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18401 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18376 47168))
18402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18403
18404 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18405 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18406 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18407 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18408 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18409
18410 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18411
18412 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18413 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18414 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18415
18416 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18417
18418 ;;;***
18419 \f
18420 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18421 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
18422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18423
18424 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18425 Not documented
18426
18427 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18428
18429 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18430 Not documented
18431
18432 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18433
18434 ;;;***
18435 \f
18436 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18437 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18438 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18369 28759))
18439 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18440
18441 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18442 Not documented
18443
18444 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18445
18446 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18447 Not documented
18448
18449 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18450
18451 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18452 Not documented
18453
18454 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18455
18456 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18457 Not documented
18458
18459 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18460
18461 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18462 Not documented
18463
18464 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18465
18466 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18467 Not documented
18468
18469 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18470
18471 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18472 Not documented
18473
18474 \(fn)" nil nil)
18475
18476 ;;;***
18477 \f
18478 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18479 ;;;;;; (18154 63989))
18480 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18481
18482 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18483 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18484 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18485 followed by the first character of the construct.
18486 \\<m2-mode-map>
18487 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18488 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18489 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18490 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18491 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18492 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18493 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18494 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18495 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18496 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18497 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18498 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18499 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18500 \\[m2-link] link
18501
18502 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18503 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18504 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18505
18506 \(fn)" t nil)
18507
18508 ;;;***
18509 \f
18510 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18511 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
18512 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18513
18514 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18515 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18516
18517 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18518
18519 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18520 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18521
18522 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18523
18524 ;;;***
18525 \f
18526 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18335
18527 ;;;;;; 54515))
18528 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18529
18530 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18531 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18532 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18534 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18535 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18536
18537 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18538
18539 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18540 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18541 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18542 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18543
18544 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18545
18546 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18547
18548 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18549
18550 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18551 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18552 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18553 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18554 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18555 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18556
18557 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18558 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18559 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18560 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18561 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18562
18563 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18564 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18565
18566 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18567 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18568
18569 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18570
18571 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18572 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18573 primary selection and region.
18574
18575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18576
18577 ;;;***
18578 \f
18579 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18335 54541))
18580 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18581
18582 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18583 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18584
18585 \(fn)" t nil)
18586
18587 ;;;***
18588 \f
18589 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18335 54515))
18590 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18591
18592 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18593 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18594 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18595 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18596 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18597 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18598
18599 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18600
18601 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18602 Toggle Msb mode.
18603 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18604 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18605 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18606
18607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18608
18609 ;;;***
18610 \f
18611 ;;;### (autoloads (unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag list-input-methods
18612 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
18613 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18614 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18615 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18616 ;;;;;; (18343 28560))
18617 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18618
18619 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18620 Display a list of all character sets.
18621
18622 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18623 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18624 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18625 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18626
18627 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18628 but still shows the full information.
18629
18630 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18631
18632 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18633 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18634 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18635
18636 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18637 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18638 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18639 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18640 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18641
18642 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18643
18644 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18645 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18646
18647 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18648
18649 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18650 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18651
18652 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18653
18654 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18655 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18656
18657 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18658
18659 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18660 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18661
18662 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18663 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18664 in place of `..':
18665 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18666 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18667 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18668 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18669 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18670 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18671 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18672 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18673 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18674 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18675 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18676 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18677 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18678 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18679 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18680 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18681
18682 \(fn)" t nil)
18683
18684 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18685 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18686
18687 \(fn)" t nil)
18688
18689 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18690 Display a list of all coding systems.
18691 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18692
18693 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18694 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18695
18696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18697
18698 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18699 Display a list of all coding categories.
18700
18701 \(fn)" nil nil)
18702
18703 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18704 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18705 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18706
18707 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18708
18709 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18710 Display information about FONTSET.
18711 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18712
18713 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18714
18715 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18716 Display a list of all fontsets.
18717 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18718 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18719 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18720
18721 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18722
18723 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18724 Display information about all input methods.
18725
18726 \(fn)" t nil)
18727
18728 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18729 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18730
18731 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18732 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18733 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18734 system which uses fontsets).
18735
18736 \(fn)" t nil)
18737
18738 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
18739 Location of UnicodeData file.
18740 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
18741 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
18742 looked up from it.")
18743
18744 (custom-autoload 'unicodedata-file "mule-diag" t)
18745
18746 (autoload 'unicode-data "mule-diag" "\
18747 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
18748 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
18749 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
18750
18751 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18752
18753 ;;;***
18754 \f
18755 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18756 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18757 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18758 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18759 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18760 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18364 47319))
18761 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18762
18763 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18764 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18765 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18766
18767 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18768
18769 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18770
18771 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18772 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18773
18774 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18775 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18776
18777 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18778 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18779
18780 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18781
18782 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18783 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18784 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18785 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18786 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18787 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18788 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18789
18790 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18791 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18792 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18793 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18794 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18795 middle of a character in STR.
18796
18797 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18798 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18799
18800 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18801 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18802 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18803 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18804 defaults to \"...\".
18805
18806 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18807
18808 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18809 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18810
18811 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18812 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18813 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18814
18815 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18816 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18817 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18818
18819 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18820 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18821 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18822 is considered.
18823 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18824 longer than KEYSEQ.
18825 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18826
18827 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18828
18829 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18830 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18831 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18832 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18833 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18834 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18835 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18836 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18837 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18838 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18839 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18840
18841 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18842
18843 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18844 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18845
18846 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18847
18848 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18849 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18850
18851 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18852
18853 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18854 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18855
18856 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18857
18858 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18859 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18860
18861 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18862
18863 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18864 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18865 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
18866 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
18867 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18868
18869 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18870
18871 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18872 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18873 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18874 coding systems ordered by priority.
18875
18876 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18877
18878 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18879 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18880 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18881 language environment LANG-ENV.
18882
18883 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18884
18885 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18886 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18887 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18888 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18889 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18890 basis, this may not be accurate.
18891
18892 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18893
18894 ;;;***
18895 \f
18896 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18897 ;;;;;; (18335 54515))
18898 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18899
18900 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18901 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18902 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18903 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18904 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18905 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18906
18907 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18908
18909 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18910 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18911 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18912 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18913
18914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18915
18916 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18917 Enable mouse wheel support.
18918
18919 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18920
18921 ;;;***
18922 \f
18923 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18924 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18925 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat iwconfig ifconfig
18926 ;;;;;; ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18376 47169))
18927 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18928
18929 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18930 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18931
18932 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18933
18934 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18935 Ping HOST.
18936 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18937 `ping-program-options'.
18938
18939 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18940
18941 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18942 Run ifconfig program.
18943
18944 \(fn)" t nil)
18945
18946 (defalias 'ipconfig 'ifconfig)
18947
18948 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18949 Run iwconfig program.
18950
18951 \(fn)" t nil)
18952
18953 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18954 Run netstat program.
18955
18956 \(fn)" t nil)
18957
18958 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18959 Run arp program.
18960
18961 \(fn)" t nil)
18962
18963 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18964 Run route program.
18965
18966 \(fn)" t nil)
18967
18968 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18969 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18970
18971 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18972
18973 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18974 Run nslookup program.
18975
18976 \(fn)" t nil)
18977
18978 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18979 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18980
18981 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18982
18983 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18984 Run dig program.
18985
18986 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18987
18988 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18989 Run ftp program.
18990
18991 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18992
18993 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18994 Finger USER on HOST.
18995
18996 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18997
18998 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18999 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19000 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19001 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19002
19003 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19004
19005 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19006 Not documented
19007
19008 \(fn)" t nil)
19009
19010 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19011 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19012
19013 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19014
19015 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19016 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19017
19018 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19019
19020 ;;;***
19021 \f
19022 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19023 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19024 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19025 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19026 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19027 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18335 54515))
19028 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19029
19030 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19031
19032 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19033
19034 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19035
19036 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19037
19038 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19039 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19040 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19041 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19042 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19043 Major modes should set this variable.")
19044
19045 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19046 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19047 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19048 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19049 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19050 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19051
19052 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19053 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19054
19055 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19056 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19057 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19058
19059 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19060 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19061 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19062 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19063 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19064
19065 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19066 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19067 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19068
19069 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19070 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19071 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19072 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19073
19074 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19075 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19076 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19077 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19078 column indentation or nil.
19079 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19080
19081 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19082 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19083 The function has no args.
19084
19085 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19086 comments always start in column zero.")
19087
19088 (defvar comment-style 'indent-or-triple "\
19089 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19090 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19091
19092 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19093
19094 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19095 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19096 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19097 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19098
19099 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19100 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19101
19102 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19103
19104 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19105 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19106 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19107 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19108 customize this variable.
19109
19110 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19111 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19112
19113 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19114
19115 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19116 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19117 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19118 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19119 the variables are properly set.
19120
19121 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19122
19123 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19124 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19125
19126 \(fn)" nil nil)
19127
19128 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19129 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19130 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19131
19132 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19133
19134 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19135 Set the comment column based on point.
19136 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19137 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19138 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19139 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19140
19141 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19142
19143 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19144 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19145 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19146
19147 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19148
19149 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19150 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19151 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19152 comment markers.
19153
19154 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19155
19156 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19157 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19158 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19159 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19160 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19161 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19162 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19163 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19164
19165 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19166 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19167
19168 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19169
19170 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19171 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19172 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19173 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19174
19175 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19176
19177 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19178 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19179 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19180 is passed on to the respective function.
19181
19182 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19183
19184 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19185 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19186 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19187 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19188 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19189 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19190 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19191 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19192 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19193 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19194
19195 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19196
19197 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19198 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19199 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19200
19201 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19202
19203 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19204 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19205 This indents the body of the continued comment
19206 under the previous comment line.
19207
19208 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19209 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19210 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19211
19212 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19213 or comment indentation.
19214
19215 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19216 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19217
19218 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19219
19220 ;;;***
19221 \f
19222 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19223 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19224 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18335 54538))
19225 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19226
19227 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19228 Check whether newsticker is running.
19229 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19230 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19231
19232 \(fn)" nil nil)
19233
19234 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19235 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19236 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19237 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19238 empty.
19239
19240 \(fn)" nil nil)
19241
19242 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newsticker" "\
19243 Start the newsticker.
19244 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19245 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19246 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19247 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19248
19249 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19250
19251 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newsticker" "\
19252 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19253 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19254 running already.
19255
19256 \(fn)" t nil)
19257
19258 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newsticker" "\
19259 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19260
19261 \(fn)" t nil)
19262
19263 ;;;***
19264 \f
19265 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19266 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
19267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19268
19269 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19270 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19271
19272 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19273
19274 ;;;***
19275 \f
19276 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18379
19277 ;;;;;; 56162))
19278 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19279
19280 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19281 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19282 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19283 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19284 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19285 symbol in the alist.
19286
19287 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19288
19289 ;;;***
19290 \f
19291 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19292 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
19293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19294
19295 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19296 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19297 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19298
19299 \(fn)" t nil)
19300
19301 ;;;***
19302 \f
19303 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19304 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
19305 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19306
19307 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19308 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19309 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19310
19311 \(fn)" t nil)
19312
19313 ;;;***
19314 \f
19315 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19316 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
19317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19318
19319 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19320 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19321
19322 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19323
19324 ;;;***
19325 \f
19326 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19327 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18335 54533))
19328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19329
19330 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19331 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19332
19333 \(fn)" t nil)
19334
19335 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19336 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19337
19338 \(fn)" t nil)
19339
19340 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19341 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19342
19343 \(fn)" t nil)
19344
19345 ;;;***
19346 \f
19347 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19348 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18335 54515))
19349 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19350
19351 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19352 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19353 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19354
19355 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19356
19357 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19358 Not documented
19359
19360 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19361
19362 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19363 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19364 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19365 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19366 to future sessions.
19367
19368 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19369
19370 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19371 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19372 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19373 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19374 to future sessions.
19375
19376 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19377
19378 ;;;***
19379 \f
19380 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19381 ;;;;;; (18335 54544))
19382 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19383
19384 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19385 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19386 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19387 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19388 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19389 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19390
19391 \(fn)" t nil)
19392
19393 ;;;***
19394 \f
19395 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19396 ;;;;;; (18335 54539))
19397 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19398
19399 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19400 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19401 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19402 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19403
19404 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19405
19406 ;;;***
19407 \f
19408 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18362
19409 ;;;;;; 26778))
19410 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19411
19412 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19413 Major mode for editing XML.
19414
19415 Syntax highlighting is performed unless the variable
19416 `nxml-syntax-highlight-flag' is nil.
19417
19418 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19419 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19420 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19421 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19422 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19423 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19424 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19425
19426 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19427
19428 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19429 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19430
19431 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19432 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19433 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19434 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19435 instead of C-c.
19436
19437 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19438 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19439 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19440 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled. You
19441 can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19442 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19443
19444 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19445 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19446 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19447
19448 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19449 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name). \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char]
19450 inserts the character directly.
19451
19452 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19453 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19454 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19455 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19456 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19457 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19458 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19459 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19460 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19461
19462 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19463
19464 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19465 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19466
19467 \(fn)" t nil)
19468
19469 ;;;***
19470 \f
19471 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19472 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18335 54540))
19473 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19474
19475 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19476 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19477 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19478 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19479
19480 \(fn)" t nil)
19481
19482 ;;;***
19483 \f
19484 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19485 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
19486 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19487
19488 (autoload 'octave-help "octave-hlp" "\
19489 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19490 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19491 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19492 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19493
19494 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19495
19496 ;;;***
19497 \f
19498 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19499 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
19500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19501
19502 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19503 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19504 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19505
19506 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19507
19508 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19509 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19510
19511 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19512 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19513 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19514
19515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19516
19517 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19518
19519 ;;;***
19520 \f
19521 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19522 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
19523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19524
19525 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19526 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19527
19528 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19529 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19530 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19531 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19532
19533 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19534 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19535 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19536 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19537 is why you need this mode!).
19538
19539 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19540 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19541 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19542
19543 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19544
19545 Keybindings
19546 ===========
19547
19548 \\{octave-mode-map}
19549
19550 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19551 ==============================================
19552
19553 `octave-auto-indent'
19554 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19555 Default is nil.
19556
19557 `octave-auto-newline'
19558 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19559 Default is nil.
19560
19561 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19562 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19563 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19564
19565 `octave-block-offset'
19566 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19567 Default is 2.
19568
19569 `octave-continuation-offset'
19570 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19571 Default is 4.
19572
19573 `octave-continuation-string'
19574 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19575 Default is a backslash.
19576
19577 `octave-send-echo-input'
19578 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19579 command to the inferior Octave process.
19580
19581 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19582 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19583 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19584
19585 `octave-send-echo-input'
19586 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19587
19588 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19589
19590 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19591 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19592
19593 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19594
19595 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19596 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19597
19598 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19599 (lambda ()
19600 (abbrev-mode 1)
19601 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19602
19603 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19604 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19605 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19606 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19607
19608 \(fn)" t nil)
19609
19610 ;;;***
19611 \f
19612 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19613 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects
19614 ;;;;;; org-tags-view org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files
19615 ;;;;;; org-batch-store-agenda-views org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv
19616 ;;;;;; org-batch-agenda org-agenda org-agenda-to-appt org-remember-handler
19617 ;;;;;; org-remember org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19618 ;;;;;; org-remember-insinuate org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global
19619 ;;;;;; org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-run-like-in-org-mode
19620 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19621 ;;;;;; org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el" (18384 53312))
19622 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19623
19624 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19625 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19626 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19627
19628 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19629 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19630 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19631 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19632 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19633 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19634 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19635 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19636 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19637 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19638
19639 The following commands are available:
19640
19641 \\{org-mode-map}
19642
19643 \(fn)" t nil)
19644
19645 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19646 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19647
19648 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19649 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19650 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19651 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19652 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19653
19654 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19655 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19656 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19657 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19658 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19659 and zoom in further.
19660 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19661
19662 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19663 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19664 is negative, go up that many levels.
19665
19666 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19667 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19668 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19669
19670 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19671 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19672 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19673
19674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19675
19676 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19677 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19678
19679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19680
19681 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19682 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19683 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19684 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19685 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19686 of Org-mode).
19687
19688 M-up Move entry/item up
19689 M-down Move entry/item down
19690 M-left Promote
19691 M-right Demote
19692 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19693 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19694 M-S-left Promote subtree
19695 M-S-right Demote subtree
19696 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19697 C-c ^ Sort entries
19698 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19699 TAB Cycle item visibility
19700 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19701 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19702 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19703
19704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19705
19706 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19707 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19708
19709 \(fn)" nil nil)
19710
19711 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19712 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19713 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19714 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19715 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19716
19717 \(fn)" nil nil)
19718
19719 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19720 Not documented
19721
19722 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19723
19724 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19725 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19726
19727 \(fn)" nil nil)
19728
19729 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org" "\
19730 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19731
19732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19733
19734 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19735 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19736 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19737 \\[org-insert-link].
19738 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19739 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19740 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19741
19742 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19743
19744 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19745 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19746 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19747
19748 \(fn)" t nil)
19749
19750 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19751 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19752 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19753 Org-mode syntax.
19754
19755 \(fn)" t nil)
19756
19757 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org" "\
19758 Setup remember.el for use wiht Org-mode.
19759
19760 \(fn)" nil nil)
19761
19762 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org" "\
19763 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19764 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19765 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19766 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19767
19768 \(fn)" nil nil)
19769
19770 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org" "\
19771 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19772 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19773 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19774
19775 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19776
19777 (autoload 'org-remember "org" "\
19778 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19779 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19780 of the remember buffer.
19781
19782 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19783 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19784 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19785 note stored by remember.
19786
19787 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19788 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19789
19790 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19791
19792 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org" "\
19793 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19794 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19795 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19796 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19797 file the text at a specific location.
19798 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19799 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19800 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19801
19802 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19803 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19804 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
19805 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19806 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19807 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19808 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19809 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19810
19811 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19812 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19813 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
19814 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
19815 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
19816 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
19817
19818 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19819 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19820 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19821
19822 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19823 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19824 \(i.e. after the stars).
19825
19826 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19827
19828 \(fn)" nil nil)
19829
19830 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org" "\
19831 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19832 When prefixed, prompt for a regular expression and use it as a
19833 filter: only add entries if they match this regular expression.
19834
19835 FILTER can be a string. In this case, use this string as a
19836 regular expression to filter results.
19837
19838 FILTER can also be an alist, with the car of each cell being
19839 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19840
19841 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19842 (category \"Work\"))
19843
19844 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19845 belonging to the category \"Work\".
19846
19847 \(fn &optional FILTER)" t nil)
19848
19849 (autoload 'org-agenda "org" "\
19850 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19851 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19852 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19853
19854 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19855 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19856 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19857 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19858 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19859 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19860 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19861 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19862 e Export views to associated files.
19863
19864 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19865 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19866 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19867
19868 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19869 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19870 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19871 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19872 \(if active).
19873
19874 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19875
19876 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org" "\
19877 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19878 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19879 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19880 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19881 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19882 before running the agenda command.
19883
19884 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19885
19886 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org" "\
19887 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19888 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19889 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19890 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19891 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19892 before running the agenda command.
19893
19894 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19895 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19896
19897 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19898
19899 category The category of the item
19900 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19901 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19902 todo selected in TODO match
19903 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19904 diary imported from diary
19905 deadline a deadline on given date
19906 scheduled scheduled on given date
19907 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19908 closed entry was closed on given date
19909 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19910 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19911 block entry has date block including g. date
19912 todo The todo keyword, if any
19913 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19914 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19915 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19916 extra Sting with extra planning info
19917 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19918 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19919 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19920
19921 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19922
19923 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org" "\
19924 Not documented
19925
19926 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19927
19928 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org" "\
19929 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19930
19931 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19932
19933 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19934 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19935 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19936 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19937
19938 \(fn)" t nil)
19939
19940 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org" "\
19941 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19942 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19943 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19944
19945 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19946 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19947 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19948 agenda instead.
19949
19950 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19951 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19952 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19953
19954 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19955 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19956
19957 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19958
19959 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org" "\
19960 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19961 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19962 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19963 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19964 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19965
19966 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19967
19968 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org" "\
19969 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19970 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19971
19972 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19973
19974 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org" "\
19975 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19976 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19977 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19978 `org-stuck-projects'.
19979 MATCH is being ignored.
19980
19981 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19982
19983 (autoload 'org-diary "org" "\
19984 Return diary information from org-files.
19985 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19986 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19987 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19988 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19989
19990 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19991 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19992 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19993
19994 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19995
19996 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19997 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19998 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19999 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
20000
20001 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
20002 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
20003 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
20004
20005 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
20006 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
20007 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
20008 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
20009
20010 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20011
20012 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20013
20014 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20015 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20016
20017 &%%(org-diary)
20018
20019 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20020 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20021 So the example above may also be written as
20022
20023 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20024
20025 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20026 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20027 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20028
20029 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20030
20031 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org" "\
20032 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20033 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20034 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20035
20036 \(fn)" t nil)
20037
20038 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org" "\
20039 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20040 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20041 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20042
20043 \(fn)" t nil)
20044
20045 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org" "\
20046 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20047 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20048
20049 \(fn)" t nil)
20050
20051 ;;;***
20052 \f
20053 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
20054 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20055 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "textmodes/org-export-latex.el"
20056 ;;;;;; (18335 54544))
20057 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-export-latex.el
20058
20059 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20060 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
20061 emacs --batch
20062 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20063 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20064 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20065
20066 \(fn)" nil nil)
20067
20068 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20069 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20070 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20071
20072 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20073
20074 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20075 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20076 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20077 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20078 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20079 then use this command to convert it.
20080
20081 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20082
20083 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20084 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20085 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20086 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20087 cut-and-paste operations.
20088 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20089 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20090 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20091 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20092
20093 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20094
20095 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20096 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20097
20098 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20099
20100 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20101 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20102 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20103 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20104 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20105 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20106 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20107 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20108 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20109 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20110 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20111 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20112 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20113 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20114 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
20115 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
20116
20117 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY)" t nil)
20118
20119 ;;;***
20120 \f
20121 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-all org-publish-current-file org-publish-current-project
20122 ;;;;;; org-publish) "org-publish" "textmodes/org-publish.el" (18356
20123 ;;;;;; 12618))
20124 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-publish.el
20125
20126 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20127 Publish the project PROJECT-NAME.
20128
20129 \(fn PROJECT-NAME &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20130
20131 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20132 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20133 With prefix argument, force publishing all files in project.
20134
20135 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20136
20137 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20138 Publish the current file.
20139 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20140
20141 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20142
20143 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20144 Publish all projects.
20145 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20146
20147 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20148
20149 ;;;***
20150 \f
20151 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20152 ;;;;;; (18335 54515))
20153 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20154 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20155
20156 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20157 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20158 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20159 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20160
20161 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20162 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20163 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20164 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20165
20166 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20167 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20168 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20169 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20170 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20171 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20172
20173 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20174 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20175 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20176
20177 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20178 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20179 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20180 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20181 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20182 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20183 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20184 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20185 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20186 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20187 The subheadings remain visible.
20188 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20189
20190 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20191 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20192 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20193
20194 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20195 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20196
20197 \(fn)" t nil)
20198
20199 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20200 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20201 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20202 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20203
20204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20205
20206 ;;;***
20207 \f
20208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (18335
20209 ;;;;;; 54545))
20210 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
20211 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20212 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20213 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20214 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20215 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20216 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20217 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20218 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20219 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20220
20221 ;;;***
20222 \f
20223 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18335 54515))
20224 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20225
20226 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20227 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20228 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20229 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20230 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20231 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20232
20233 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20234
20235 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20236 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20237 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20238 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20239
20240 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20241 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20242
20243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20244
20245 ;;;***
20246 \f
20247 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20248 ;;;;;; (18335 54521))
20249 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20250
20251 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20252 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20253 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20254 unknown are returned as nil.
20255
20256 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20257
20258 ;;;***
20259 \f
20260 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18335
20261 ;;;;;; 54543))
20262 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20263
20264 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20265 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20266 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20267
20268 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20269 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20270
20271 Other useful functions are:
20272
20273 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20274 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20275 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20276 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20277 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20278 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20279 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20280 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20281 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20282
20283 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20284
20285 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20286 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20287 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20288 Indentation for case statements.
20289 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20290 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20291 mark after an end.
20292 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20293 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20294 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20295 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20296 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20297 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20298 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20299 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20300 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20301 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20302
20303 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20304 pascal-separator-keywords.
20305
20306 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20307 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20308
20309 \(fn)" t nil)
20310
20311 ;;;***
20312 \f
20313 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20314 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
20315 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20316
20317 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20318 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20319 The keys affected are:
20320 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20321 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20322 M-Backspace does undo.
20323 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20324 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20325 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20326
20327 \(fn)" t nil)
20328
20329 ;;;***
20330 \f
20331 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20332 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
20333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20334
20335 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20336 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20337 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20338 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20339 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20340 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20341
20342 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20343
20344 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20345 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20346
20347 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20348
20349 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20350 which modify the status of the mark.
20351
20352 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20353 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20354
20355 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20356 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20357
20358 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20359 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20360 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20361 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20362 turning PC Selection mode on.
20363
20364 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20365 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20366
20367 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20368 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20369 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20370
20371 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20372 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20373 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20374
20375 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20376 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20377
20378 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20379 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20380 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20381
20382 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20383 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20384 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20385
20386 F6 other-window
20387 DELETE delete-char
20388 C-DELETE kill-line
20389 M-DELETE kill-word
20390 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20391 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20392 M-BACKSPACE undo
20393
20394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20395
20396 ;;;***
20397 \f
20398 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18335
20399 ;;;;;; 54515))
20400 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20401
20402 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20403 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20404
20405 \(fn)" nil nil)
20406
20407 ;;;***
20408 \f
20409 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20410 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18335 54515))
20411 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20412
20413 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20414 Completion for `gzip'.
20415
20416 \(fn)" nil nil)
20417
20418 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20419 Completion for `bzip2'.
20420
20421 \(fn)" nil nil)
20422
20423 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20424 Completion for GNU `make'.
20425
20426 \(fn)" nil nil)
20427
20428 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20429 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20430
20431 \(fn)" nil nil)
20432
20433 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20434
20435 ;;;***
20436 \f
20437 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20438 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18335 54515))
20439 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20440
20441 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20442 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20443
20444 \(fn)" nil nil)
20445
20446 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20447 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20448
20449 \(fn)" nil nil)
20450
20451 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20452 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20453
20454 \(fn)" nil nil)
20455
20456 ;;;***
20457 \f
20458 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18335
20459 ;;;;;; 54515))
20460 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20461
20462 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20463 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20464 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20465 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20466 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20467 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20468
20469 \(fn)" nil nil)
20470
20471 ;;;***
20472 \f
20473 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20474 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20475 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18348 20419))
20476 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20477
20478 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20479 Completion for `cd'.
20480
20481 \(fn)" nil nil)
20482
20483 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20484
20485 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20486 Completion for `rmdir'.
20487
20488 \(fn)" nil nil)
20489
20490 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20491 Completion for `rm'.
20492
20493 \(fn)" nil nil)
20494
20495 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20496 Completion for `xargs'.
20497
20498 \(fn)" nil nil)
20499
20500 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20501
20502 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20503 Completion for `which'.
20504
20505 \(fn)" nil nil)
20506
20507 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20508 Completion for the `chown' command.
20509
20510 \(fn)" nil nil)
20511
20512 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20513 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20514
20515 \(fn)" nil nil)
20516
20517 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20518 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20519
20520 \(fn)" nil nil)
20521
20522 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20523 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20524 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20525
20526 \(fn)" nil nil)
20527
20528 ;;;***
20529 \f
20530 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20531 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20532 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18335
20533 ;;;;;; 54515))
20534 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20535
20536 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20537 Support extensible programmable completion.
20538 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20539 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20540
20541 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20542
20543 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20544 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20545
20546 \(fn)" t nil)
20547
20548 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20549 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20550 This will modify the current buffer.
20551
20552 \(fn)" t nil)
20553
20554 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20555 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20556
20557 \(fn)" t nil)
20558
20559 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20560 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20561 This will modify the current buffer.
20562
20563 \(fn)" t nil)
20564
20565 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20566 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20567
20568 \(fn)" t nil)
20569
20570 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20571 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20572
20573 \(fn)" t nil)
20574
20575 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20576 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20577 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20578 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20579 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20580
20581 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20582
20583 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20584 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20585
20586 \(fn)" nil nil)
20587
20588 ;;;***
20589 \f
20590 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20591 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20592 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18335 54515))
20593 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20594
20595 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20596 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20597 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20598 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20599
20600 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20601
20602 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20603
20604 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20605 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20606 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20607 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20608 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20609 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20610 FLAGS is ignored.
20611
20612 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20613
20614 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20615 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20616 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20617 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20618 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20619 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20620 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20621 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20622
20623 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20624
20625 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20626 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20627 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20628 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20629 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20630 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20631 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20632 passed to cvs.
20633
20634 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20635
20636 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20637 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20638 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20639 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20640 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20641 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20642 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20643
20644 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20645
20646 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
20647
20648 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20649 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20650 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20651
20652 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20653
20654 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20655 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20656 A value of nil means never do it.
20657 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20658 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20659 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20660
20661 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20662
20663 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20664 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20665 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20666
20667 ;;;***
20668 \f
20669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18335 54515))
20670 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20671
20672 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20673
20674 ;;;***
20675 \f
20676 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20677 ;;;;;; (18341 12917))
20678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20679 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20680 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20681 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20682 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20683 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20684 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20685
20686 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20687 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20688 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20689 Tab indents for Perl code.
20690 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20691 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20692 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20693 \\{perl-mode-map}
20694 Variables controlling indentation style:
20695 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20696 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20697 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20698 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20699 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20700 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20701 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20702 `perl-nochange'
20703 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20704 `perl-indent-level'
20705 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20706 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20707 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20708 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20709 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20710 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20711 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20712 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20713 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20714 `perl-brace-offset'
20715 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20716 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20717 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20718 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20719 `perl-label-offset'
20720 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20721 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20722 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20723
20724 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20725 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20726 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20727 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20728 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20729 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20730 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20731
20732 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20733
20734 \(fn)" t nil)
20735
20736 ;;;***
20737 \f
20738 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20739 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20740 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20741 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18335 54515))
20742 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20743
20744 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20745 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20746
20747 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20748
20749 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20750 passphrase cache or user.
20751
20752 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20753
20754 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20755 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20756
20757 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20758 cache or user.
20759
20760 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20761
20762 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20763 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20764
20765 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20766 the region.
20767
20768 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20769 passphrase cache or user.
20770
20771 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20772
20773 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20774 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20775
20776 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20777
20778 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20779 the region.
20780
20781 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20782 passphrase cache or user.
20783
20784 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20785
20786 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20787 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20788
20789 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20790 passphrase cache or user.
20791
20792 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20793
20794 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20795 Decrypt the current buffer.
20796
20797 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20798 the region.
20799
20800 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20801 passphrase cache or user.
20802
20803 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20804
20805 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20806 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20807
20808 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20809 a detached signature.
20810
20811 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20812 and the output is displayed.
20813
20814 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20815 passphrase cache or user.
20816
20817 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20818
20819 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20820 Sign the current buffer.
20821
20822 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20823 detached signature.
20824
20825 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20826 within the region.
20827
20828 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20829 and the output is displayed.
20830
20831 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20832 passphrase cache or user.
20833
20834 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20835
20836 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20837 Verify the current region between START and END.
20838 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20839 the detached signature of the current region.
20840
20841 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20842 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20843
20844 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20845
20846 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20847 Verify the current buffer.
20848 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20849 the detached signature of the current region.
20850 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20851 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20852 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20853 within the region.
20854
20855 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20856
20857 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20858 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20859
20860 \(fn)" t nil)
20861
20862 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20863 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20864
20865 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20866
20867 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20868 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20869
20870 \(fn)" t nil)
20871
20872 ;;;***
20873 \f
20874 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20875 ;;;;;; (18335 54515))
20876 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20877
20878 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20879 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20880
20881 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20882
20883 ;;;***
20884 \f
20885 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20886 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
20887 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20888
20889 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20890 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20891 \\<picture-mode-map>
20892 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20893 afterwards settable by these commands:
20894
20895 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20896 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20897 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20898 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20899
20900 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20901 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20902 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20903 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20904
20905 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20906 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20907 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20908 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20909
20910 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20911 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20912 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20913 with these commands:
20914
20915 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20916 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20917 Move to column following last
20918 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20919 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20920 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20921 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20922 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20923 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20924
20925 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20926
20927 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20928 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20929 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20930 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20931 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20932 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20933
20934 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20935 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20936 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20937 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20938 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20939 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20940 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20941
20942 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20943 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20944 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20945 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20946 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20947 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20948 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20949 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20950
20951 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20952 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20953 by supplying an argument.
20954
20955 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20956
20957 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20958 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20959
20960 \(fn)" t nil)
20961
20962 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20963
20964 ;;;***
20965 \f
20966 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20967 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
20968 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20969
20970 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20971 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20972 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20973
20974 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20975
20976 ;;;***
20977 \f
20978 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18335 54541))
20979 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20980
20981 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20982 Play pong and waste time.
20983 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20984 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20985
20986 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20987
20988 \\{pong-mode-map}
20989
20990 \(fn)" t nil)
20991
20992 ;;;***
20993 \f
20994 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20995 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (18335 54522))
20996 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20997
20998 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20999 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21000 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21001 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21002
21003 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21004
21005 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21006 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21007
21008 \(fn)" nil nil)
21009
21010 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21011 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21012 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21013 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21014 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21015
21016 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21017
21018 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21019 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21020 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21021
21022 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21023
21024 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21025 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
21026 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21027 Ignores leading comment characters.
21028
21029 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21030
21031 ;;;***
21032 \f
21033 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21034 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21035 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21036 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21037 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21038 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21039 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21040 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21041 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21042 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21043 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21044 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21045 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21046 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21047 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21048 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21049 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21050 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21051 ;;;;;; (18335 54515))
21052 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21053
21054 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21055 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21056
21057 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21058
21059 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21060
21061 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21062
21063 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21064 Preview directory using ghostview.
21065
21066 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21067 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21068 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21069 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21070
21071 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21072 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21073 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21074 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21075 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21076 file name.
21077
21078 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21079
21080 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21081
21082 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21083 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21084
21085 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21086 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21087 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21088 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21089
21090 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21091 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21092 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21093 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21094 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21095 file name.
21096
21097 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21098
21099 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21100
21101 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21102 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21103
21104 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21105 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21106 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21107 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21108
21109 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21110 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21111 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21112 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21113 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21114 file name.
21115
21116 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21117
21118 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21119
21120 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21121 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21122
21123 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21124
21125 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21126 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21127 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21128 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21129
21130 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21131 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21132 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21133 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21134 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21135 file name.
21136
21137 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21138
21139 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21140
21141 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21142 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21143
21144 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21145 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21146 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21147
21148 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21149 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21150 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21151 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21152
21153 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21154
21155 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21156 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21157
21158 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21159 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21160 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21161
21162 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21163 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21164 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21165 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21166
21167 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21168
21169 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21170 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21171
21172 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21173 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21174 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21175
21176 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21177 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21178 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21179 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21180
21181 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21182
21183 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21184 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21185
21186 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21187
21188 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21189 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21190 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21191
21192 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21193 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21194 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21195 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21196
21197 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21198
21199 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21200 Preview region using ghostview.
21201
21202 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21203
21204 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21205
21206 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21207 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21208
21209 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21210
21211 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21212
21213 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21214 Print region using PostScript printer.
21215
21216 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21217
21218 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21219
21220 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21221 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21222
21223 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21224
21225 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21226
21227 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21228 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21229
21230 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21231
21232 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21233
21234 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21235 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21236
21237 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21238
21239 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21240
21241 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21242 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21243
21244 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21245
21246 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21247
21248 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21249 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21250
21251 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21252
21253 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21254
21255 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21256 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21257 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21258 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21259
21260 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21261 matching.
21262
21263 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21264 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21265
21266 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21267
21268 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21269
21270 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21271 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21272 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21273 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21274
21275 \(fn)" t nil)
21276
21277 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21278 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21279 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21280 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21281
21282 \(fn)" t nil)
21283
21284 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21285 Print directory using text printer.
21286
21287 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21288 matching.
21289
21290 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21291 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21292
21293 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21294
21295 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21296
21297 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21298 Print buffer using text printer.
21299
21300 \(fn)" t nil)
21301
21302 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21303 Print region using text printer.
21304
21305 \(fn)" t nil)
21306
21307 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21308 Print major mode using text printer.
21309
21310 \(fn)" t nil)
21311
21312 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21313 Preview spooled PostScript.
21314
21315 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21316 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21317 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21318
21319 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21320 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21321 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21322
21323 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21324
21325 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21326 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21327
21328 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21329 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21330 instead of sending it to the printer.
21331
21332 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21333 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21334 image in a file with that name.
21335
21336 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21337
21338 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21339 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21340
21341 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21342 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21343 instead of sending it to the printer.
21344
21345 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21346 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21347 image in a file with that name.
21348
21349 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21350
21351 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21352 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21353
21354 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21355 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21356 instead of sending it to the printer.
21357
21358 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21359 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21360 image in a file with that name.
21361
21362 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21363
21364 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21365 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21366
21367 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21368
21369 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21370 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21371
21372 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21373
21374 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21375 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21376
21377 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21378
21379 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21380 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21381
21382 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21383
21384 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21385 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21386
21387 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21388
21389 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21390 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21391
21392 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21393 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21394 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21395 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21396
21397 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21398 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21399 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21400 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21401 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21402 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21403 file name.
21404
21405 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21406
21407 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21408 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21409
21410 \(fn)" t nil)
21411
21412 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21413 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21414
21415 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21416 right.
21417 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21418 bottom.
21419
21420 \(fn)" t nil)
21421
21422 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21423 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21424
21425 \(fn)" t nil)
21426
21427 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21428 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21429
21430 \(fn)" t nil)
21431
21432 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21433 Toggle printing with faces.
21434
21435 \(fn)" t nil)
21436
21437 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21438 Toggle spooling.
21439
21440 \(fn)" t nil)
21441
21442 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21443 Toggle duplex.
21444
21445 \(fn)" t nil)
21446
21447 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21448 Toggle tumble.
21449
21450 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21451 right.
21452 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21453 bottom.
21454
21455 \(fn)" t nil)
21456
21457 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21458 Toggle landscape.
21459
21460 \(fn)" t nil)
21461
21462 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21463 Toggle upside-down.
21464
21465 \(fn)" t nil)
21466
21467 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21468 Toggle line number.
21469
21470 \(fn)" t nil)
21471
21472 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21473 Toggle zebra stripes.
21474
21475 \(fn)" t nil)
21476
21477 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21478 Toggle printing header.
21479
21480 \(fn)" t nil)
21481
21482 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21483 Toggle printing header frame.
21484
21485 \(fn)" t nil)
21486
21487 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21488 Toggle menu lock.
21489
21490 \(fn)" t nil)
21491
21492 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21493 Toggle auto region.
21494
21495 \(fn)" t nil)
21496
21497 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21498 Toggle auto mode.
21499
21500 \(fn)" t nil)
21501
21502 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21503 Customization of the `printing' group.
21504
21505 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21506
21507 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21508 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21509
21510 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21511
21512 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21513 Help for the printing package.
21514
21515 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21516
21517 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21518 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21519
21520 \(fn)" t nil)
21521
21522 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21523 Interactively select a text printer.
21524
21525 \(fn)" t nil)
21526
21527 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21528 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21529
21530 \(fn)" t nil)
21531
21532 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21533 Show current ps-print settings.
21534
21535 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21536
21537 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21538 Show current printing settings.
21539
21540 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21541
21542 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21543 Show current lpr settings.
21544
21545 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21546
21547 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21548 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21549
21550 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21551 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21552 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21553 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21554
21555
21556 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21557
21558 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21559 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21560 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21561
21562 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21563 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21564 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21565 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21566 current active printer.
21567
21568 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21569 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21570 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21571 printer.
21572
21573 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21574 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21575 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21576 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21577 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21578
21579
21580 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21581 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21582
21583 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21584
21585 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21586 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21587 be done using the new current active printer.
21588
21589 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21590 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21591 printer.
21592
21593 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21594 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21595 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21596 instead of sending it to the printer.
21597
21598 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21599 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21600 printer.
21601
21602 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21603
21604
21605 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21606 are both set to t.
21607
21608 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21609
21610 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21611 Fast fire function for text printing.
21612
21613 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21614 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21615 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21616 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21617
21618 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21619 user for a new active text printer.
21620
21621 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21622
21623 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21624
21625 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21626 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21627 printer.
21628
21629 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21630
21631 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21632 are both set to t.
21633
21634 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21635
21636 ;;;***
21637 \f
21638 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21639 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
21640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21641
21642 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21643 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21644 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21645 Commands:
21646 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21647 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21648 if that value is non-nil.
21649
21650 \(fn)" t nil)
21651
21652 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21653
21654 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21655 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21656 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21657
21658 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21659
21660 ;;;***
21661 \f
21662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18341 12905))
21663 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21664
21665 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21666 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21667 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21668
21669 ;;;***
21670 \f
21671 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18335
21672 ;;;;;; 54543))
21673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21674
21675 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21676 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21677
21678 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21679
21680 The following variables hold user options, and can
21681 be set through the `customize' command:
21682
21683 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21684 `ps-mode-tab'
21685 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21686 `ps-mode-print-function'
21687 `ps-run-prompt'
21688 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21689 `ps-run-x'
21690 `ps-run-dumb'
21691 `ps-run-init'
21692 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21693 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21694
21695 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21696
21697
21698 \\{ps-mode-map}
21699
21700
21701 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21702 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21703 The keymap for this second window is:
21704
21705 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21706
21707
21708 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21709 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21710 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21711 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21712 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21713
21714 \(fn)" t nil)
21715
21716 ;;;***
21717 \f
21718 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21719 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21720 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21721 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21722 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21723 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18367
21724 ;;;;;; 13960))
21725 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21726
21727 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21728 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21729 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21730
21731 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21732
21733 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21734 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21735 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21736 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21737
21738 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21739
21740 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21741 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21742
21743 Valid values are:
21744
21745 nil Do not print colors.
21746
21747 t Print colors.
21748
21749 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21750 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21751
21752 Any other value is treated as t.")
21753
21754 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21755
21756 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21757 Customization of ps-print group.
21758
21759 \(fn)" t nil)
21760
21761 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21762 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21763
21764 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21765 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21766 sending it to the printer.
21767
21768 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21769 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21770 image in a file with that name.
21771
21772 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21773
21774 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21775 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21776 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21777 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21778 so it has a way to determine color values.
21779
21780 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21781
21782 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21783 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21784 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21785
21786 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21787
21788 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21789 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21790 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21791 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21792 so it has a way to determine color values.
21793
21794 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21795
21796 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21797 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21798 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21799 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21800
21801 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21802
21803 \(fn)" t nil)
21804
21805 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21806 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21807 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21808 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21809 so it has a way to determine color values.
21810
21811 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21812
21813 \(fn)" t nil)
21814
21815 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21816 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21817 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21818
21819 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21820
21821 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21822
21823 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21824 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21825 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21826 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21827 so it has a way to determine color values.
21828
21829 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21830
21831 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21832
21833 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21834 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21835
21836 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21837 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21838 instead of sending it to the printer.
21839
21840 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21841 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21842 image in a file with that name.
21843
21844 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21845
21846 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21847 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21848 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21849 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21850 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21851
21852 \(fn)" t nil)
21853
21854 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21855 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21856 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21857
21858 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21859
21860 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21861 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21862 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21863
21864 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21865
21866 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21867 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21868
21869 \(fn)" nil nil)
21870
21871 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21872 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21873
21874 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21875 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21876
21877 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21878 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21879
21880 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21881
21882 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21883
21884 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21885
21886 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21887 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21888
21889 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21890 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21891
21892 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21893 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21894
21895 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21896
21897 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21898
21899 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21900
21901 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21902 foreground and background colors respectively.
21903
21904 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21905 bold - use bold font.
21906 italic - use italic font.
21907 underline - put a line under text.
21908 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21909 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21910 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21911 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21912 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21913
21914 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21915
21916 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21917
21918 ;;;***
21919 \f
21920 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21921 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (18367 13962))
21922 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21923
21924 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
21925
21926 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
21927
21928 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
21929
21930 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21931 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21932 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21933 buffer automatically.
21934
21935 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21936 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21937 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21938 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21939 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21940 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21941 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21942
21943 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21944 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21945 buffer for a list of commands.)
21946
21947 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21948
21949 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21950 Major mode for editing Python files.
21951 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21952 for correct parsing of the source.
21953 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21954 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21955 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21956
21957 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21958 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21959 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21960 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21961 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21962 \\<python-mode-map>
21963 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21964 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21965 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21966 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21967 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21968 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21969
21970 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21971 effect outside them.
21972
21973 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21974 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21975 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21976 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21977 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21978 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21979 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21980 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21981 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21982
21983 \\{python-mode-map}
21984
21985 \(fn)" t nil)
21986
21987 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21988 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21989 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21990 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21991
21992 \(fn)" t nil)
21993
21994 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21995 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21996 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21997 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21998 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21999 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22000
22001 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22002 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22003 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22004 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22005 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22006 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22007 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
22008
22009 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22010 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22011 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22012 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22013 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22014
22015 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22016 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22017 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22018 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22019 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22020 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22021 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22022 mode.
22023
22024 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22025 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22026 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22027 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22028 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22029 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22030 filter.
22031
22032 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22033
22034 ;;;***
22035 \f
22036 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22037 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
22038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22039
22040 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22041 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22042 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22043 coding-system.
22044
22045 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22046 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22047
22048 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22049 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22050 them into characters should be done separately.
22051
22052 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22053
22054 ;;;***
22055 \f
22056 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22057 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22058 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22059 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22060 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18341 12911))
22061 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22062
22063 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22064 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22065
22066 \(fn)" nil nil)
22067
22068 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22069 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22070 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
22071
22072 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22073 `quail-activate', which see.
22074
22075 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22076
22077 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22078 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22079 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22080 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22081 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22082 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22083 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22084
22085 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22086 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22087 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22088 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22089 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22090 shown.
22091 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22092
22093 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22094 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22095 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22096 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22097 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22098 list of candidates.
22099
22100 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22101 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22102 command to be called.
22103
22104 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22105 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22106 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22107 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22108
22109 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22110 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22111 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22112 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22113 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22114 to t.
22115
22116 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22117 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22118 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22119 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22120
22121 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22122 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22123 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22124 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22125
22126 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22127 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22128 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22129 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22130 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22131 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22132
22133 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22134 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22135 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22136 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22137 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22138 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22139
22140 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22141 covers Quail translation region.
22142
22143 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22144 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22145 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22146 for it) is inserted.
22147
22148 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22149 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22150 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22151
22152 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22153 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22154 non-Quail commands.
22155
22156 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22157
22158 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22159 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22160
22161 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22162 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22163 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22164 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22165 you type is correctly handled.
22166
22167 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22168
22169 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22170 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22171
22172 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22173 keyboard type.
22174
22175 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22176
22177 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22178 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22179 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22180 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22181 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22182 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22183 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22184 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22185 for the translation.
22186 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22187
22188 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22189 it is used to handle KEY.
22190
22191 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22192 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22193 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22194 the following annotation types are supported.
22195
22196 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22197 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22198
22199 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22200 candidate list.
22201
22202 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22203 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22204 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22205 inserted.
22206
22207 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22208 generated for the following translations.
22209
22210 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22211
22212 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22213 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22214
22215 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22216 which to install MAP.
22217
22218 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22219
22220 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22221
22222 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22223 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22224
22225 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22226 which to install MAP.
22227
22228 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22229
22230 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22231
22232 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22233 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22234 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22235 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22236 a function, or a cons.
22237 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22238 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22239 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22240 for the translation.
22241 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22242 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22243 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22244 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22245 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22246
22247 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22248 it is used to handle KEY.
22249
22250 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22251 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22252 current Quail package.
22253
22254 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22255 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22256
22257 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22258
22259 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22260 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22261
22262 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22263 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22264
22265 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22266
22267 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22268 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22269
22270 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22271
22272 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22273 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22274 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22275 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22276 of the Emacs source tree.
22277
22278 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22279 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22280
22281 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22282 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22283 of each directory.
22284
22285 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22286
22287 ;;;***
22288 \f
22289 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22290 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22291 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18335
22292 ;;;;;; 54538))
22293 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22294
22295 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22296 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22297 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22298 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22299
22300 To make use of this do something like:
22301
22302 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22303
22304 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22305
22306 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22307 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22308
22309 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22310 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22311 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22312
22313 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22314
22315 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22316 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22317
22318 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22319
22320 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22321 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22322
22323 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22324 is decided.
22325
22326 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22327
22328 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22329 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22330
22331 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22332 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22333 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22334
22335 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22336
22337 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22338 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22339
22340 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22341
22342 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22343 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22344
22345 \(fn)" t nil)
22346
22347 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22348 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22349
22350 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22351
22352 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22353
22354 \(fn)" t nil)
22355
22356 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22357 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22358
22359 \(fn)" t nil)
22360
22361 ;;;***
22362 \f
22363 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22364 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18369 28761))
22365 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22366
22367 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22368 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22369
22370 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22371
22372 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22373
22374 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22375
22376 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22377
22378 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22379 Not documented
22380
22381 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22382
22383 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22384 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22385 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22386 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22387 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22388 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22389
22390 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22391
22392 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22393 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22394
22395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22396
22397 ;;;***
22398 \f
22399 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18341
22400 ;;;;;; 12914))
22401 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22402
22403 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22404 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22405 See \\[compile].
22406
22407 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22408
22409 ;;;***
22410 \f
22411 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22412 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
22413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22414
22415 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22416
22417 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22418 Construct a regexp interactively.
22419
22420 \(fn)" t nil)
22421
22422 ;;;***
22423 \f
22424 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18335 54515))
22425 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22426
22427 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22428 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22429 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22430 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22431 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22432 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22433
22434 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22435
22436 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22437 Toggle recentf mode.
22438 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22439 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22440
22441 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22442 that were operated on recently.
22443
22444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22445
22446 ;;;***
22447 \f
22448 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22449 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22450 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22451 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18335
22452 ;;;;;; 54515))
22453 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22454
22455 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22456 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22457 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22458 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22459
22460 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22461
22462 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22463
22464 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22465 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22466 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22467 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22468 ends.
22469
22470 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22471 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22472 to be deleted.
22473
22474 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22475
22476 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22477 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22478 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22479
22480 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22481 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22482 deleted.
22483
22484 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22485
22486 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22487 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22488 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22489
22490 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22491
22492 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22493 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22494
22495 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22496 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22497
22498 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22499 deleted.
22500
22501 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22502 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22503 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22504 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22505 even beep.)
22506
22507 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22508
22509 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22510 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22511
22512 \(fn)" t nil)
22513
22514 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22515 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22516 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22517 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22518 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22519 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22520 and point is at the lower right corner.
22521
22522 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22523
22524 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22525 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22526
22527 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22528 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22529
22530 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22531 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22532 on the right side of the rectangle.
22533
22534 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22535
22536 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22537
22538 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22539 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22540 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22541 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22542 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22543
22544 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22545 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22546
22547 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22548
22549 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22550 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22551 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22552
22553 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22554
22555 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22556
22557 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22558
22559 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22560 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22561
22562 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22563 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22564 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22565
22566 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22567
22568 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22569 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22570 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22571
22572 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22573 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22574 rectangle which were empty.
22575
22576 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22577
22578 ;;;***
22579 \f
22580 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18335
22581 ;;;;;; 54545))
22582 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22583
22584 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22585 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22586 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22587
22588 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22589 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22590 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22591
22592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22593
22594 ;;;***
22595 \f
22596 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22597 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18374 12126))
22598 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22599
22600 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22601 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22602
22603 \(fn)" nil nil)
22604
22605 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22606 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22607
22608 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22609 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22610
22611 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22612 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22613 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22614 \\ref macro.
22615
22616 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22617 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22618 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22619
22620 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22621 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22622 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22623
22624 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22625 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22626
22627 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22628 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22629
22630 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22631 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22632 on the menu bar.
22633
22634 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22635
22636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22637
22638 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22639 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22640 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22641
22642 \(fn)" nil nil)
22643
22644 ;;;***
22645 \f
22646 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22647 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
22648 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22649
22650 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22651 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22652 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22653 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22654 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22655 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22656
22657 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22658
22659 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22660
22661 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22662 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22663 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22664 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22665 `reftex-cite-format'.
22666
22667 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22668 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22669 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22670 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22671
22672 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22673
22674 ;;;***
22675 \f
22676 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22677 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
22678 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22679
22680 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22681 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22682 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22683 the current TeX document.
22684
22685 With no argument, this command toggles
22686 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22687 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22688
22689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22690
22691 ;;;***
22692 \f
22693 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22694 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
22695 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22696
22697 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22698 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22699 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22700
22701 To insert new phrases, use
22702 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22703 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22704
22705 To index phrases use one of:
22706
22707 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22708 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22709 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22710 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22711 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22712
22713 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22714 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22715
22716 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22717
22718 Here are all local bindings.
22719
22720 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22721
22722 \(fn)" t nil)
22723
22724 ;;;***
22725 \f
22726 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22727 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
22728 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22729
22730 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22731 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22732 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22733 of master file.
22734
22735 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22736
22737 ;;;***
22738 \f
22739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18335
22740 ;;;;;; 54545))
22741 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22742 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22743 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22744 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22745 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22746
22747 ;;;***
22748 \f
22749 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22750 ;;;;;; (18341 12907))
22751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22752
22753 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22754 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22755 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22756 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22757 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22758 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22759
22760 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22761 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22762
22763 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22764 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22765
22766 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22767
22768 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22769 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22770 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22771 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22772
22773 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22774
22775 ;;;***
22776 \f
22777 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22778 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22779 ;;;;;; (18335 54546))
22780 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22781
22782 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22783 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22784 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22785 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22786
22787 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22788
22789 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22790
22791 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22792 Call `remember' in another frame.
22793
22794 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22795
22796 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22797 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22798 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22799 application.
22800
22801 \(fn)" t nil)
22802
22803 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22804 Extract diary entries from the region.
22805
22806 \(fn)" nil nil)
22807
22808 ;;;***
22809 \f
22810 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18335 54516))
22811 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22812
22813 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22814 Repeat most recently executed command.
22815 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22816 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22817 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22818
22819 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22820 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22821 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22822 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22823
22824 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22825 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22826 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22827
22828 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22829
22830 ;;;***
22831 \f
22832 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22833 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
22834 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22835
22836 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22837 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22838
22839 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22840 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22841 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22842 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22843 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22844 and point is left after the salutation.
22845
22846 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22847 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22848 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22849 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22850 left after that text.
22851
22852 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22853 is non-nil.
22854
22855 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22856 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22857 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22858 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22859
22860 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22861
22862 ;;;***
22863 \f
22864 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22865 ;;;;;; (18335 54516))
22866 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22867
22868 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22869 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22870 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22871 visibility of comments that precede it.
22872 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22873 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22874 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22875 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22876 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22877 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22878 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22879 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22880 the comment lines.
22881 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22882 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22883 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22884 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22885 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22886
22887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22888
22889 ;;;***
22890 \f
22891 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18335
22892 ;;;;;; 54516))
22893 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22894
22895 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
22896 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22897
22898 \(fn)" nil nil)
22899
22900 ;;;***
22901 \f
22902 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22903 ;;;;;; (18335 54516))
22904 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22905
22906 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22907 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22908 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22909
22910 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22911 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22912 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22913
22914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22915
22916 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22917 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22918 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22919 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22920 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22921 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22922
22923 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22924
22925 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22926 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22927 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22928
22929 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22930 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22931 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22932
22933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22934
22935 ;;;***
22936 \f
22937 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22938 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
22939 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22940
22941 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22942 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22943
22944 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22945
22946 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22947 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22948
22949 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22950
22951 ;;;***
22952 \f
22953 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18335 54538))
22954 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22955 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22956
22957 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22958 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22959 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22960 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22961
22962 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22963
22964 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22965 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22966 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22967 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22968
22969 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22970 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22971
22972 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22973 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22974
22975 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22976 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22977 INPUT-ARGS.
22978
22979 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22980 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22981 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22982 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22983 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22984
22985 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22986 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22987 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22988 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22989
22990 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22991 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22992 variable.
22993
22994 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22995
22996 ;;;***
22997 \f
22998 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22999 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
23000 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
23001 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
23002 ;;;;;; rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers
23003 ;;;;;; rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-movemail-variant-p)
23004 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18364 62105))
23005 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23006
23007 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23008 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23009 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23010
23011 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23012
23013 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23014 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23015 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
23016 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
23017
23018 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23019
23020 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23021 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
23022 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
23023 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
23024 value is the user's email address and name.)
23025 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
23026
23027 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23028 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23029 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23030 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23031 which normally happens once for each message,
23032 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23033 To make a change in this variable take effect
23034 for a message that you have already viewed,
23035 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23036
23037 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23038
23039 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23040 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23041 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23042 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23043
23044 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23045
23046 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
23047 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23048
23049 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23050
23051 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23052 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23053 A value of nil means don't highlight.")
23054
23055 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23056
23057 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
23058 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
23059
23060 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
23061
23062 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23063 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
23064 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
23065 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
23066 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
23067
23068 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23069
23070 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
23071 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
23072 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
23073 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
23074
23075 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
23076
23077 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23078 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23079
23080 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23081
23082 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23083 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23084
23085 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23086
23087 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
23088 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
23089
23090 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
23091
23092 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23093 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23094
23095 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
23096 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
23097
23098 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23099 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23100
23101 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23102
23103 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
23104 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
23105
23106 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
23107 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
23108 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
23109 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
23110
23111 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23112 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23113
23114 This is set to nil by default.")
23115
23116 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
23117 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
23118 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
23119 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
23120 until a user explicitly requires it.
23121
23122 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
23123 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
23124 in your session.")
23125
23126 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
23127
23128 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
23129 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
23130 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23131 It is called with no argument.")
23132
23133 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23134 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23135 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23136 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23137 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23138 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23139 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23140
23141 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
23142 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
23143 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23144 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23145 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23146 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23147
23148 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23149 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23150 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23151 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23152 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23153
23154 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23155 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23156 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23157 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23158 MSG is the message number,
23159 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23160 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23161
23162 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
23163 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23164 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23165 this feature is required with `require'.
23166
23167 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23168 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23169
23170 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23171 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23172 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23173 the message is decoded as normal way.
23174
23175 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23176 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23177 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23178
23179 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23180 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23181 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23182
23183 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23184 Read and edit incoming mail.
23185 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23186 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23187 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23188
23189 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23190 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23191 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23192 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23193
23194 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23195
23196 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23197
23198 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23199 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23200 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23201 Instead, these commands are available:
23202
23203 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23204 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23205 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23206 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23207 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23208 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23209 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23210 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23211 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23212 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23213 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23214 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23215 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23216 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23217 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23218 till a deleted message is found.
23219 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23220 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23221 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23222 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23223 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23224 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23225 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23226 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23227 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23228 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23229 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23230 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23231 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23232 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23233 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23234 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23235 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23236 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23237 (label defaults to last one specified).
23238 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23239 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23240 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23241 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23242 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23243 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23244 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23245 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23246 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23247
23248 \(fn)" t nil)
23249
23250 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23251 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23252
23253 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23254
23255 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23256 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23257
23258 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23259
23260 ;;;***
23261 \f
23262 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23263 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
23264 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23265
23266 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23267 Edit the contents of this message.
23268
23269 \(fn)" t nil)
23270
23271 ;;;***
23272 \f
23273 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23274 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23275 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18335 54537))
23276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23277
23278 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23279 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23280 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23281
23282 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23283
23284 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23285 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23286 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23287
23288 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23289
23290 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23291 Not documented
23292
23293 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23294
23295 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23296 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23297 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23298 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23299 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23300
23301 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23302
23303 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23304 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23305 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23306 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23307 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23308
23309 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23310
23311 ;;;***
23312 \f
23313 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23314 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
23315 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23316
23317 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23318 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23319 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23320 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23321
23322 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23323
23324 ;;;***
23325 \f
23326 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23327 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23328 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18335 54537))
23329 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23330
23331 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23332 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23333 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23334 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23335 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23336 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23337 a file name as a string.")
23338
23339 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
23340
23341 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
23342 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23343 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23344 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23345 buffer visiting that file.
23346 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23347 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23348
23349 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23350 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23351
23352 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23353 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23354
23355 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23356 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23357
23358 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23359
23360 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23361 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23362
23363 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
23364
23365 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23366 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23367 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23368 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23369 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23370
23371 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23372 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23373 will be appended with their original headers.
23374
23375 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23376 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23377
23378 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23379 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23380
23381 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23382
23383 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23384
23385 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23386 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23387 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23388
23389 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23390
23391 ;;;***
23392 \f
23393 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23394 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23395 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18335
23396 ;;;;;; 54537))
23397 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23398
23399 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23400 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23401 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23402
23403 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23404
23405 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23406 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23407 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23408
23409 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23410
23411 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23412 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23413 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23414
23415 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23416
23417 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23418 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23419 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23420
23421 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23422
23423 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23424 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23425 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23426
23427 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23428
23429 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23430 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23431 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23432
23433 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23434
23435 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23436 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23437 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23438 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23439
23440 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23441
23442 ;;;***
23443 \f
23444 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23445 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23446 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23447 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23448 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18335 54537))
23449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23450
23451 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23452 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23453
23454 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
23455
23456 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23457 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23458
23459 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
23460
23461 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23462 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23463
23464 \(fn)" t nil)
23465
23466 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23467 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23468 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23469
23470 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23471
23472 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23473 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23474 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23475 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23476 only look in the To and From fields.
23477 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23478
23479 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23480
23481 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23482 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23483 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23484 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23485 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23486
23487 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23488
23489 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23490 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23491 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23492 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23493 look in the whole message.
23494 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23495
23496 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23497
23498 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23499 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23500 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23501
23502 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23503
23504 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
23505 *Function to decode summary-line.
23506
23507 By default, `identity' is set.")
23508
23509 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
23510
23511 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23512 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23513 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23514 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23515 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23516 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23517 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23518
23519 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23520 sent by you under different user names.
23521 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23522
23523 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23524
23525 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23526
23527 ;;;***
23528 \f
23529 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23530 ;;;;;; (18335 54540))
23531 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23532
23533 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23534 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23535 Return a pattern.
23536
23537 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23538
23539 ;;;***
23540 \f
23541 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23542 ;;;;;; (18381 59318))
23543 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23544
23545 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23546 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23547 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23548 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23549
23550 \(fn)" t nil)
23551
23552 ;;;***
23553 \f
23554 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23555 ;;;;;; (18335 54540))
23556 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23557
23558 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23559 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23560
23561 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23562 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23563 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23564 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23565 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23566 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23567 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23568 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23569 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23570 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending..
23571
23572 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23573 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23574 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23575 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23576 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23577 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23578 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23579 to use for finding the schema.
23580
23581 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23582
23583 ;;;***
23584 \f
23585 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18335
23586 ;;;;;; 54541))
23587 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23588
23589 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23590
23591 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23592 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library. NAME is a
23593 symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a list of
23594 pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol giving
23595 the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving its
23596 value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error passing
23597 it arguments in the same style as format; the value from rng-dt-error
23598 will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The first member of
23599 the list is t if any string is a legal value for the datatype and nil
23600 otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this symbol will be
23601 called as a function passing it a string followed by the remaining
23602 members of the list. The function must return an object representing
23603 the value of the datatype that was represented by the string, or nil
23604 if the string is not a representation of any value. The object
23605 returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided that, if two
23606 strings represent the same value, the returned objects must be equal.
23607
23608 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23609
23610 ;;;***
23611 \f
23612 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23613 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18340 25864))
23614 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23615
23616 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23617 Define a robin package.
23618
23619 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23620 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23621 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23622 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23623
23624 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23625 one replaces the old one.
23626
23627 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23628
23629 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23630 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23631
23632 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23633 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23634 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23635
23636 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23637
23638 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23639 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23640
23641 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23642
23643 ;;;***
23644 \f
23645 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23646 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18335 54516))
23647 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23648
23649 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23650 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23651
23652 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23653
23654 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23655 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23656
23657 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23658
23659 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23660 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23661
23662 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23663
23664 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23665 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23666 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23667
23668 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23669 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23670 in ROT13.
23671
23672 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23673
23674 \(fn)" t nil)
23675
23676 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23677 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23678
23679 \(fn)" t nil)
23680
23681 ;;;***
23682 \f
23683 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18341
23684 ;;;;;; 12905))
23685 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23686
23687 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23688 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23689
23690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23691
23692 ;;;***
23693 \f
23694 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18335
23695 ;;;;;; 54522))
23696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23697
23698 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23699 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23700 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23701 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23702
23703 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23704
23705 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23706 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23707 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23708 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23709
23710 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23711 notation.
23712
23713 STRING
23714 matches string STRING literally.
23715
23716 CHAR
23717 matches character CHAR literally.
23718
23719 `not-newline', `nonl'
23720 matches any character except a newline.
23721
23722 `anything'
23723 matches any character
23724
23725 `(any SET ...)'
23726 `(in SET ...)'
23727 `(char SET ...)'
23728 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23729 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23730 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23731
23732 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23733 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23734 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23735 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23736
23737 `(not (any SET ...))'
23738 matches any character not in SET ...
23739
23740 `line-start', `bol'
23741 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23742 in the text being matched
23743
23744 `line-end', `eol'
23745 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23746
23747 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23748 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23749 string being matched against.
23750
23751 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23752 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23753 string being matched against.
23754
23755 `buffer-start'
23756 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23757 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23758
23759 `buffer-end'
23760 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23761 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23762
23763 `point'
23764 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23765
23766 `word-start', `bow'
23767 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23768
23769 `word-end', `eow'
23770 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23771
23772 `word-boundary'
23773 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23774 word.
23775
23776 `(not word-boundary)'
23777 `not-word-boundary'
23778 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23779 word.
23780
23781 `symbol-start'
23782 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23783
23784 `symbol-end'
23785 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23786
23787 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23788 matches 0 through 9.
23789
23790 `control', `cntrl'
23791 matches ASCII control characters.
23792
23793 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23794 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23795
23796 `blank'
23797 matches space and tab only.
23798
23799 `graphic', `graph'
23800 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23801 space, and DEL.
23802
23803 `printing', `print'
23804 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23805 and DEL.
23806
23807 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23808 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23809 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23810
23811 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23812 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23813 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23814
23815 `ascii'
23816 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23817
23818 `nonascii'
23819 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23820
23821 `lower', `lower-case'
23822 matches anything lower-case.
23823
23824 `upper', `upper-case'
23825 matches anything upper-case.
23826
23827 `punctuation', `punct'
23828 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23829 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23830
23831 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23832 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23833
23834 `word', `wordchar'
23835 matches anything that has word syntax.
23836
23837 `not-wordchar'
23838 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23839
23840 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23841 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23842 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23843 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23844
23845 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23846 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23847 `word' (\\sw)
23848 `symbol' (\\s_)
23849 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23850 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23851 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23852 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23853 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23854 `escape' (\\s\\)
23855 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23856 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23857 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23858 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23859 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23860
23861 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23862 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23863
23864 `(category CATEGORY)'
23865 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23866 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23867
23868 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23869 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23870 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23871 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23872 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23873 `symbol' (\\c5)
23874 `digit' (\\c6)
23875 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23876 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23877 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23878 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23879 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23880 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23881 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23882 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23883 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23884 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23885 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23886 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23887 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23888 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23889 `ascii' (\\ca)
23890 `arabic' (\\cb)
23891 `chinese' (\\cc)
23892 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23893 `greek' (\\cg)
23894 `korean' (\\ch)
23895 `indian' (\\ci)
23896 `japanese' (\\cj)
23897 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23898 `latin' (\\cl)
23899 `lao' (\\co)
23900 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23901 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23902 `thai' (\\ct)
23903 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23904 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23905 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23906 `can-break' (\\c|)
23907
23908 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23909 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23910
23911 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23912 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23913 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23914 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23915 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23916
23917 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23918 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23919 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23920 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23921
23922 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23923 another name for `submatch'.
23924
23925 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23926 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23927 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23928 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23929 regular expression.
23930
23931 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23932 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23933 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23934 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23935 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23936
23937 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23938 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23939
23940 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23941 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23942
23943 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23944 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23945 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23946
23947 `(* SEXP ...)'
23948 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23949 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23950
23951 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23952 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23953 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23954
23955 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23956 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23957 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23958
23959 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23960 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23961
23962 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23963 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23964
23965 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23966 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23967 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23968 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23969
23970 `(? SEXP ...)'
23971 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23972
23973 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23974 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23975
23976 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23977 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23978 matches N occurrences.
23979
23980 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23981 matches N or more occurrences.
23982
23983 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23984 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23985 matches N to M occurrences.
23986
23987 `(backref N)'
23988 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23989
23990 `(backref N)'
23991 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23992
23993 `(backref N)'
23994 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23995
23996 `(eval FORM)'
23997 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23998 `regexp-quote' it.
23999
24000 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24001 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24002
24003 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24004
24005 ;;;***
24006 \f
24007 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
24008 ;;;;;; (18301 39792))
24009 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24010
24011 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24012 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
24013 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
24014 interface.")
24015
24016 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24017
24018 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24019 Toggle savehist-mode.
24020 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24021 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24022 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24023 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24024
24025 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24026 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24027 which is probably undesirable.
24028
24029 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24030
24031 ;;;***
24032 \f
24033 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24034 ;;;;;; (18369 28763))
24035 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24036
24037 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24038 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24039 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24040
24041 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24042 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24043 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24044 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24045 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24046 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24047 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24048 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24049
24050 Commands:
24051 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24052 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24053 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24054 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24055 if that value is non-nil.
24056
24057 \(fn)" t nil)
24058
24059 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24060 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24061 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24062
24063 Commands:
24064 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24065 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24066 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24067 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24068 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24069 that variable's value is a string.
24070
24071 \(fn)" t nil)
24072
24073 ;;;***
24074 \f
24075 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24076 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
24077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24078
24079 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24080 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24081 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24082
24083 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24084
24085 \(fn)" t nil)
24086
24087 ;;;***
24088 \f
24089 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24090 ;;;;;; (18335 54516))
24091 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24092
24093 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24094 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24095 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24096 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24097 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24098 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24099
24100 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24101
24102 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24103 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24104 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24105 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24106 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24107
24108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24109
24110 ;;;***
24111 \f
24112 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24113 ;;;;;; (18335 54516))
24114 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24115
24116 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24117 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24118 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24119 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24120 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24121 during scrolling.
24122
24123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24124
24125 ;;;***
24126 \f
24127 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24128 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24129 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24130 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24131 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24132 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24133 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24134 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24135 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18341 12913))
24136 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24137
24138 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24139 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24140
24141 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24142 king@grassland.com
24143 If `parens', they look like:
24144 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24145 If `angles', they look like:
24146 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24147 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24148 derived from the envelope-from address.
24149
24150 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24151 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24152 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24153 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24154
24155 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24156
24157 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24158 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24159 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24160 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24161
24162 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24163 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24164 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24165 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24166
24167 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24168
24169 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24170 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24171 This is done when the message is initialized,
24172 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24173
24174 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24175
24176 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
24177 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24178 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
24179
24180 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24181
24182 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24183
24184 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24185 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24186 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24187 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24188 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24189 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24190 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24191
24192 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24193
24194 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24195 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24196
24197 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24198
24199 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24200 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24201 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24202
24203 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24204
24205 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24206 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24207 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24208 when you first send mail.")
24209
24210 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24211
24212 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24213 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24214 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24215 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24216 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24217
24218 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24219
24220 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24221 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24222 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24223 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24224 This file need not actually exist.")
24225
24226 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24227
24228 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24229 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24230 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24231
24232 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24233
24234 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24235 Alist of mail address aliases,
24236 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24237 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24238 can specify a different file name.)
24239 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24240 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24241
24242 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24243 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24244 nil means use indentation.")
24245
24246 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24247
24248 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24249 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24250 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24251
24252 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24253
24254 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24255 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24256 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24257 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24258 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24259 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24260 in the cited portion of the message.
24261
24262 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24263 instead of no action.")
24264
24265 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24266
24267 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24268 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24269 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24270 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24271 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24272
24273 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24274
24275 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24276 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24277 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24278 If a string, that string is inserted.
24279 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24280 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24281 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24282 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24283
24284 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24285
24286 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24287 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24288
24289 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24290
24291 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24292 Directory for mail buffers.
24293 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24294 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24295
24296 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24297
24298 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24299 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24300 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24301 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24302
24303 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24304
24305 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24306 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24307 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24308 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24309 is non-nil.")
24310
24311 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24312
24313 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24314 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24315 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24316 `query' means ask the user each time.
24317 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24318 The default is `mime'.
24319 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24320 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24321
24322 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24323
24324 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24325 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24326 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24327
24328 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24329 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24330
24331 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24332 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24333 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24334 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24335 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24336 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24337 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24338 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24339 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24340 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24341 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24342 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24343 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24344
24345 \(fn)" t nil)
24346
24347 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24348 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24349
24350 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24351 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24352
24353 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24354
24355 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24356 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24357 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24358 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24359 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24360 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24361
24362 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24363 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24364 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24365
24366 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24367 User should not set this variable manually,
24368 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24369 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24370 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24371 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24372
24373 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24374 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24375 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24376 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24377
24378 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24379 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24380
24381 \\<mail-mode-map>
24382 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24383
24384 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24385 to move to message header fields:
24386 \\{mail-mode-map}
24387
24388 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24389 when the message is initialized.
24390
24391 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24392 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24393
24394 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24395 is inserted.
24396
24397 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24398 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24399
24400 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24401 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24402 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24403 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24404 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24405 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24406 buffer without erasing the contents.
24407
24408 The second through fifth arguments,
24409 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24410 the initial contents of those header fields.
24411 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24412 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24413 original message being replied to, or else an action
24414 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24415 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24416 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24417 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24418 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24419 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24420
24421 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24422
24423 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24424 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24425
24426 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24427
24428 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24429 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24430
24431 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24432
24433 ;;;***
24434 \f
24435 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24436 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18335 54516))
24437 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24438
24439 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24440 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24441 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24442 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24443 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24444 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24445
24446 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24447 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24448
24449 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24450
24451 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24452 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24453 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24454 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24455 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24456 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24457
24458 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24459
24460 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24461 Toggle Server mode.
24462 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24463 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24464 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24465
24466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24467
24468 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24469 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24470
24471 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24472
24473 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24474 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24475
24476 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24477
24478 ;;;***
24479 \f
24480 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18335 54516))
24481 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24482
24483 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24484 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24485 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24486
24487 Key definitions:
24488 \\{ses-mode-map}
24489 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24490 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24491 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24492 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24493
24494 \(fn)" t nil)
24495
24496 ;;;***
24497 \f
24498 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24499 ;;;;;; (18369 28764))
24500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24501
24502 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24503 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24504 Makes > match <.
24505 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24506 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24507
24508 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24509 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24510 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24511
24512 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24513 in your `.emacs' file.
24514
24515 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24516
24517 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24518 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24519 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24520
24521 \(fn)" t nil)
24522
24523 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24524
24525 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24526 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24527 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24528 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24529 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24530 which this is based.
24531
24532 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24533
24534 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24535 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24536 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24537 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24538
24539 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24540 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24541 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24542
24543 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24544 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24545 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24546 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24547
24548 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24549 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24550 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24551 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24552
24553 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24554
24555 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24556 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24557 To work around that, do:
24558 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24559
24560 \\{html-mode-map}
24561
24562 \(fn)" t nil)
24563
24564 ;;;***
24565 \f
24566 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24567 ;;;;;; (18341 12918))
24568 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24569 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24570
24571 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24572 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24573 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24574 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24575 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24576 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24577
24578 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24579 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24580 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24581 shell-specific features.
24582
24583 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24584 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24585 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24586 \\<sh-mode-map>
24587 \\[sh-case] case statement
24588 \\[sh-for] for loop
24589 \\[sh-function] function definition
24590 \\[sh-if] if statement
24591 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24592 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24593 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24594 \\[sh-select] select loop
24595 \\[sh-until] until loop
24596 \\[sh-while] while loop
24597
24598 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24599 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24600 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24601 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24602 would indent to the way it currently is.
24603 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24604 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24605
24606
24607 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24608 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24609 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24610 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24611 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24612 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24613
24614 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24615 {, (, [, ', \", `
24616 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24617
24618 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24619 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24620 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24621
24622 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24623 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24624
24625 \(fn)" t nil)
24626
24627 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24628
24629 ;;;***
24630 \f
24631 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18335 54516))
24632 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24633
24634 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24635 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24636 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24637 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24638 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24639 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24640
24641 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24642
24643 ;;;***
24644 \f
24645 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24646 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
24647 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24648
24649 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24650 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24651
24652 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24653 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24654 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24655 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24656 the earlier.
24657
24658 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24659
24660 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24661
24662 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24663 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24664 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24665
24666 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24667 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24668
24669 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24670 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24671 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24672 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24673 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24674 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24675 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24676 Emacs version).
24677
24678 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24679 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24680 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24681 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24682 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24683
24684 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24685 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24686 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24687
24688 \(fn)" t nil)
24689
24690 ;;;***
24691 \f
24692 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24693 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18335
24694 ;;;;;; 54516))
24695 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24696
24697 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24698 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24699 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24700 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24701 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24702 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24703 sites in the cluster.
24704
24705 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24706
24707 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24708 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24709 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24710 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24711 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24712
24713 \(fn)" t nil)
24714
24715 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24716 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24717 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24718 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24719 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24720 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24721 `shadow-define-cluster').
24722
24723 \(fn)" t nil)
24724
24725 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24726 Set up file shadowing.
24727
24728 \(fn)" t nil)
24729
24730 ;;;***
24731 \f
24732 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24733 ;;;;;; (18335 54516))
24734 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24735
24736 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24737 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24738 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24739 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24740 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24741 arguments.")
24742
24743 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24744
24745 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24746 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24747 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24748 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24749 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24750
24751 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24752 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24753 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24754 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24755 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24756 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24757 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24758 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24759 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24760 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24761 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24762
24763 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24764 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24765 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24766 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24767 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24768 `default-process-coding-system'.
24769
24770 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24771 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24772 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24773 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24774
24775 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24776
24777 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24778 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24779
24780 ;;;***
24781 \f
24782 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24783 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18335 54533))
24784 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24785
24786 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24787 Not documented
24788
24789 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24790
24791 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24792 Not documented
24793
24794 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24795
24796 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24797 Not documented
24798
24799 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24800
24801 ;;;***
24802 \f
24803 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24804 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
24805 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24806
24807 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24808 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24809 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24810 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24811 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24812
24813 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24814
24815 \(fn)" t nil)
24816
24817 ;;;***
24818 \f
24819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18379 25273))
24820 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24821 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24822
24823 ;;;***
24824 \f
24825 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18335
24826 ;;;;;; 54543))
24827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24828
24829 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24830 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24831 \\{simula-mode-map}
24832 Variables controlling indentation style:
24833 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24834 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24835 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24836 `simula-indent-level'
24837 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24838 `simula-substatement-offset'
24839 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24840 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24841 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24842 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24843 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24844 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24845 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24846 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24847 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24848 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24849 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24850 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24851 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24852 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24853 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24854 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24855 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24856 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24857 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24858 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24859 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24860 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24861 or nil if they should not be changed.
24862 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24863 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24864 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24865 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24866
24867 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24868 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24869
24870 \(fn)" t nil)
24871
24872 ;;;***
24873 \f
24874 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24875 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18341 12905))
24876 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24877
24878 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24879 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24880
24881 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24882 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24883 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24884 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24885
24886 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24887
24888 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24889 Insert SKELETON.
24890 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24891 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24892 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24893 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24894 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24895
24896 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24897 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24898
24899 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24900
24901 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24902 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24903
24904 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24905 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24906 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24907 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24908
24909 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24910 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24911 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24912 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24913
24914 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24915 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24916 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24917
24918 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24919 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24920
24921 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24922 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24923
24924 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24925 _ interesting point, interregion here
24926 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24927 interesting point set by _
24928 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24929 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24930 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24931 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24932 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24933 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24934 nil skipped
24935
24936 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24937 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24938
24939 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24940 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24941 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24942 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24943 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24944 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24945 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24946 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24947
24948 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24949 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24950 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24951 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24952 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24953 available:
24954
24955 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24956 then: insert previously read string once more
24957 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24958 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24959 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24960
24961 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24962 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24963
24964 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24965
24966 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24967 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24968
24969 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24970 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24971 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24972 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24973 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24974 such as backslash.
24975
24976 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24977 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24978 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24979
24980 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24981
24982 ;;;***
24983 \f
24984 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24985 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18356 12617))
24986 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24987
24988 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24989 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24990 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24991 buffer names.
24992
24993 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24994
24995 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24996 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24997 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24998
24999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25000
25001 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25002 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25003 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25004
25005 \(fn)" nil nil)
25006
25007 ;;;***
25008 \f
25009 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25010 ;;;;;; (18375 34229))
25011 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25012
25013 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25014 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25015 A list of images is returned.
25016
25017 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25018
25019 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25020 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25021 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25022
25023 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25024
25025 ;;;***
25026 \f
25027 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25028 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18369 20325))
25029 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25030
25031 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25032 Not documented
25033
25034 \(fn)" nil nil)
25035
25036 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25037 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25038
25039 \(fn)" t nil)
25040
25041 ;;;***
25042 \f
25043 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18335 54541))
25044 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25045
25046 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25047 Play the Snake game.
25048 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25049
25050 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25051
25052 Snake mode keybindings:
25053 \\<snake-mode-map>
25054 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25055 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25056 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25057 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25058 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25059 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25060 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25061
25062 \(fn)" t nil)
25063
25064 ;;;***
25065 \f
25066 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25067 ;;;;;; (18335 54538))
25068 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25069
25070 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25071 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25072 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25073 Tab indents for C code.
25074 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25075 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25076 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25077 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25078 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25079
25080 \(fn)" t nil)
25081
25082 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25083 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25084 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25085 Tab indents for C code.
25086 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25087 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25088 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25089 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25090 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25091
25092 \(fn)" t nil)
25093
25094 ;;;***
25095 \f
25096 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18384
25097 ;;;;;; 53311))
25098 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25099
25100 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25101 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25102 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
25103
25104 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
25105 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25106
25107 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25108
25109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25110
25111 ;;;***
25112 \f
25113 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18335
25114 ;;;;;; 54541))
25115 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25116
25117 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25118 Play Solitaire.
25119
25120 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25121 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25122 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25123 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25124 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25125 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25126 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25127 check after each move or undo)
25128
25129 What is Solitaire?
25130
25131 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25132 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25133 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25134
25135 Le Solitaire
25136 ============
25137
25138 o o o
25139
25140 o o o
25141
25142 o o o o o o o
25143
25144 o o o . o o o
25145
25146 o o o o o o o
25147
25148 o o o
25149
25150 o o o
25151
25152 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25153 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25154 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25155 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25156
25157 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25158 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25159 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25160 this: o o .
25161
25162 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25163 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25164
25165 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25166
25167 o o o
25168
25169 . o o
25170
25171 o o . o o o o
25172
25173 o . o o o o o
25174
25175 o o o o o o o
25176
25177 o o o
25178
25179 o o o
25180
25181 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25182
25183 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25184
25185 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25186
25187 ;;;***
25188 \f
25189 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25190 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25191 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18335 54516))
25192 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25193 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25194
25195 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25196 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25197
25198 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25199 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25200 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25201 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25202 contiguous.
25203
25204 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25205 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25206 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25207 the sort order.
25208
25209 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25210 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25211
25212 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25213 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25214 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25215 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25216 is called.
25217
25218 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25219 It should move point to the end of the record.
25220
25221 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25222 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25223 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25224 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25225 starts at the beginning of the record.
25226
25227 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25228 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25229 same as ENDRECFUN.
25230
25231 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25232 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25233
25234 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25235
25236 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25237 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25238 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25239 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25240 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25241 the sort order.
25242
25243 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25244
25245 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25246 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25247 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25248 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25249 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25250 the sort order.
25251
25252 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25253
25254 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25255 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25256 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25257 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25258 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25259 the sort order.
25260
25261 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25262 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25263
25264 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25265 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25266 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25267 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25268 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25269 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25270 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25271 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25272 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25273
25274 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25275
25276 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25277 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25278 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25279 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25280 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25281 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25282 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25283 the sort order.
25284
25285 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25286
25287 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25288 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25289 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25290 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25291 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25292 is to be used for sorting.
25293 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25294 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25295 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25296 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25297 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25298
25299 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25300
25301 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25302 the sort order.
25303
25304 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25305 starting with the letter \"f\",
25306 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25307
25308 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25309
25310 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25311 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25312 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25313 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25314 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25315 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25316 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25317 the sort order.
25318
25319 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25320 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25321 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25322 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25323 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25324
25325 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25326
25327 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25328 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25329 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25330
25331 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25332
25333 ;;;***
25334 \f
25335 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18335
25336 ;;;;;; 54533))
25337 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25338
25339 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25340 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25341 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25342 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25343 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25344 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25345
25346 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25347
25348 ;;;***
25349 \f
25350 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25351 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25352 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18375 34229))
25353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25354
25355 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25356 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25357
25358 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25359 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25360 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25361
25362 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25363
25364 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25365 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25366 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25367 server.
25368
25369 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25370
25371 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25372 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25373 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25374
25375 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25376
25377 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25378 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25379 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25380 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25381 Agent is plugged.
25382
25383 \(fn)" t nil)
25384
25385 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25386 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25387 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25388 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25389
25390 \(fn)" t nil)
25391
25392 ;;;***
25393 \f
25394 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25395 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18335 54516))
25396 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25397
25398 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25399
25400 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25401 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25402 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25403 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25404 supported at a time.
25405 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25406 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25407
25408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25409
25410 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25411 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25412 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25413 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25414
25415 \(fn)" t nil)
25416
25417 ;;;***
25418 \f
25419 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25420 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18367 13963))
25421 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25422
25423 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25424
25425 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25426 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25427 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25428 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25429 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25430 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25431
25432 \(fn)" t nil)
25433
25434 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25435
25436 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25437 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25438 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25439 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25440
25441 \(fn)" t nil)
25442
25443 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25444
25445 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25446 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25447 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25448 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25449 for example, \"word\".
25450
25451 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25452
25453 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25454
25455 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25456 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25457
25458 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25459
25460 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25461
25462 ;;;***
25463 \f
25464 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18367
25465 ;;;;;; 22976))
25466 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25467
25468 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25469 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25470
25471 \(fn)" t nil)
25472
25473 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25474 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25475
25476 \(fn)" nil nil)
25477
25478 ;;;***
25479 \f
25480 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25481 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25482 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25483 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18335
25484 ;;;;;; 54543))
25485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25486
25487 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25488 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25489
25490 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25491 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25492 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25493 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25494 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25495 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25496 of the current highlighting list.
25497
25498 For example:
25499
25500 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25501 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25502
25503 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25504 `_t' as data types.
25505
25506 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25507
25508 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25509 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25510
25511 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25512 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25513
25514 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25515
25516 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25517 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25518 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25519
25520 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25521
25522 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25523 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25524 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25525 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25526 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25527 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25528 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25529 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25530 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25531
25532 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25533
25534 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25535 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25536 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25537 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25538
25539 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25540 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25541 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25542 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25543
25544 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25545 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25546 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25547
25548 \(fn)" t nil)
25549
25550 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25551 Major mode to edit SQL.
25552
25553 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25554 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25555 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25556
25557 \\{sql-mode-map}
25558 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25559
25560 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25561 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25562 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25563 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25564 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25565 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25566
25567 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25568 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25569
25570 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25571 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25572 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25573
25574 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25575 (lambda ()
25576 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25577
25578 \(fn)" t nil)
25579
25580 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25581 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25582
25583 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25584 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25585 `*SQL*'.
25586
25587 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25588
25589 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25590
25591 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25592 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25593
25594 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25595 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25596 `*SQL*'.
25597
25598 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25599 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25600 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25601 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25602
25603 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25604 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25605
25606 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25607 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25608 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25609 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25610 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25611 `default-process-coding-system'.
25612
25613 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25614
25615 \(fn)" t nil)
25616
25617 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25618 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25619
25620 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25621 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25622 `*SQL*'.
25623
25624 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25625 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25626 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25627 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25628
25629 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25630 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25631
25632 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25633 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25634 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25635 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25636 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25637 `default-process-coding-system'.
25638
25639 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25640
25641 \(fn)" t nil)
25642
25643 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25644 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25645
25646 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25647 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25648 `*SQL*'.
25649
25650 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25651 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25652
25653 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25654 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25655
25656 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25657 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25658 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25659 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25660 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25661 `default-process-coding-system'.
25662
25663 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25664
25665 \(fn)" t nil)
25666
25667 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25668 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25669
25670 SQLite is free software.
25671
25672 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25673 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25674 `*SQL*'.
25675
25676 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25677 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25678 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25679 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25680
25681 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25682 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25683
25684 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25685 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25686 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25687 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25688 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25689 `default-process-coding-system'.
25690
25691 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25692
25693 \(fn)" t nil)
25694
25695 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25696 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25697
25698 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25699
25700 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25701 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25702 `*SQL*'.
25703
25704 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25705 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25706 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25707 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25708
25709 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25710 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25711
25712 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25713 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25714 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25715 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25716 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25717 `default-process-coding-system'.
25718
25719 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25720
25721 \(fn)" t nil)
25722
25723 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25724 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25725
25726 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25727 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25728 `*SQL*'.
25729
25730 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25731 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25732 defaults, if set.
25733
25734 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25735 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25736
25737 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25738 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25739 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25740 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25741 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25742 `default-process-coding-system'.
25743
25744 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25745
25746 \(fn)" t nil)
25747
25748 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25749 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25750
25751 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25752 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25753 `*SQL*'.
25754
25755 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25756 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25757
25758 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25759 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25760
25761 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25762 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25763 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25764 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25765 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25766 `default-process-coding-system'.
25767
25768 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25769
25770 \(fn)" t nil)
25771
25772 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25773 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25774
25775 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25776 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25777 `*SQL*'.
25778
25779 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25780 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25781 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25782 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25783
25784 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25785 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25786
25787 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25788 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25789 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25790 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25791 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25792 `default-process-coding-system'.
25793
25794 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25795
25796 \(fn)" t nil)
25797
25798 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25799 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25800
25801 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25802 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25803 `*SQL*'.
25804
25805 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25806 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25807 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25808 `sql-postgres-options'.
25809
25810 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25811 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25812
25813 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25814 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25815 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25816 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25817 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25818 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25819 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25820 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25821
25822 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25823 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25824
25825 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25826
25827 \(fn)" t nil)
25828
25829 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25830 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25831
25832 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25833 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25834 `*SQL*'.
25835
25836 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25837 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25838 defaults, if set.
25839
25840 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25841 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25842
25843 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25844 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25845 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25846 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25847 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25848 `default-process-coding-system'.
25849
25850 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25851
25852 \(fn)" t nil)
25853
25854 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25855 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25856
25857 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25858 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25859 `*SQL*'.
25860
25861 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25862 automatic login.
25863
25864 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25865 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25866
25867 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25868 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25869 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25870 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25871
25872 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25873 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25874 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25875 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25876 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25877 `default-process-coding-system'.
25878
25879 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25880
25881 \(fn)" t nil)
25882
25883 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25884 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25885
25886 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25887 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25888 `*SQL*'.
25889
25890 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25891 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25892 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25893 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25894 parameters.
25895
25896 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25897 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25898 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25899 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25900 an empty password.
25901
25902 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25903 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25904
25905 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25906
25907 \(fn)" t nil)
25908
25909 ;;;***
25910 \f
25911 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25912 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25913 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25914 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25915 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18335
25916 ;;;;;; 54516))
25917 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25918
25919 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25920 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25921 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25922 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25923 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25924 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25925
25926 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25927
25928 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25929
25930 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25931 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25932 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25933 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25934 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25935 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25936 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25937
25938 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25939
25940 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25941 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25942 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25943 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25944 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25945 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25946 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25947
25948 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25949
25950 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25951 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25952 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25953
25954 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25955
25956 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25957 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25958 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25959
25960 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25961
25962 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25963 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25964
25965 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25966
25967 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25968 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25969
25970 \(fn)" t nil)
25971
25972 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25973 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25974
25975 \(fn)" t nil)
25976
25977 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25978 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25979 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25980 chronologically by command name.
25981 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25982
25983 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25984
25985 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25986 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25987 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25988 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25989 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25990 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25991
25992 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25993
25994 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25995 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25996 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25997 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25998 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25999 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26000 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26001
26002 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26003 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26004 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26005 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26006
26007 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26008
26009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26010
26011 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26012 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26013 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26014 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26015
26016 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26017
26018 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26019 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26020
26021 \(fn)" t nil)
26022
26023 ;;;***
26024 \f
26025 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26026 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
26027 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26028
26029 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26030 Studlify-case the region.
26031
26032 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26033
26034 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26035 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26036
26037 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26038
26039 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26040 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26041
26042 \(fn)" t nil)
26043
26044 ;;;***
26045 \f
26046 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (18382 12476))
26047 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
26048
26049 (autoload 'locate-library "subr" "\
26050 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
26051 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
26052 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
26053 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
26054 to the specified name LIBRARY.
26055
26056 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
26057 is used instead of `load-path'.
26058
26059 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
26060 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
26061 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
26062
26063 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
26064
26065 ;;;***
26066 \f
26067 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26068 ;;;;;; (18384 53311))
26069 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26070
26071 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26072 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26073 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26074 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26075 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26076 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26077 original message but it does require a few things:
26078
26079 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26080
26081 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26082 reply buffer.
26083
26084 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26085 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26086 original message.
26087
26088 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26089
26090 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26091
26092 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26093 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26094 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26095
26096 \(fn)" nil nil)
26097
26098 ;;;***
26099 \f
26100 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
26101 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (18373 17378))
26102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
26103
26104 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
26105 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
26106 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
26107 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
26108 `complete-symbol'.
26109 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
26110 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
26111
26112 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
26113 determining which symbols are considered.
26114
26115 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
26116 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
26117 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
26118 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
26119
26120 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
26121
26122 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
26123 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
26124 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
26125 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
26126 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
26127 completion:
26128
26129 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
26130 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
26131 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
26132 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
26133
26134 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
26135
26136 ;;;***
26137 \f
26138 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18335
26139 ;;;;;; 54516))
26140 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26141
26142 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26143
26144 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode nil "\
26145 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26146 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26147 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26148 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26149 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26150
26151 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26152
26153 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26154 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26155 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26156 otherwise turn it off.
26157
26158 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26159 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26160 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26161
26162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26163
26164 ;;;***
26165 \f
26166 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18335 54516))
26167 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26168
26169 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26170 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26171 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26172 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26173 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26174
26175 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26176
26177 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26178 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26179 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26180 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26181 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26182 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26183 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26184
26185 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26186
26187 ;;;***
26188 \f
26189 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26190 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26191 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26192 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26193 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26194 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26195 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26196 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26197 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26198 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26199 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26200 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26201 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18335 54546))
26202 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26203
26204 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26205 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26206 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26207
26208 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26209
26210 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26211 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26212
26213 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26214
26215 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26216 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26217
26218 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26219
26220 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26221 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26222
26223 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26224
26225 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26226 Insert an editable text table.
26227 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26228 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26229 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26230 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26231 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26232 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26233 delimiting them.
26234
26235 Examples:
26236
26237 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26238
26239 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26240 location of point.
26241
26242 -!-
26243
26244 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26245 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26246 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26247 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26248 first cell.
26249
26250 +-----+-----+-----+
26251 |-!- | | |
26252 +-----+-----+-----+
26253
26254 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26255
26256 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26257 width, which results as
26258
26259 +--------------+-----+-----+
26260 |-!- | | |
26261 +--------------+-----+-----+
26262
26263 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26264 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26265
26266 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26267 | | |-!- |
26268 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26269
26270 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26271 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26272 width information to `table-insert'.
26273
26274 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26275
26276 instead of
26277
26278 Cell width(s): 5
26279
26280 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26281 work all together.
26282
26283 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26284 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26285
26286 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26287 |-!- | | |
26288 | | | |
26289 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26290
26291 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26292
26293 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26294 |-!- | | |
26295 | | | |
26296 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26297 | | | |
26298 | | | |
26299 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26300
26301 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26302
26303 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26304 | | | |
26305 | | | |
26306 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26307 | | | |
26308 | | | |
26309 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26310 -!-
26311
26312 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26313 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26314 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26315
26316 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26317 | | | |
26318 | | | |
26319 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26320 | | | |
26321 | | | |
26322 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26323 |-!- | | |
26324 | | | |
26325 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26326
26327 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26328 results.
26329
26330 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26331 | | | |
26332 | | | |
26333 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26334 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26335 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26336 | | |expected results.-!- |
26337 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26338 | | | |
26339 | | | |
26340 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26341
26342 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26343
26344 \\{table-cell-map}
26345
26346 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26347
26348 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26349 Insert N table row(s).
26350 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26351 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26352 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26353 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26354
26355 \(fn N)" t nil)
26356
26357 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26358 Insert N table column(s).
26359 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26360 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26361 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26362 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26363
26364 \(fn N)" t nil)
26365
26366 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26367 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26368 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26369
26370 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26371
26372 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26373 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26374 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26375 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26376 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26377 all the table specific features.
26378
26379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26380
26381 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26382 Not documented
26383
26384 \(fn)" t nil)
26385
26386 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26387 Recognize all tables within region.
26388 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26389 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26390 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26391 specific features.
26392
26393 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26394
26395 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26396 Not documented
26397
26398 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26399
26400 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26401 Recognize a table at point.
26402 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26403 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26404 the table specific features.
26405
26406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26407
26408 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26409 Not documented
26410
26411 \(fn)" t nil)
26412
26413 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26414 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26415 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26416 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26417 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26418 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26419 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26420
26421 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26422
26423 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26424 Not documented
26425
26426 \(fn)" t nil)
26427
26428 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26429 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26430 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26431 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26432 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26433 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26434 specified.
26435
26436 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26437
26438 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26439 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26440 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26441 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26442 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26443 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26444 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26445 table structure.
26446
26447 \(fn N)" t nil)
26448
26449 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26450 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26451 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26452 table's rectangle structure.
26453
26454 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26455
26456 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26457 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26458 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26459 table's rectangle structure.
26460
26461 \(fn N)" t nil)
26462
26463 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26464 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26465 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26466 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26467 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26468
26469 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26470
26471 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26472 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26473 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26474
26475 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26476 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26477 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26478 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26479 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26480 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26481 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26482
26483 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26484 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26485 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26486 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26487 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26488 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26489 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26490
26491 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26492 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26493 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26494 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26495 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26496 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26497 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26498 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26499
26500 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26501
26502 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26503 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26504 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26505 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26506
26507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26508
26509 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26510 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26511 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26512
26513 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26514
26515 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26516 Split current cell vertically.
26517 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26518
26519 \(fn)" t nil)
26520
26521 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26522 Split current cell horizontally.
26523 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26524
26525 \(fn)" t nil)
26526
26527 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26528 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26529 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26530
26531 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26532
26533 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26534 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26535 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26536 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26537
26538 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26539
26540 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26541 Justify cell contents.
26542 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26543 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26544 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26545 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26546
26547 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26548
26549 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26550 Justify cells of a row.
26551 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26552 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26553
26554 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26555
26556 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26557 Justify cells of a column.
26558 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26559 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26560
26561 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26562
26563 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26564 Toggle fixing width mode.
26565 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26566 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26567 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26568
26569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26570
26571 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26572 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26573 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26574 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26575 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26576 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26577 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26578 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26579 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26580 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26581 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26582
26583 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26584
26585 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26586 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26587 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26588 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26589 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26590 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26591 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26592 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26593 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26594 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26595 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26596 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26597 untouched.
26598
26599 References used for this implementation:
26600
26601 HTML:
26602 http://www.w3.org
26603
26604 LaTeX:
26605 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26606
26607 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26608 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26609 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26610
26611 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26612
26613 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26614 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26615 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26616 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26617 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26618 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26619 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26620 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26621 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26622 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26623 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26624 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26625 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26626 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26627 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26628 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26629 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26630
26631 Example:
26632
26633 (progn
26634 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26635 (table-forward-cell 15)
26636 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26637 (table-forward-cell 16)
26638 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26639 (table-forward-cell 1)
26640 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26641
26642 (progn
26643 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26644 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26645 (table-forward-cell 1)
26646 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26647
26648 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26649
26650 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26651 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26652 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26653 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26654 consists from cells of same height.
26655
26656 \(fn N)" t nil)
26657
26658 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26659 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26660 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26661 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26662 column must consists from cells of same width.
26663
26664 \(fn N)" t nil)
26665
26666 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26667 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26668 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26669 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26670 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26671 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26672 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26673 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26674 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26675 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26676 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26677 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26678 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26679 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26680 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26681
26682
26683 Example 1:
26684
26685 1, 2, 3, 4
26686 5, 6, 7, 8
26687 , 9, 10
26688
26689 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26690 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26691 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26692 specified as 5.
26693
26694 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26695 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26696 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26697 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26698 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26699 | | 9 | 10 | |
26700 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26701
26702 Note:
26703
26704 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26705 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26706 of each row is optional.
26707
26708
26709 Example 2:
26710
26711 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26712 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26713 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26714 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26715 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26716
26717 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26718 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26719
26720 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26721 expression and raw delimiter regular
26722 expression, it parses the specified text
26723 area and extracts cell items from
26724 non-table text and then forms a table out
26725 of them.
26726
26727 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26728 creates a single cell table. The text in
26729 the specified region is placed in that
26730 cell.-*-
26731
26732 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26733 like this.
26734
26735 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26736 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26737 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26738 | |
26739 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26740 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26741 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26742 | area and extracts cell items from |
26743 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26744 | of them. |
26745 | |
26746 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26747 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26748 | the specified region is placed in that |
26749 | cell. |
26750 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26751
26752 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26753 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26754 independently.
26755
26756 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26757 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26758 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26759 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26760 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26761 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26762 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26763 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26764 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26765 | |of them. |
26766 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26767 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26768 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26769 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26770 | |cell. |
26771 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26772
26773 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26774 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26775 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26776
26777 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26778
26779 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26780 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26781 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26782 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26783 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26784
26785 \(fn)" t nil)
26786
26787 ;;;***
26788 \f
26789 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18335 54516))
26790 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26791
26792 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26793 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26794
26795 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26796
26797 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26798 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26799
26800 \(fn)" t nil)
26801
26802 ;;;***
26803 \f
26804 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18356 12617))
26805 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26806
26807 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26808 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26809 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26810 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26811 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26812 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26813 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26814
26815 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26816 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26817 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26818 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26819
26820 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26821 \\{tar-mode-map}
26822
26823 \(fn)" t nil)
26824
26825 ;;;***
26826 \f
26827 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26828 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18335 54543))
26829 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26830
26831 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26832 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26833 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26834 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26835 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26836 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26837
26838 Variables controlling indentation style:
26839 `tcl-indent-level'
26840 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26841 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26842 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26843
26844 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26845 documentation for details):
26846 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26847 Controls action of TAB key.
26848 `tcl-auto-newline'
26849 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26850 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26851 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26852 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26853 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26854
26855 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26856 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26857 already exist.
26858
26859 Commands:
26860 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26861
26862 \(fn)" t nil)
26863
26864 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26865 Run inferior Tcl process.
26866 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26867 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26868
26869 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26870
26871 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26872 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26873 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26874
26875 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26876
26877 ;;;***
26878 \f
26879 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18335 54538))
26880 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26881 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26882
26883 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26884 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26885 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26886 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26887
26888 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26889 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26890 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26891 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26892 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26893
26894 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26895 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26896
26897 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26898 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26899 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26900 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26901
26902 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26903
26904 ;;;***
26905 \f
26906 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18382
26907 ;;;;;; 12476))
26908 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26909
26910 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26911 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26912 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26913 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26914 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26915 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26916
26917 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26918
26919 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26920 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26921 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26922 commands to use in that buffer.
26923
26924 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26925
26926 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26927
26928 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26929 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26930
26931 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26932
26933 ;;;***
26934 \f
26935 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18335
26936 ;;;;;; 54517))
26937 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26938
26939 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26940 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26941 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26942 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26943 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26944 program as keyboard input.
26945
26946 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26947 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26948 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26949 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26950
26951 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26952 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26953 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26954 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26955 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26956
26957 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26958
26959 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26960 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26961 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26962 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26963
26964 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26965 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26966 subprocess started.
26967
26968 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26969
26970 ;;;***
26971 \f
26972 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26973 ;;;;;; (18335 54523))
26974 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26975
26976 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26977 Start coverage on function under point.
26978
26979 \(fn)" t nil)
26980
26981 ;;;***
26982 \f
26983 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18335 54541))
26984 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26985
26986 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26987 Play the Tetris game.
26988 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26989 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26990 as to form complete rows.
26991
26992 tetris-mode keybindings:
26993 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26994 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26995 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26996 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26997 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26998 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26999 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27000 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27001 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27002
27003 \(fn)" t nil)
27004
27005 ;;;***
27006 \f
27007 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27008 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27009 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27010 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27011 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27012 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27013 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27014 ;;;;;; (18382 6719))
27015 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27016
27017 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27018 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27019
27020 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27021
27022 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27023 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27024 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27025 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27026 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27027
27028 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27029
27030 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27031 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27032 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27033 if it matches the first line of the file,
27034 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27035
27036 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27037
27038 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27039 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27040 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27041 if the variable is non-nil.")
27042
27043 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27044
27045 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27046 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27047
27048 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27049
27050 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
27051 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
27052 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27053 See the documentation of that variable.")
27054
27055 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27056
27057 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
27058 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27059 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27060 See the documentation of that variable.")
27061
27062 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27063
27064 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
27065 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27066 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27067 See the documentation of that variable.")
27068
27069 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27070
27071 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
27072 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27073 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27074 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27075 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27076
27077 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27078
27079 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
27080 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27081 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27082 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27083
27084 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27085
27086 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27087 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27088 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27089
27090 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27091
27092 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27093 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27094 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27095 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27096
27097 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27098
27099 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27100 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27101 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27102 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27103
27104 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27105
27106 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27107 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27108 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27109 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27110
27111 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27112 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27113 for example,
27114
27115 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27116 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27117
27118 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27119 use.")
27120
27121 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27122
27123 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27124 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27125 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27126 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27127 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27128
27129 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27130
27131 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27132
27133 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27134 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27135 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27136
27137 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27138
27139 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27140 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27141 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27142 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27143 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27144
27145 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27146
27147 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27148 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27149
27150 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27151
27152 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27153 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27154
27155 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27156
27157 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27158 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27159 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27160 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27161 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27162 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27163 says which mode to use.
27164
27165 \(fn)" t nil)
27166
27167 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27168
27169 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27170
27171 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27172
27173 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27174 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27175 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27176 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27177 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27178
27179 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27180 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27181 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27182 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27183 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27184 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27185 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27186
27187 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27188 mismatched $'s or braces.
27189
27190 Special commands:
27191 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27192
27193 Mode variables:
27194 tex-run-command
27195 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27196 tex-directory
27197 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27198 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27199 tex-dvi-print-command
27200 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27201 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27202 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27203 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27204 tex-dvi-view-command
27205 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27206 tex-show-queue-command
27207 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27208 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27209
27210 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27211 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27212 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27213
27214 \(fn)" t nil)
27215
27216 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27217 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27218 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27219 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27220 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27221
27222 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27223 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27224 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27225 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27226 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27227 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27228 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27229
27230 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27231 mismatched $'s or braces.
27232
27233 Special commands:
27234 \\{latex-mode-map}
27235
27236 Mode variables:
27237 latex-run-command
27238 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27239 tex-directory
27240 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27241 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27242 tex-dvi-print-command
27243 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27244 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27245 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27246 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27247 tex-dvi-view-command
27248 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27249 tex-show-queue-command
27250 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27251 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27252
27253 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27254 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27255 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27256
27257 \(fn)" t nil)
27258
27259 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27260 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27261 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27262 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27263 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27264
27265 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27266 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27267 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27268 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27269 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27270 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27271 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27272
27273 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27274 mismatched $'s or braces.
27275
27276 Special commands:
27277 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27278
27279 Mode variables:
27280 slitex-run-command
27281 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27282 tex-directory
27283 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27284 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27285 tex-dvi-print-command
27286 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27287 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27288 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27289 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27290 tex-dvi-view-command
27291 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27292 tex-show-queue-command
27293 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27294 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27295
27296 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27297 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27298 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27299 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27300
27301 \(fn)" t nil)
27302
27303 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27304 Not documented
27305
27306 \(fn)" nil nil)
27307
27308 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27309 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27310
27311 \(fn)" t nil)
27312
27313 ;;;***
27314 \f
27315 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27316 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18335 54546))
27317 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27318
27319 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27320 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27321 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27322 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27323
27324 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27325 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27326 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27327
27328 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27329
27330 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27331 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27332 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27333 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27334 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27335
27336 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27337
27338 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27339 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27340 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27341 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27342
27343 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27344 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27345 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27346 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27347
27348 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27349 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27350
27351 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27352
27353 ;;;***
27354 \f
27355 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27356 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18335 54546))
27357 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27358
27359 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27360 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27361
27362 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27363
27364 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27365 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27366
27367 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27368
27369 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27370 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27371
27372 It has these extra commands:
27373 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27374
27375 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27376 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27377 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27378 modified version of TeX input format.
27379
27380 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27381 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27382 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27383 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27384
27385 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27386 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27387 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27388 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27389 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27390 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27391 in the Texinfo file.
27392
27393 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27394 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27395 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27396 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27397 move forward past the closing brace.
27398
27399 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27400 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27401
27402 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27403 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27404 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27405
27406 Here are the functions:
27407
27408 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27409 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27410 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27411
27412 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27413 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27414 texinfo-master-menu
27415
27416 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27417
27418 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27419 which menu descriptions are indented.
27420
27421 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27422 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27423 in the region.
27424
27425 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27426 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27427 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27428 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27429
27430 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27431 be the first node in the file.
27432
27433 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27434 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27435
27436 \(fn)" t nil)
27437
27438 ;;;***
27439 \f
27440 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27441 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27442 ;;;;;; (18341 12912))
27443 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27444
27445 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27446 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27447 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27448 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27449
27450 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27451
27452 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27453 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27454
27455 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27456
27457 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27458 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27459
27460 \(fn)" t nil)
27461
27462 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27463 Not documented
27464
27465 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
27466
27467 ;;;***
27468 \f
27469 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27470 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27471 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18335 54517))
27472 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27473
27474 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27475 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27476
27477 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27478
27479 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27480 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27481 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27482 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27483 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27484
27485 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27486 a symbol as a valid THING.
27487
27488 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27489 of the textual entity that was found.
27490
27491 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27492
27493 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27494 Return the THING at point.
27495 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27496 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27497 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27498
27499 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27500 a symbol as a valid THING.
27501
27502 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27503
27504 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27505 Not documented
27506
27507 \(fn)" nil nil)
27508
27509 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27510 Not documented
27511
27512 \(fn)" nil nil)
27513
27514 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27515 Not documented
27516
27517 \(fn)" nil nil)
27518
27519 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27520 Not documented
27521
27522 \(fn)" nil nil)
27523
27524 ;;;***
27525 \f
27526 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27527 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27528 ;;;;;; (18335 54517))
27529 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27530
27531 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27532 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27533
27534 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27535
27536 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27537 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27538 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27539 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27540
27541 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27542
27543 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27544 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27545
27546 \(fn)" t nil)
27547
27548 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27549 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27550
27551 \(fn)" t nil)
27552
27553 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27554
27555 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27556 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27557
27558 \(fn)" t nil)
27559
27560 ;;;***
27561 \f
27562 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27563 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27564 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27565 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27566 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27567 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18370 13448))
27568 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27569
27570 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27571 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27572 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27573
27574 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27575
27576 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27577 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27578
27579 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27580
27581 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27582 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27583 The returned string has no composition information.
27584
27585 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27586
27587 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27588 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27589
27590 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27591
27592 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27593 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27594
27595 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27596
27597 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27598 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27599 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27600 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27601
27602 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27603
27604 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27605 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27606 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27607 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27608
27609 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27610
27611 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
27612 Not documented
27613
27614 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
27615
27616 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27617 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27618 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27619
27620 \(fn)" t nil)
27621
27622 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27623 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27624 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27625
27626 \(fn)" t nil)
27627
27628 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27629 Not documented
27630
27631 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27632
27633 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27634 Not documented
27635
27636 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27637
27638 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27639 Not documented
27640
27641 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27642
27643 ;;;***
27644 \f
27645 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27646 ;;;;;; (18335 54547))
27647 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27648
27649 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27650 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27651 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27652 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27653 parameters.
27654 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27655
27656 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27657
27658 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27659 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27660 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27661 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27662 parameters.
27663 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27664
27665 \(fn)" t nil)
27666
27667 ;;;***
27668 \f
27669 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27670 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27671 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18367 13960))
27672 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27673
27674 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27675 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27676
27677 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27678
27679 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27680 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27681 This display updates automatically every minute.
27682 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27683 are displayed as well.
27684 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27685
27686 \(fn)" t nil)
27687
27688 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27689 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27690 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27691 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27692 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27693 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27694
27695 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27696
27697 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27698 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27699 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27700
27701 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27702 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27703 are displayed as well.
27704 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27705
27706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27707
27708 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27709 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27710 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27711 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27712
27713 \(fn)" t nil)
27714
27715 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27716 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27717 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27718 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27719
27720 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27721
27722 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27723 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27724
27725 \(fn)" t nil)
27726
27727 ;;;***
27728 \f
27729 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27730 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27731 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27732 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time time-to-seconds date-to-time) "time-date"
27733 ;;;;;; "calendar/time-date.el" (18360 55731))
27734 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27735
27736 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27737 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27738
27739 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27740
27741 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
27742 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27743 You can use `float-time' instead.
27744
27745 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27746
27747 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27748 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27749
27750 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27751
27752 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27753 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27754
27755 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27756
27757 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27758 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27759
27760 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27761
27762 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27763 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27764 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27765
27766 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27767
27768 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27769
27770 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27771 Subtract two time values.
27772 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27773
27774 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27775
27776 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27777 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27778
27779 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27780
27781 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27782 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27783 DATE should be a date-time string.
27784
27785 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27786
27787 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27788 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27789 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27790
27791 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27792
27793 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27794 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27795
27796 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27797
27798 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27799 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27800
27801 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27802
27803 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27804 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27805 TIME should be a time value.
27806 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27807
27808 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27809
27810 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27811 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27812 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27813
27814 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27815
27816 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27817 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27818 The valid format specifiers are:
27819 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27820 %d is the number of days.
27821 %h is the number of hours.
27822 %m is the number of minutes.
27823 %s is the number of seconds.
27824 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27825 %% is a literal \"%\".
27826
27827 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27828 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27829
27830 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27831 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27832 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27833
27834 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27835 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27836 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27837
27838 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27839
27840 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27841
27842 ;;;***
27843 \f
27844 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27845 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18341 12905))
27846 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27847 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27848 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27849 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27850 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27851 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27852 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27853 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27854 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27855
27856 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27857 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27858 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27859 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27860 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27861 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27862 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27863 look like one of the following:
27864 Time-stamp: <>
27865 Time-stamp: \" \"
27866 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27867 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27868 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27869 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27870 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27871 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27872 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27873 the template.
27874
27875 \(fn)" t nil)
27876
27877 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27878 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27879 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27880
27881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27882
27883 ;;;***
27884 \f
27885 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27886 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27887 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27888 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27889 ;;;;;; (18384 51335))
27890 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27891
27892 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27893 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27894 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27895 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27896 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27897 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27898 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27899 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27900 display (non-nil means on).
27901
27902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27903
27904 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27905 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27906 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27907 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27908 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27909 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27910 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27911 this function is called within a day.
27912
27913 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27914 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27915 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27916 discover the name of the project.
27917
27918 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27919
27920 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27921 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27922 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27923 begun during the last time segment.
27924
27925 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27926 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27927 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27928 discover the reason.
27929
27930 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27931
27932 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27933 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27934 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27935 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27936 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27937
27938 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27939
27940 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27941 Change to working on a different project.
27942 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27943 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27944 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27945 working on.
27946
27947 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27948
27949 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27950 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27951 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27952
27953 \(fn)" nil nil)
27954
27955 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27956 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27957 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27958
27959 \(fn)" t nil)
27960
27961 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27962 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27963 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27964 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27965 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27966 \"relative to today\".
27967
27968 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27969
27970 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27971 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27972 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27973 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27974
27975 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27976
27977 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27978 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27979 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27980 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27981 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27982 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27983
27984 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27985
27986 ;;;***
27987 \f
27988 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27989 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27990 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (18335 54523))
27991 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27992
27993 (defalias 'disable-timeout 'cancel-timer)
27994
27995 (autoload 'cancel-timer "timer" "\
27996 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27997
27998 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27999
28000 (autoload 'cancel-function-timers "timer" "\
28001 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
28002 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
28003 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
28004
28005 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
28006
28007 (autoload 'run-at-time "timer" "\
28008 Perform an action at time TIME.
28009 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
28010 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
28011 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
28012 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
28013 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
28014 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
28015 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
28016 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
28017 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
28018 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
28019 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
28020
28021 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
28022
28023 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28024
28025 (autoload 'run-with-timer "timer" "\
28026 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
28027 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
28028 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
28029 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
28030
28031 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
28032
28033 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28034
28035 (autoload 'add-timeout "timer" "\
28036 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
28037 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
28038 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
28039
28040 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
28041
28042 (autoload 'run-with-idle-timer "timer" "\
28043 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
28044 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
28045 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
28046 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
28047 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
28048 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
28049
28050 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
28051 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
28052
28053 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
28054
28055 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28056 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
28057
28058 (autoload 'with-timeout "timer" "\
28059 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
28060 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
28061 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
28062 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
28063 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
28064 be detected.
28065
28066 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28067
28068 ;;;***
28069 \f
28070 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28071 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18341 12911))
28072 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28073
28074 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28075 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28076 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28077 the generated Quail package is saved.
28078
28079 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28080
28081 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28082 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28083 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28084 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28085 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28086 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28087 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28088
28089 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28090
28091 ;;;***
28092 \f
28093 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28094 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18335 54517))
28095 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28096 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28097 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28098
28099 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28100 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28101 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28102 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28103 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28104
28105 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28106
28107 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28108 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28109 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28110 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28111 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28112
28113 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28114
28115 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28116 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28117 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28118 in the menu in two ways:
28119 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28120 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28121 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28122
28123 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28124 keymap or an alist of alists.
28125 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28126 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28127
28128 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28129
28130 ;;;***
28131 \f
28132 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28133 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28134 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18384 51335))
28135 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28136
28137 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28138 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28139
28140 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
28141
28142 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28143 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28144
28145 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28146
28147 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28148 Insert new TODO list entry.
28149 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28150 category.
28151
28152 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28153
28154 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28155 List top priorities for each category.
28156
28157 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28158 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28159
28160 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28161 between each category.
28162
28163 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28164
28165 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28166 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28167 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28168 between each category.
28169
28170 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28171
28172 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28173
28174 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28175 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28176
28177 \\{todo-mode-map}
28178
28179 \(fn)" t nil)
28180
28181 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28182 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28183
28184 \(fn)" nil nil)
28185
28186 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28187 Show TODO list.
28188
28189 \(fn)" t nil)
28190
28191 ;;;***
28192 \f
28193 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28194 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28195 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18373 17377))
28196 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28197
28198 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28199 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28200 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28201
28202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28203
28204 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28205
28206 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28207 Add an item to the tool bar.
28208 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28209 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28210 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28211 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28212
28213 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28214 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28215 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28216 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28217
28218 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28219 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28220
28221 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28222
28223 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28224 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28225 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28226 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28227 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28228 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28229
28230 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28231 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28232 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28233 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28234
28235 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28236
28237 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28238 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28239 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28240 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28241 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28242 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28243 properties to add to the binding.
28244
28245 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28246
28247 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28248 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28249
28250 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28251
28252 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28253 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28254 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28255 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28256 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28257 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28258 properties to add to the binding.
28259
28260 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28261 holds a keymap.
28262
28263 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28264
28265 ;;;***
28266 \f
28267 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28268 ;;;;;; (18367 13961))
28269 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28270
28271 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28272 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28273 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28275 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28276 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28277
28278 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28279
28280 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28281 TPU/edt emulation.
28282
28283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28284
28285 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28286
28287 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28288 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28289
28290 \(fn)" t nil)
28291
28292 ;;;***
28293 \f
28294 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28295 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
28296 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28297
28298 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28299 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28300
28301 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28302 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28303 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28304 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28305 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28306
28307 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28308 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28309 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28310 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28311 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28312
28313 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28314 (tpu-edt)
28315
28316 Known Problems:
28317
28318 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28319 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28320 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28321 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28322 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28323 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28324
28325 \(fn)" t nil)
28326
28327 ;;;***
28328 \f
28329 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18335 54523))
28330 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28331
28332 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28333 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28334 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28335 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28336 to a tcp server on another machine.
28337
28338 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28339
28340 ;;;***
28341 \f
28342 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28343 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18335 54523))
28344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28345
28346 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28347 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28348
28349 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28350
28351 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28352 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28353 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28354 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28355 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28356 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28357 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28358 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28359
28360 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28361
28362 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28363 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28364 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28365 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28366 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28367 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28368 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28369 the window or buffer configuration.
28370
28371 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28372
28373 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28374
28375 ;;;***
28376 \f
28377 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28378 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28379 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax) "tramp" "net/tramp.el"
28380 ;;;;;; (18351 56657))
28381 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28382
28383 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28384 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28385
28386 It can have the following values:
28387
28388 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28389 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28390 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28391
28392 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28393
28394 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28395 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28396 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28397 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28398
28399 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28400 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28401 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28402 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28403
28404 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28405 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28406 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28407
28408 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28409 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28410 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28411 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28412 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28413 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28414 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28415 files which are not really Tramp files.
28416
28417 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28418 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28419 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28420 updated after changing this variable.
28421
28422 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28423
28424 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:][^/]*$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$") "\
28425 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28426 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28427 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28428
28429 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28430 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28431 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28432 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28433
28434 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28435 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28436 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28437
28438 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28439 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28440 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28441
28442 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28443 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28444 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28445 updated after changing this variable.
28446
28447 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28448
28449 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28450 Alist of completion handler functions.
28451 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28452 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28453 normal Emacs functions.")
28454
28455 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28456 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28457 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28458 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28459
28460 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28461 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28462 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28463 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28464
28465 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28466 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28467 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28468
28469 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28470
28471 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28472 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28473 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28474
28475 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28476 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28477 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28478
28479 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28480 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28481 (add-hook
28482 'after-init-hook
28483 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28484
28485 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28486 Not documented
28487
28488 \(fn)" nil nil)
28489
28490 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28491 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28492
28493 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28494
28495 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28496 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28497
28498 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28499
28500 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28501 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28502
28503 \(fn)" t nil)
28504
28505 ;;;***
28506 \f
28507 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28508 ;;;;;; (18342 61794))
28509 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28510
28511 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28512 Not documented
28513
28514 \(fn)" nil nil)
28515
28516 ;;;***
28517 \f
28518 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18335
28519 ;;;;;; 54517))
28520 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28521
28522 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28523 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28524 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28525 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28526 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28527 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28528 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28529 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28530
28531 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28532 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28533 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28534
28535 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28536 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28537 resumed later.
28538
28539 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28540
28541 ;;;***
28542 \f
28543 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28544 ;;;;;; (18340 25864))
28545 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28546
28547 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28548 Not documented
28549
28550 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28551
28552 ;;;***
28553 \f
28554 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28555 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18335 54547))
28556 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28557 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28558 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28559 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28560
28561 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28562 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28563 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28564 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28565 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28566 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28567 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28568
28569 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28570
28571 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28572 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28573 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28574 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28575
28576 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28577
28578 \(fn)" t nil)
28579
28580 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28581 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28582 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28583 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28584 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28585 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28586 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28587
28588 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28589 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28590
28591 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28592 \\___/\\
28593 / \\
28594 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28595
28596 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28597
28598 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28599
28600 ;;;***
28601 \f
28602 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28603 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28604 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28605 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28606 ;;;;;; (18335 54517))
28607 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28608
28609 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28610 Toggle typing break mode.
28611 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28612 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28613 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28614
28615 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28616
28617 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28618 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28619
28620 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28621
28622 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28623 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28624
28625 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28626 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28627 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28628
28629 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28630 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28631
28632 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28633
28634 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28635 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28636
28637 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28638 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28639 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28640 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28641
28642 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28643
28644 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28645 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28646 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28647
28648 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28649 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28650 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28651 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28652 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28653 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28654
28655 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28656 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28657 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28658 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28659
28660 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28661 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28662
28663 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28664 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28665
28666 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28667
28668 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28669 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28670 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28671
28672 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28673 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28674 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28675 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28676 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28677 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28678 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28679
28680 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28681 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28682
28683 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28684 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28685 reset the keystroke counter.
28686
28687 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28688 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28689 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28690 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28691
28692 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28693 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28694 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28695 `type-break-schedule' command.
28696
28697 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28698 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28699 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28700 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28701 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28702 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28703 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28704 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28705 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28706
28707 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28708 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28709 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28710 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28711 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28712
28713 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28714 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28715 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28716 approximate good values for this.
28717
28718 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28719 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28720
28721 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28722 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28723 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28724 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28725 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28726 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28727
28728 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28729 a typing break occur. They include:
28730
28731 `type-break-query-mode'
28732 `type-break-query-function'
28733 `type-break-query-interval'
28734
28735 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28736
28737 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28738 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28739 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28740 problems.
28741
28742 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28743
28744 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28745 Take a typing break.
28746
28747 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28748 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28749
28750 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28751 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28752
28753 \(fn)" t nil)
28754
28755 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28756 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28757 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28758 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28759
28760 \(fn)" t nil)
28761
28762 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28763 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28764
28765 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28766 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28767 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28768 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28769 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28770 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28771 average typing speed.)
28772
28773 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28774 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28775 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28776 the computed maximum threshold.
28777
28778 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28779 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28780 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28781 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28782 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28783
28784 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28785
28786 ;;;***
28787 \f
28788 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28789 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18335 54547))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28791
28792 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28793 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28794 Works by overstriking underscores.
28795 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28796 which specify the range to operate on.
28797
28798 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28799
28800 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28801 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28802 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28803 which specify the range to operate on.
28804
28805 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28806
28807 ;;;***
28808 \f
28809 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28810 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18335 54537))
28811 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28812
28813 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28814 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28815 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28816
28817 \(fn)" t nil)
28818
28819 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28820 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28821 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28822 following the containing message.
28823
28824 \(fn)" t nil)
28825
28826 ;;;***
28827 \f
28828 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28829 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
28830 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28831
28832 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28833 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28834 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28835 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28836 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28837 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28838
28839 \(fn)" nil nil)
28840
28841 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28842 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28843
28844 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28845
28846 ;;;***
28847 \f
28848 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18335
28849 ;;;;;; 54523))
28850 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28851
28852 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28853 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28854 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28855 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28856
28857 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28858
28859 ;;;***
28860 \f
28861 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28862 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18335 54549))
28863 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28864
28865 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28866 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28867 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28868
28869 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28870 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28871 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28872 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28873 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28874 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28875
28876 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28877 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28878 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28879
28880 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28881 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28882 the callback is not called).
28883
28884 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28885 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28886 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28887 take effect.
28888
28889 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28890
28891 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28892 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28893 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28894 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28895 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28896
28897 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28898
28899 ;;;***
28900 \f
28901 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28902 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18335 54547))
28903 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28904
28905 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28906 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28907 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28908
28909 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28910 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28911 `url-generic-parse-url'
28912 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28913 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28914 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28915 realm
28916 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28917 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28918 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28919 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28920 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28921 what type of auth to use
28922 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28923 if one cannot be found in the cache
28924
28925 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28926
28927 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28928 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28929
28930 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28931 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28932 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28933 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28934 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28935 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28936 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28937 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28938
28939 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28940
28941 ;;;***
28942 \f
28943 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28944 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18335
28945 ;;;;;; 54547))
28946 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28947
28948 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28949 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28950
28951 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28952
28953 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28954 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28955
28956 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28957
28958 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28959 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28960
28961 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28962
28963 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28964 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28965
28966 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28967
28968 ;;;***
28969 \f
28970 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18335 54547))
28971 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28972
28973 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28974 Not documented
28975
28976 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28977
28978 ;;;***
28979 \f
28980 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28981 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18335 54547))
28982 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28983
28984 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28985 Not documented
28986
28987 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28988
28989 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28990 Not documented
28991
28992 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28993
28994 ;;;***
28995 \f
28996 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18335
28997 ;;;;;; 54547))
28998 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28999
29000 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29001 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29002
29003 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29004
29005 ;;;***
29006 \f
29007 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29008 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18335 54548))
29009 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29010
29011 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29012 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29013
29014 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29015
29016 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29017 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29018 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29019 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29020 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29021
29022 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29023
29024 ;;;***
29025 \f
29026 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29027 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29028 ;;;;;; (18346 23602))
29029 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29030
29031 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29032 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29033 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29034 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29035 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29036 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29037
29038 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29039
29040 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29041 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29042
29043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29044
29045 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29046 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29047 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29048 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29049
29050 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29051
29052 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29053 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29054 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29055 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29056 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29057 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29058 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29059 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29060 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29061
29062 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29063
29064 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29065 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29066 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29067 accessible.
29068
29069 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29070
29071 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29072 Not documented
29073
29074 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29075
29076 ;;;***
29077 \f
29078 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29079 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18335 54548))
29080 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29081
29082 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29083 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29084 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29085 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29086 CBARGS as the arguments.
29087
29088 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29089
29090 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29091 Not documented
29092
29093 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29094
29095 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29096
29097 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29098 Not documented
29099
29100 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29101
29102 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29103 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29104 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29105
29106 Property list members:
29107
29108 methods
29109 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29110 supports.
29111
29112 dav
29113 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29114 supported.
29115
29116 dasl
29117 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29118
29119 ranges
29120 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29121
29122 p3p
29123 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29124 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29125 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29126 Emacs/W3.
29127
29128 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29129
29130 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29131 Default HTTPS port.")
29132
29133 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29134 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29135
29136 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-http-expand-file-name)
29137 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29138 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29139 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29140 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29141
29142 ;;;***
29143 \f
29144 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18335 54548))
29145 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29146
29147 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29148 Not documented
29149
29150 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29151
29152 ;;;***
29153 \f
29154 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18335
29155 ;;;;;; 54548))
29156 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29157
29158 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29159 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29160 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29161 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29162 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29163
29164 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29165
29166 ;;;***
29167 \f
29168 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29169 ;;;;;; (18335 54548))
29170 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29171
29172 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29173 Not documented
29174
29175 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29176
29177 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29178 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29179
29180 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29181
29182 ;;;***
29183 \f
29184 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29185 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18335 54548))
29186 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29187
29188 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29189 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29190
29191 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29192
29193 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29194 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29195
29196 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29197
29198 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29199 Not documented
29200
29201 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29202
29203 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29204
29205 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29206
29207 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29208
29209 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29210 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29211
29212 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29213
29214 ;;;***
29215 \f
29216 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29217 ;;;;;; (18335 54548))
29218 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29219
29220 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29221 Not documented
29222
29223 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29224
29225 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29226 Not documented
29227
29228 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29229
29230 ;;;***
29231 \f
29232 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29233 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29234 ;;;;;; (18335 54549))
29235 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29236
29237 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29238 Not documented
29239
29240 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29241
29242 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29243 Not documented
29244
29245 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29246
29247 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29248 Not documented
29249
29250 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29251
29252 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29253 Not documented
29254
29255 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29256
29257 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29258 Not documented
29259
29260 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29261
29262 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29263 Not documented
29264
29265 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29266
29267 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29268 Not documented
29269
29270 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29271
29272 ;;;***
29273 \f
29274 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29275 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18335 54549))
29276 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29277
29278 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29279 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29280
29281 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29282
29283 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29284 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29285 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29286 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29287
29288 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29289
29290 ;;;***
29291 \f
29292 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29293 ;;;;;; (18335 54549))
29294 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29295
29296 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29297 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29298
29299 \(fn)" t nil)
29300
29301 ;;;***
29302 \f
29303 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29304 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29305 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29306 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29307 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29308 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29309 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18379 25273))
29310 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29311
29312 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29313 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29314 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29315
29316 If t, all messages will be logged.
29317 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29318 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29319
29320 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29321
29322 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29323 Not documented
29324
29325 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29326
29327 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29328 Not documented
29329
29330 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29331
29332 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29333 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29334 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29335 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29336 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29337 & ==> &amp;
29338 < ==> &lt;
29339 > ==> &gt;
29340 \" ==> &quot;
29341
29342 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29343
29344 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29345 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29346 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29347
29348 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29349
29350 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29351 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29352 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29353
29354 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29355
29356 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29357 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29358
29359 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29360
29361 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29362 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29363
29364 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29365
29366 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29367 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29368
29369 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29370
29371 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29372 Not documented
29373
29374 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29375
29376 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29377 Not documented
29378
29379 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29380
29381 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29382 Not documented
29383
29384 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29385
29386 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29387 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29388
29389 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29390
29391 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29392 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29393
29394 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29395
29396 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29397 Not documented
29398
29399 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29400
29401 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29402 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29403 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29404 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29405 forbidden in URL encoding.
29406
29407 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29408
29409 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29410 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29411 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29412 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29413 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29414 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29415
29416 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29417
29418 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29419 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29420 If optional variable X is t,
29421 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29422
29423 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29424
29425 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29426 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29427 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29428
29429 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29430
29431 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29432 View the current document's URL.
29433 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29434 the minibuffer.
29435
29436 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29437
29438 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29439
29440 ;;;***
29441 \f
29442 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29443 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18335 54517))
29444 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29445
29446 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29447 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29448 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29449 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29450 to refrain from editing the file
29451 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29452 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29453 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29454 in any way you like.
29455
29456 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29457
29458 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29459 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29460 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29461 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29462 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29463
29464 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29465 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29466
29467 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29468
29469 ;;;***
29470 \f
29471 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29472 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29473 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18376 47168))
29474 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29475
29476 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29477 Not documented
29478
29479 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29480
29481 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29482 Not documented
29483
29484 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29485
29486 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29487 Not documented
29488
29489 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29490
29491 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29492 Not documented
29493
29494 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29495
29496 ;;;***
29497 \f
29498 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29499 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29500 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
29501 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29502
29503 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29504 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29505 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29506 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29507
29508 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29509
29510 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29511 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29512 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29513
29514 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29515
29516 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29517 Uudecode region between START and END.
29518 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29519
29520 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29521
29522 ;;;***
29523 \f
29524 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29525 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29526 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29527 ;;;;;; vc-status vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29528 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command
29529 ;;;;;; edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29530 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18383 53219))
29531 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29532
29533 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29534 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29535 See `run-hooks'.")
29536
29537 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29538
29539 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29540 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29541 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29542
29543 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29544
29545 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29546 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29547 See `run-hooks'.")
29548
29549 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29550
29551 (autoload 'with-vc-file "vc" "\
29552 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29553 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29554 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29555 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or you are
29556 using a locking version-control system and the file is locked by
29557 somebody else, signal error.
29558
29559 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29560
29561 (autoload 'edit-vc-file "vc" "\
29562 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29563 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29564 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29565 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29566
29567 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29568
29569 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc" "\
29570 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29571 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29572 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29573 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29574 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29575 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29576 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29577 ignore all execution errors). FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file;
29578 it may be a list of files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect
29579 a file name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29580 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29581
29582 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29583
29584 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29585 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29586 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29587
29588 For locking systems:
29589 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29590 control.
29591 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29592 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29593 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29594 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29595 it performs a revert on that file.
29596 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29597 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29598 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29599 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29600 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29601 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29602 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29603
29604 For merging systems:
29605 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29606 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29607 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29608 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29609 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29610 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29611 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29612 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29613 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29614
29615 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29616
29617 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29618 Register into a version control system.
29619 If FNAME is given register that file, otherwise register the current file.
29620 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29621 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29622
29623 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29624 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29625 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29626 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29627 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29628 first backend that could register the file is used.
29629
29630 \(fn &optional FNAME SET-REVISION COMMENT)" t nil)
29631
29632 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29633 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29634
29635 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29636
29637 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29638 Display diffs between file revisions.
29639 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29640 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29641 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29642
29643 If no current fileset is available (that is, we are not in
29644 VC-Dired mode and the visited file of the current buffer is not
29645 under version control) and we're in a Dired buffer, use
29646 the current directory.
29647 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29648 saving the buffer.
29649
29650 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29651
29652 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29653 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29654 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29655 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29656
29657 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29658
29659 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29660 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29661 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29662 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29663
29664 \(fn)" t nil)
29665
29666 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29667 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29668 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29669 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29670 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29671 from the current branch.
29672
29673 See Info node `Merging'.
29674
29675 \(fn)" t nil)
29676
29677 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29678
29679 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
29680 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29681
29682 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29683
29684 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29685 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29686
29687 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29688
29689 (autoload 'vc-status "vc" "\
29690 Show the VC status for DIR.
29691
29692 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
29693
29694 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
29695 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29696 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29697 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29698 given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files are
29699 checked out in that new branch.
29700
29701 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29702
29703 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
29704 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29705 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29706 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29707 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29708 allowed and simply skipped).
29709
29710 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29711
29712 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29713 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29714 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29715
29716 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
29717
29718 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29719 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29720 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29721 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29722
29723 \(fn)" t nil)
29724
29725 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29726 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29727 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29728 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29729
29730 \(fn)" t nil)
29731
29732 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29733
29734 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29735 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29736 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29737 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29738 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29739 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29740
29741 \(fn)" t nil)
29742
29743 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29744 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29745 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29746 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29747 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29748 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29749 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29750
29751 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29752
29753 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29754 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29755 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29756 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29757 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29758 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29759 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29760 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29761 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29762
29763 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29764
29765 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29766 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29767
29768 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29769
29770 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29771 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29772 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29773 directory.
29774
29775 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29776
29777 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29778 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29779 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29780
29781 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29782 log entries should be gathered.
29783
29784 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29785
29786 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
29787 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29788
29789 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29790
29791 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29792 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29793
29794 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29795
29796 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc" "\
29797 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29798
29799 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29800 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29801 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29802 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29803 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29804 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29805
29806 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29807 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29808 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29809 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29810 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29811 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29812 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29813 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29814
29815 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29816
29817 Customization variables:
29818
29819 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29820 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29821 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29822 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29823
29824 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
29825
29826 ;;;***
29827 \f
29828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18335 54517))
29829 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29830 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29831 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29832 (progn
29833 (load "vc-arch")
29834 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29835
29836 ;;;***
29837 \f
29838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18384 44809))
29839 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29840
29841 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29842 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29843
29844 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29845 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29846 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29847 (progn
29848 (load "vc-bzr")
29849 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29850
29851 ;;;***
29852 \f
29853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18370 13443))
29854 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29855 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29856 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29857 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29858 (load "vc-cvs")
29859 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29860
29861 ;;;***
29862 \f
29863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18367 13960))
29864 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29865 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29866 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29867 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29868 (progn
29869 (load "vc-git")
29870 (vc-git-registered file))))
29871
29872 ;;;***
29873 \f
29874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18376 39969))
29875 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29876 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29877 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29878 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29879 (progn
29880 (load "vc-hg")
29881 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29882
29883 ;;;***
29884 \f
29885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18370 13443))
29886 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29887 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29888 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29889 (progn
29890 (load "vc-mcvs")
29891 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29892
29893 ;;;***
29894 \f
29895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18335 54517))
29896 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29897
29898 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29899
29900 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29901 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29902 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29903 (progn
29904 (load "vc-mtn")
29905 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29906
29907 ;;;***
29908 \f
29909 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29910 ;;;;;; (18370 13444))
29911 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29912
29913 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
29914 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29915 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29916
29917 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29918 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29919
29920 ;;;***
29921 \f
29922 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29923 ;;;;;; (18370 41184))
29924 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29925
29926 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
29927 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29928 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29929
29930 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29931 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29932
29933 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29934 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29935 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29936 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29937
29938 ;;;***
29939 \f
29940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18376 39969))
29941 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29942 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29943 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29944 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29945 "_svn")
29946 (t ".svn"))))
29947 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29948 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29949 (file-name-directory f)))
29950 (load "vc-svn")
29951 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29952
29953 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
29954
29955 ;;;***
29956 \f
29957 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29958 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
29959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29960 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29961
29962 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29963 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29964
29965 Usage:
29966 ------
29967
29968 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29969 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29970 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29971 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29972
29973 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29974 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29975 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29976 completions.
29977
29978 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29979 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29980
29981 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29982 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29983
29984 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29985 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29986 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29987
29988 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29989
29990
29991 Maintenance:
29992 ------------
29993
29994 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29995 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29996
29997 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29998
29999 Official distribution is at
30000 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
30001
30002
30003 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30004 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30005
30006 Key bindings:
30007 -------------
30008
30009 \\{vera-mode-map}
30010
30011 \(fn)" t nil)
30012
30013 ;;;***
30014 \f
30015 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30016 ;;;;;; (18369 28764))
30017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30018
30019 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30020 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30021 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30022 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30023 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30024
30025 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30026
30027 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30028 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30029
30030 Supports highlighting.
30031
30032 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30033 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30034
30035 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30036
30037 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30038 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30039 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30040 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30041 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30042 on the left side of your screen.
30043 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30044 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30045 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30046 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30047 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30048 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30049 function keyword.
30050 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30051 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30052 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30053 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30054 if (a)
30055 begin
30056 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30057 Indentation for case statements.
30058 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30059 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30060 mark after an end.
30061 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30062 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30063 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30064 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30065 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30066 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30067 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30068 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30069 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30070 if (a)
30071 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30072 otherwise you get:
30073 if (a)
30074 begin
30075 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30076 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30077 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30078 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30079 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30080 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30081 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30082 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30083 comments in tight quarters.
30084 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30085 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30086
30087 Variables controlling other actions:
30088
30089 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30090 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30091 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30092
30093 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30094
30095 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30096
30097 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30098 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30099 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30100
30101 Some other functions are:
30102
30103 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30104 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30105 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30106 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30107 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30108
30109 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30110 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30111 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end;.
30112 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30113
30114 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert a always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30115 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30116 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30117 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30118 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30119 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a nice header block at the top of file.
30120 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30121 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30122 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30123 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30124 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30125 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30126 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30127 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30128 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30129 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30130 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30131 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30132 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30133 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30134 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30135 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30136 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30137 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30138 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30139 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30140 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30141 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30142
30143 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30144 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30145
30146 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30147
30148 \(fn)" t nil)
30149
30150 ;;;***
30151 \f
30152 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30153 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
30154 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30155
30156 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30157 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30158
30159 Usage:
30160 ------
30161
30162 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30163 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30164 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30165 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30166 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30167 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30168 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30169 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30170 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30171
30172 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30173 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30174 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30175 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30176
30177 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30178 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30179 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30180 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30181 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30182
30183 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30184 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30185
30186
30187 HEADER INSERTION:
30188 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30189 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30190 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30191
30192
30193 STUTTERING:
30194 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30195 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30196 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30197 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30198
30199 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30200 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30201 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30202 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30203 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30204
30205
30206 WORD COMPLETION:
30207 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30208 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30209 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30210 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30211
30212 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30213 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30214 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30215 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30216 beginning with \"std\").
30217
30218 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30219 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30220 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30221 stop.
30222
30223
30224 COMMENTS:
30225 `--' puts a single comment.
30226 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30227 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30228 with a comment in between.
30229 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30230 out following lines.
30231 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30232 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30233
30234 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30235 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30236 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30237 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30238 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30239 non-nil.
30240
30241 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30242 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30243 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30244 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30245 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30246 multi-line comments.
30247
30248
30249 INDENTATION:
30250 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30251 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30252 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30253 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30254
30255 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30256 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30257 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30258 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30259
30260 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30261 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30262 and vice versa.
30263
30264 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30265 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30266
30267
30268 ALIGNMENT:
30269 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30270 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30271 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30272 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30273 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30274 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30275 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30276 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30277
30278 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30279 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30280 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30281 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30282 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30283 is non-nil.
30284
30285 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30286 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30287 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30288
30289 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30290 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30291
30292
30293 CODE FILLING:
30294 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30295 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30296 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30297 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30298 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30299 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30300
30301
30302 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30303 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30304 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30305 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30306 command:
30307
30308 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30309
30310
30311 PORT TRANSLATION:
30312 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30313 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30314 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30315 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30316 internal signal initializations (menu).
30317
30318 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30319 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30320 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30321
30322 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30323 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30324 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30325 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30326 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30327 in subsequent paste operations.)
30328
30329 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30330 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30331 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30332
30333
30334 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30335 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30336 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30337 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30338 association list with formals).
30339
30340
30341 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30342 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30343 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30344 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30345 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30346 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30347 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30348 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30349 `vhdl-testbench'.
30350
30351
30352 KEY BINDINGS:
30353 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30354
30355
30356 VHDL MENU:
30357 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30358
30359
30360 FILE BROWSER:
30361 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30362 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30363 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30364
30365 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30366 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30367
30368
30369 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30370 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30371 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30372 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30373
30374 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30375 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30376 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30377
30378 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30379 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30380 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30381 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30382
30383 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30384 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30385 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30386 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30387 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30388
30389 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30390 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30391 required by secondary units.
30392
30393
30394 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30395 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30396 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30397 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30398 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30399 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30400 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30401 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30402 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30403 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30404 inputs to this component -> input port created
30405 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30406 outputs from this component -> output port created
30407 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30408 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30409
30410 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30411 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30412 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30413 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30414 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30415
30416 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30417 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30418
30419 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30420 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30421 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30422 component instantiation is also supported (option
30423 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30424
30425 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30426 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30427 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30428 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30429 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30430 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30431 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30432 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30433 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30434 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30435 | generating the configuration.
30436 |
30437 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30438 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30439 | configurations in speedbar.
30440
30441 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30442
30443
30444 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30445 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30446 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30447 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30448 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30449 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30450 information. New compilers can be added.
30451
30452 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30453 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30454
30455
30456 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30457 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30458 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30459 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30460 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30461
30462 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30463 command:
30464
30465 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30466 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30467 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30468
30469 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30470 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30471 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30472 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30473 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30474 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30475 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30476
30477 Limitations:
30478 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30479 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30480 not (yet) supported.
30481 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30482 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30483 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30484
30485
30486 PROJECTS:
30487 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30488 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30489 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30490 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30491 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30492 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30493 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30494 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30495
30496 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30497 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30498 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30499 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30500 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30501 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30502 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30503 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30504 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30505 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30506 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30507
30508
30509 SPECIAL MENUES:
30510 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30511 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30512 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30513 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30514 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30515 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30516 current directory for VHDL source files.
30517
30518
30519 VHDL STANDARDS:
30520 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30521 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30522
30523
30524 KEYWORD CASE:
30525 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30526 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30527 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30528 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30529 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30530 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30531 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30532 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30533
30534
30535 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30536 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30537 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30538 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30539 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30540 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30541 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30542
30543 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30544 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30545 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30546 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30547 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30548 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30549
30550 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30551 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30552 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30553 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30554 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30555 visually.
30556
30557 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30558 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30559 highlighted if written in lower case.
30560
30561 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30562 highlighted using a different background color if option
30563 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30564
30565 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30566 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30567 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30568 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30569 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30570
30571
30572 USER MODELS:
30573 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30574 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30575 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30576
30577
30578 HIDE/SHOW:
30579 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30580 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30581 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30582 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30583 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30584
30585
30586 CODE UPDATING:
30587 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30588 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30589 Limitations:
30590 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30591 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30592 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30593 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30594 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30595 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30596 (used to obtain the port names).
30597
30598
30599 CODE FIXING:
30600 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30601 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30602
30603
30604 PRINTING:
30605 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30606 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30607 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30608 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30609 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30610 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30611 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30612 printers.
30613
30614
30615 OPTIONS:
30616 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30617 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30618 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30619 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30620 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30621
30622 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30623 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30624 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30625 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30626 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30627 INSTALL file).
30628
30629 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30630 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30631
30632
30633 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30634 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30635 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30636 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30637
30638 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30639
30640
30641 HINTS:
30642 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30643 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30644
30645 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30646
30647 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30648
30649 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30650
30651
30652 RELEASE NOTES:
30653 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30654
30655
30656 Maintenance:
30657 ------------
30658
30659 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30660 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30661
30662 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30663
30664 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30665 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30666 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30667 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30668
30669 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30670 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30671 where the latest version can be found.
30672
30673
30674 Known problems:
30675 ---------------
30676
30677 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30678 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30679 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30680
30681
30682 The VHDL Mode Authors
30683 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30684
30685 Key bindings:
30686 -------------
30687
30688 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30689
30690 \(fn)" t nil)
30691
30692 ;;;***
30693 \f
30694 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18277 61683))
30695 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30696
30697 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30698 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30699 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30700 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30701
30702 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30703 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30704 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30705 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30706 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30707
30708 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30709 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30710
30711 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30712
30713 * Limitations and unsupported features
30714 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30715 not supported.
30716 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30717 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30718
30719 * Modifications
30720 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30721 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30722 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30723 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30724 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30725 for undoing a repeated change command.
30726 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30727 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30728 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30729
30730 * Extensions
30731 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30732 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30733 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30734 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30735 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30736 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30737 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30738 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30739
30740 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30741
30742 \(fn)" t nil)
30743
30744 ;;;***
30745 \f
30746 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30747 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30748 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30749 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18341 12912))
30750 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30751
30752 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30753 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30754
30755 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30756
30757 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30758 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30759 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30760 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30761
30762 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30763
30764 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30765 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30766
30767 \(fn)" t nil)
30768
30769 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30770 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30771 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30772 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30773
30774 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30775
30776 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30777 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30778
30779 \(fn)" t nil)
30780
30781 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30782 Not documented
30783
30784 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30785
30786 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30787 Not documented
30788
30789 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30790
30791 ;;;***
30792 \f
30793 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30794 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30795 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30796 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30797 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18341 12906))
30798 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30799
30800 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30801 *Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30802 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30803
30804 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30805
30806 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30807 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30808 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30809 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30810
30811 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30812
30813 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30814 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30815
30816 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30817
30818 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30819 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30820 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30821 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30822 moving around in the buffer.
30823 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30824 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30825
30826 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30827
30828 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30829
30830 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30831 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30832 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30833 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30834
30835 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30836 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30837 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30838 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30839 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30840
30841 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30842
30843 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30844
30845 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30846 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30847 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30848 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30849 buffer.
30850
30851 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30852 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30853 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30854 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30855 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30856
30857 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30858
30859 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30860
30861 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30862 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30863 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30864 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30865 moving around in the buffer.
30866 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30867 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30868
30869 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30870
30871 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30872 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30873 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30874
30875 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30876 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30877 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30878 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30879
30880 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30881
30882 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30883 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30884 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30885 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30886 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30887 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30888 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30889 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30890
30891 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30892
30893 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30894 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30895 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30896
30897 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30898
30899 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30900 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30901 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30902 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30903 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30904 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30905 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30906 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30907
30908 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30909
30910 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30911 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30912 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30913
30914 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30915
30916 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30917 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30918 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30919 turn it off.
30920
30921 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30922 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30923 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30924 read-only.
30925 \\<view-mode-map>
30926 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30927 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30928 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30929 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30930 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30931
30932 H, h, ? This message.
30933 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30934 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30935 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30936 > move to the end of buffer.
30937 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30938 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30939 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30940 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30941 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30942 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30943 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30944 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30945 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30946 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30947 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30948 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30949 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30950 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30951 Use this to view a changing file.
30952 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30953 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30954 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30955 . set the mark.
30956 x exchanges point and mark.
30957 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30958 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30959 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30960 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30961 ' go to position saved in character register.
30962 s do forward incremental search.
30963 r do reverse incremental search.
30964 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30965 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30966 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30967 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30968 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30969 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30970 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30971 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30972 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30973 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30974 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30975 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30976 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30977 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30978 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30979 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30980 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30981
30982 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30983 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30984 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30985 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30986 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30987 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30988 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30989 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30990 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30991
30992 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30993
30994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30995
30996 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30997 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30998 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30999 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31000 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31001 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31002 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31003 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31004 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31005
31006 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31007
31008 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31009 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31010 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31011 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31012 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31013 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31014 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31015
31016 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31017 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31018 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31019 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31020 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31021 1) nil Do nothing.
31022 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31023 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31024 frame.
31025 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31026 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31027 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31028 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31029
31030 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31031
31032 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31033
31034 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31035
31036 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31037 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31038
31039 \(fn)" t nil)
31040
31041 ;;;***
31042 \f
31043 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18367
31044 ;;;;;; 13961))
31045 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31046
31047 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31048 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31049
31050 \(fn)" nil nil)
31051
31052 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31053 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31054
31055 \(fn)" t nil)
31056
31057 ;;;***
31058 \f
31059 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31060 ;;;;;; (18377 47963))
31061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31062
31063 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31064 Toggle Viper on/off.
31065 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31066
31067 \(fn)" t nil)
31068
31069 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31070 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31071
31072 \(fn)" t nil)
31073
31074 ;;;***
31075 \f
31076 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31077 ;;;;;; (18335 54523))
31078 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31079
31080 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31081 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31082 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31083 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31084 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31085 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31086 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31087 the beginning of the warning.")
31088
31089 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31090 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31091 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31092 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31093 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31094 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31095 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31096 also call that function before the next warning.")
31097
31098 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31099 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31100
31101 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31102 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31103 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31104 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31105
31106 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31107 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31108 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31109 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31110 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31111 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31112
31113 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31114 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31115 Default is :warning.
31116
31117 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31118 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31119 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31120 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31121 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31122 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31123
31124 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31125 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31126 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31127
31128 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31129
31130 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31131 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31132
31133 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31134
31135 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31136 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31137 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31138 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31139
31140 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31141 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31142 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31143 can be whatever you like.)
31144
31145 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31146 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31147
31148 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31149 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31150 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31151 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31152 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31153
31154 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31155
31156 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31157 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31158 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31159 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31160 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31161
31162 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31163
31164 ;;;***
31165 \f
31166 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31167 ;;;;;; (18360 55731))
31168 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31169
31170 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31171 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31172 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31173 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31174 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31175 in disk.
31176
31177 See `wdired-mode'.
31178
31179 \(fn)" t nil)
31180
31181 ;;;***
31182 \f
31183 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18335 54539))
31184 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31185
31186 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31187 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31188
31189 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31190 hotlist.
31191
31192 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31193 <nwv@acm.org>.
31194
31195 \(fn)" t nil)
31196
31197 ;;;***
31198 \f
31199 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31200 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
31201 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31202 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31203 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31204
31205 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31206
31207 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31208 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31209 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31210 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31211 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31212 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31213
31214 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31215
31216 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31217 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31218 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31219 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31220
31221 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31222 and off otherwise.
31223
31224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31225
31226 ;;;***
31227 \f
31228 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31229 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31230 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (18377 47963))
31231 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31232
31233 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31234 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31235
31236 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31237 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31238 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31239 Only useful with a windowing system.
31240
31241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31242
31243 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31244 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31245
31246 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31247 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31248
31249 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31250 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31251
31252 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31253
31254 CHAR MEANING
31255 t toggle TAB visualization
31256 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31257 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31258 b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31259 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31260 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31261 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31262 i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31263 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31264 a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31265 c toggle color faces
31266 m toggle visual mark
31267 x restore `whitespace-chars' value
31268 z restore `whitespace-style' value
31269 ? display brief help
31270
31271 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31272 The valid symbols are:
31273
31274 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31275 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31276 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31277 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31278 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31279 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31280 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31281 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31282 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31283 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31284 color toggle color faces
31285 mark toggle visual mark
31286 whitespace-chars restore `whitespace-chars' value
31287 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31288
31289 Only useful with a windowing system.
31290
31291 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31292
31293 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31294 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31295
31296 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31297 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31298
31299 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31300 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31301
31302 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31303
31304 CHAR MEANING
31305 t toggle TAB visualization
31306 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31307 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31308 b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31309 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31310 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31311 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31312 i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31313 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31314 a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31315 c toggle color faces
31316 m toggle visual mark
31317 x restore `whitespace-chars' value
31318 z restore `whitespace-style' value
31319 ? display brief help
31320
31321 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31322 The valid symbols are:
31323
31324 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31325 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31326 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31327 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31328 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31329 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31330 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31331 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31332 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31333 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31334 color toggle color faces
31335 mark toggle visual mark
31336 whitespace-chars restore `whitespace-chars' value
31337 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31338
31339 Only useful with a windowing system.
31340
31341 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31342
31343 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31344 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31345
31346 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31347 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31348 applies to the region when it is not in transiente mark mode, the
31349 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before calling
31350 `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31351
31352 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31353
31354 The problems cleaned up are:
31355
31356 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31357 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31358 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `empty', remove all
31359 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31360
31361 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31362 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `indentation', replace
31363 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31364
31365 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31366 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-before-tab',
31367 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31368
31369 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31370 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `trailing', remove all
31371 SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31372
31373 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31374 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-after-tab',
31375 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31376
31377 \(fn)" t nil)
31378
31379 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31380 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31381
31382 The problems cleaned up are:
31383
31384 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31385 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `indentation', replace
31386 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31387
31388 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31389 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-before-tab',
31390 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31391
31392 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31393 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `trailing', remove all
31394 SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31395
31396 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31397 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-after-tab',
31398 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31399
31400 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31401
31402 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31403 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31404
31405 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31406 non-nil.
31407
31408 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before calling
31409 `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces `whitespace-chars' to
31410 have:
31411
31412 empty
31413 indentation
31414 space-before-tab
31415 trailing
31416 space-after-tab
31417
31418 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31419 whitespace problems in buffer.
31420
31421 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31422
31423 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31424 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31425 indentation 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31426 space-before-tab 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31427 trailing 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31428 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31429
31430 See `whitespace-chars' and `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31431 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31432 cleaning up these problems.
31433
31434 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31435
31436 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31437 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31438
31439 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31440 non-nil.
31441
31442 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before calling
31443 `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it forces `whitespace-chars'
31444 to have:
31445
31446 empty
31447 indentation
31448 space-before-tab
31449 trailing
31450 space-after-tab
31451
31452 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31453 whitespace problems in buffer.
31454
31455 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31456
31457 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31458 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31459 indentation 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31460 space-before-tab 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31461 trailing 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31462 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31463
31464 See `whitespace-chars' and `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31465 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31466 cleaning up these problems.
31467
31468 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31469
31470 ;;;***
31471 \f
31472 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31473 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18335 54517))
31474 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31475
31476 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31477 Browse the widget under point.
31478
31479 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31480
31481 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31482 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31483
31484 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31485
31486 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31487 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31488
31489 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31490
31491 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31492 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31493 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31494
31495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31496
31497 ;;;***
31498 \f
31499 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31500 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18351
31501 ;;;;;; 56657))
31502 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31503
31504 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31505 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31506
31507 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31508
31509 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31510 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31511 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31512
31513 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31514
31515 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31516 Create widget of TYPE.
31517 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31518
31519 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31520
31521 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31522 Delete WIDGET.
31523
31524 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31525
31526 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31527 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31528
31529 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31530
31531 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
31532
31533 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31534 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31535 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
31536
31537 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31538 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31539
31540 \(fn)" nil nil)
31541
31542 ;;;***
31543 \f
31544 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31545 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18335
31546 ;;;;;; 54517))
31547 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31548
31549 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31550 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31551 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31552 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31553 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31554 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31555 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31556
31557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31558
31559 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31560 Select the window above the current one.
31561 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31562 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31563 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31564 negative ARG) of the current window.
31565 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31566
31567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31568
31569 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31570 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31571 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31572 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31573 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31574 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31575 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31576
31577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31578
31579 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31580 Select the window below the current one.
31581 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31582 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31583 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31584 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31585 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31586
31587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31588
31589 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31590 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31591 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31592 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31593
31594 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31595
31596 ;;;***
31597 \f
31598 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31599 ;;;;;; (18335 54517))
31600 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31601
31602 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31603 Toggle Winner mode.
31604 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31605 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31606
31607 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31608
31609 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31610 Toggle Winner mode.
31611 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31612
31613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31614
31615 ;;;***
31616 \f
31617 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31618 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (18351 56657))
31619 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31620
31621 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31622 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31623 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31624 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31625 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31626
31627 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31628
31629 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31630 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31631 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31632 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31633 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31634 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31635 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31636 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31637
31638 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31639 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31640
31641 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31642
31643 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31644 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31645
31646 \(fn)" t nil)
31647
31648 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31649 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31650 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31651 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31652 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31653 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31654 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31655 `woman' command for further details.
31656
31657 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31658
31659 ;;;***
31660 \f
31661 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31662 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
31663 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31664
31665 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31666 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31667
31668 BUGS:
31669 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31670 are not implemented
31671 - Options for search and replace
31672 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31673 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31674
31675 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31676 Emacs-like.
31677
31678 The key bindings are:
31679
31680 C-a backward-word
31681 C-b fill-paragraph
31682 C-c scroll-up-line
31683 C-d forward-char
31684 C-e previous-line
31685 C-f forward-word
31686 C-g delete-char
31687 C-h backward-char
31688 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31689 C-j help-for-help
31690 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31691 C-l ws-repeat-search
31692 C-n open-line
31693 C-p quoted-insert
31694 C-r scroll-down-line
31695 C-s backward-char
31696 C-t kill-word
31697 C-u keyboard-quit
31698 C-v overwrite-mode
31699 C-w scroll-down
31700 C-x next-line
31701 C-y kill-complete-line
31702 C-z scroll-up
31703
31704 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31705 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31706 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31707 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31708 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31709 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31710 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31711 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31712 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31713 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31714 C-k b ws-begin-block
31715 C-k c ws-copy-block
31716 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31717 C-k f find-file
31718 C-k h ws-show-markers
31719 C-k i ws-indent-block
31720 C-k k ws-end-block
31721 C-k p ws-print-block
31722 C-k q kill-emacs
31723 C-k r insert-file
31724 C-k s save-some-buffers
31725 C-k t ws-mark-word
31726 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31727 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31728 C-k v ws-move-block
31729 C-k w ws-write-block
31730 C-k x kill-emacs
31731 C-k y ws-delete-block
31732
31733 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31734 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31735 C-o j justify-current-line
31736 C-o k kill-buffer
31737 C-o l list-buffers
31738 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31739 C-o r set-fill-column
31740 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31741 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31742 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31743 C-o wo other-window
31744 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31745
31746 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31747 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31748 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31749 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31750 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31751 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31752 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31753 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31754 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31755 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31756 C-q a ws-query-replace
31757 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31758 C-q c end-of-buffer
31759 C-q d end-of-line
31760 C-q f ws-search
31761 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31762 C-q l ws-undo
31763 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31764 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31765 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31766 C-q w ws-last-error
31767 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31768 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31769
31770 \(fn)" t nil)
31771
31772 ;;;***
31773 \f
31774 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31775 ;;;;;; (18341 12906))
31776 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31777
31778 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31779 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31780 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31781 Returns the top node with all its children.
31782 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31783 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31784
31785 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31786
31787 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31788 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31789 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31790 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31791 is not well-formed XML.
31792 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31793 and returned as the first element of the list.
31794 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31795
31796 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31797
31798 ;;;***
31799 \f
31800 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31801 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18335 54541))
31802 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31803
31804 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31805 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31806 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31807 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31808 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31809 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31810 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31811 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML declaration,
31812 return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31813 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31814
31815 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31816
31817 ;;;***
31818 \f
31819 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18335
31820 ;;;;;; 54518))
31821 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31822
31823 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31824 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31825 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31826 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31827 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31828 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31829
31830 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31831
31832 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31833 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31834 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31835 it off.
31836
31837 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31838 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31839 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31840 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31841 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31842 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31843
31844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31845
31846 ;;;***
31847 \f
31848 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31849 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18335 54533))
31850 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31851
31852 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31853 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31854
31855 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31856
31857 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31858 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31859
31860 \(fn)" nil nil)
31861
31862 ;;;***
31863 \f
31864 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31865 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18335 54541))
31866 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31867
31868 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31869 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31870
31871 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31872
31873 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31874 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31875
31876 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31877
31878 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31879 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31880 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31881
31882 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31883
31884 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31885 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31886
31887 \(fn)" t nil)
31888
31889 ;;;***
31890 \f
31891 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18335 54541))
31892 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31893
31894 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31895 Zone out, completely.
31896
31897 \(fn)" t nil)
31898
31899 ;;;***
31900 \f
31901 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dired.el" "dos-fns.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emerge.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-edt.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/vip.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-button.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-dcc.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-match.el" "erc/erc-track.el" "erc/erc.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "ffap.el" "files.el" "foldout.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "follow.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format-spec.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/deuglify.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/mml2015.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg.el" "image-mode.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin1-disp.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" "international/mule-util.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/robin.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "language/tv-util.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "linum.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "md4.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/ange-ftp.el" "net/dig.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/ntlm.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cap-words.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/gud.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "progmodes/modula2.el" "progmodes/python.el" "progmodes/scheme.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "progmodes/verilog-mode.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" "ps-print.el" "ps-samp.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/ispell.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/org-mouse.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "textmodes/spell.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "time.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-git.el" "vc-hooks.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (18384 54150 765861))
32058
32059 ;;;***
32060 \f
32061 ;; Local Variables:
32062 ;; version-control: never
32063 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32064 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32065 ;; End:
32066 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here